Home

VessRAID - Promise Technology, Inc.

1. Check the LEDs on the back of the enclosure for more information Blinks blinks green seven times in three seconds goes dark for six seconds then repeats the pattern When the Global Enclosure LED on VessRAID s front panel shows Amber or Red check the LEDs on the back of VessRAID These LEDs give the status of individual components See page 349 Figure 6 Disk Drive LEDs There are two LEDs on each Drive Carrier They report the presence of a disk drive activity of the drive and the drive s current condition Figure 3 VessRAID disk drive carrier LEDs Disk Status Power Activity If there is a disk drive in the carrier the Power Activity LED displays Green If not the Power Activity LED remains dark 347 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual The Power Activity LED flashes during drive activity The Disk Status LED displays Green when a drive is present and configured State Est Dark de Friis Amber Red pate NoDrve prt acivty dii Uhcarigured pies ae e ge See Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 for a discussion of rebuilding and failed disk drives LCD Panel When the VessRAID is fully booted and running under normal conditions the LCD screen shows the VessRAID model number and IP address If a problem is detected in the subsystem the LCD screen displays a Check Event message as shown in Figur
2. 317 RAID 50 Striping of Distributed Parity 318 RAID 60 Striping of Double Parity 320 Choosing a RAID Level 0 00 eee eee 322 RAIDO ama Sucve bade alts Matera Se arty nace pA ee Mase 322 RAID To pa cei Ses maban nG RA pene igs weal etn ee HANGA 322 NADA saya a AN E tee chine Soden aos negate aNG 323 RAIDS siege cadena A ad ated wake npa he send pcre 323 RAID sxc ea a ee aaa E E E i AE PA NAA 323 RAIDO seat aka ha E E Mead E eee ide lad 324 RAID TO aaah A nA a itt tS A E E T 324 RAID 30 grae ia RAD Nana POLA GA KA Wa ha 324 RAID SO arinina AA a e Aa AA NGA eae te sare CAN 325 RAID 60 ipapahamak ahha nd Ga iM NAG Kana ed 325 Choosing Stripe Size ee 326 Contents Chapter 9 Technology Background cont Choosing Sector Size sro e ris srian eraa ea KA a 326 2 TB Limitation 2s 354 r cag 4d A et TAr 327 Cache Policy sorsnak porani edhe pain ae eens She Aa ia 327 Read Cache Policy cece eee eee 328 Write Cache Policy 000 e eee 328 Adaptive Writeback Cache 0 0000 e eee eee 328 Capacity Coercion eens 329 NItAIZATION paa mapia eas Aged DRAMA NA ay Bala Pha 329 Hot Spare Drive s cee 330 Partition and Format the Logical Drive 4 330 RAID Level Migration 0 cece eee 331 RAIDOS Satis gt hited AA 332 RAID a ee aan eta tree Deca hth ga tev ay nae teenager ws sae 333 RA
3. Reported Event Corrective Action Rebuild is resumed Rebuild has resumed again after a pause Rebuild is stopped Rebuild stopped because of user intervention schedule or the logical drive was deleted or the target disk drive encountered an error If rebuild stopped by the user restart the rebuild See page 160 WebPAM PROe or page 222 CLU Rebuild stopped internally The logical drive is offline See page 372 Rebuild is aborted due to an internal error System resources are low Reduce system load or restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU Rebuild is queued Rebuild has been set manually or by schedule Rebuild marks logical drive synchronized upon rebuild completion Result of successful rebuild Normal Redundancy Check Redundancy Check is started Redundancy Check has started manually or by schedule Redundancy Check is completed Redundancy Check has finished Redundancy Check is paused Redundancy Check paused because of user intervention schedule or a higher priority background activity Redundancy Check is resumed Redundancy Check has resumed again after a pause Redundancy Check is stopped Redundancy Check stopped because of user intervention schedule or the logical drive was deleted or went critical or offline See page 372 Redundancy Check is aborted due to internal error System resources
4. 000000 Viewing Protocol Status a Making Windows Protocol Settings Making FTP Sharing Settings Viewing the Share Folders List Creating a Share Folder 0 aa Modifying a Share Folder aa vi Contents Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe cont Managing Network Attached Storage NAS cont Deleting a Share Folder a Changing Sharing Settings for Windows MacOS and FTP Changing Sharing Settings for Unix and Linux Viewing File System Status 0000 eee eaee Rebuilding a NAS File System a Creating a NAS File System a Deleting a NAS File System 0 Viewing the NAS Replication Configuration Setting up NAS Replication eee Resolving Mount Point Conflicts 0000 Managing SAS Connections 0c eee eee eee Viewing SAS Port Information Making SAS Port Settings 0c cee eeee Viewing SAS Port Statistics a Viewing SAS Initiators 0 0 0 00000 Managing Storage Services 006 cae eee eee Adding an MUAT e ereere ana a ANENE eee Deleting an Initiator 2 ein aa ea aa a E AES Viewing the LUN Map 2 2222 Enabling LUN Masking 2 Adding a LUN Map 22 Editing a LUN Map rrea e enei r AEE EREEREER A Managing Software Services 000 0 cee eee eee Making Email S
5. Dedicated Spare has been deleted Result of settings or user action Normal SMART SMART error is received A disk drive reported a SMART error If this message appears repeatedly replace the disk drive Synchronization Synchronization is started Result of settings or user action Normal Synchronization is completed Normal Synchronization is paused Synchronization paused because of user intervention schedule or higher priority background activity Synchronization is resumed Synchronization has resumed again after a pause or a reboot 370 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Reported Event Corrective Action Synchronization is stopped Synchronization stopped because of user intervention schedule or the logical drive was deleted or went critical or offline Synchronization is aborted due to an internal error System resources are low Reduce system load or restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU Synchronization is queued Synchronization is already running on another logical drive in the same array Synchronization is stopped internally Synchronization stopped because the disk array was deleted or removed System VessRAID The system is started The VessRAID has been started The system is stopped The VessRAID was shut down Transition Transition is started Result of
6. Rasa aco es Choose one of the options e Automatic Creates a new disk array following a default set of parameters Makes one logical drive automatically Also makes a hot spare drive for all RAID levels except RAID 0 if at least four unconfigured physical drives are available See page 52 e Express You choose the parameters for a new disk array by specifying the characteristics you want You can create multiple logical drives at the same time however they will all be identical You can choose to make a hot spare drive for all RAID levels except RAID 0 if at least four unconfigured physical drives are available See page 52 51 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Advanced You directly specify all parameters for a new disk array Makes one logical drive automatically You can create additional logical drives at a later time if additional configurable capacity is available Does not make a hot spare drive See page 53 3 Click the Next button Automatic When you choose the Automatic option the following parameters appear on the screen e Disk Arrays The number of physical drives in the disk array their ID numbers configurable capacity and the number of logical drives to be created Logical Drives The ID number of the logical drives their RAID level capacity and stripe size Spare Drives The physical drive ID number of the dedicated hot spare assigned to this disk array If yo
7. Read only Read and Write Click the OK button The permission change happens immediately Changing the Host IP address To change the host IP 1 2 3 4 Click the Share Folder icon at the top of the window Click the Setting icon at the bottom of the window From the Host IP dropdown menu choose the Host IP you want to use Click the OK button The permission change happens immediately Deleting a Share Folder Caution When you delete a share folder you delete all the data saved in the folder Back up any important data before you delete a folder To delete a share folder il 2 Click the Share Folder icon at the top of the window Click the Delete Share Folder icon at the bottom of the window 195 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual DI a Click the share folder you want to delete Click the OK button Click the Yes button in the first confirmation box Type Yes then click the OK button in the second confirmation box Mounting a Share Folder Creating a Network Drive To mount a share folder Linux or create a network drive Windows 1 OVP ON Click the Share Folder icon at the top of the window Click the Mount Share Folder icon at the bottom of the window Click the share folder you want to mount or make a network drive Choose a device name drive letter from the dropdown menu Click the Mount button The share folder appears on your PC as a moun
8. Logical drive has been deleted Result of user action Normal Logical drive has been placed online The physical drives of the array are restored to online status Logical drive has been placed online Possible data loss One or more physical drives in the array went offline See page 372 Logical drive has been set to critical One or more physical drives in the array went offline See page 372 Logical drive axle has been placed online RAID 50 and 60 One of the axles RAID 5 or 6 arrays returned on online status Media Patrol Media patrol is started Result of settings or user action Normal Media patrol is completed Normal Media patrol is paused Media patrol paused because of user intervention schedule or a higher priority background activity Media patrol is resumed Media patrol has resumed again after a pause Media patrol is stopped Media patrol stopped because of user intervention schedule or the logical drive was deleted or went critical or offline Media patrol is aborted due to an internal error System resources are low Reduce system load or restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU 364 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Reported Event Corrective Action Media patrol is queued Media patrol has been set manually or by schedule Media patrol is stopped internally Media patrol
9. PDM is stopped PDM stopped because of user intervention schedule or the logical drive was deleted or went critical or offline PDM is switched to rebuild PDM changed to rebuild because the logical drive went critical 365 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Reported Event Corrective Action PDM is stopped internally The destination drive was removed or used for a rebuild Physical Disk Physical disk is marked online Disk drive restored to normal operation Physical disk is marked online Disk drive removed from service due to errors If necessary try to force the disk online See page 144 WebPAM PROe or page 215 CLU Physical disk is marked as dead Disk drive failure Replace the disk drive Physical disk is marked as dead after it was removed and reinserted by the user Try forcing the disk online See page 144 WebPAM PROe or page 215 CLU Physical disk has been reset Disk drive reset after error and should function normally Physical disk assigned as global spare Result of settings or user action Normal Physical disk is no longer assigned as global spare Result of settings or user action Normal Physical disk assigned as dedicated spare Result of settings or user action Normal Physical disk is no longer assigned as dedicated spare Result of settings or user action Normal Ph
10. sani Erro EEREN tees 6 Specifications asuaan sees eels ended a pad wie tae i 6 POWER SUPDIY mersa e eisa a NIPA NA Viral teen a NG 6 Current Maximum sasi me aiaa a a eee 7 Power Consumption sssaaa aeaaaee 7 Temperature sada paan BA E EA E EE K AR Yon gle sae 7 Relative Humidity ssas era na E EI a te ARERIA 7 VIDFALION eretara aPN EERE AERLE RE MATERE E 7 Dimensions HX WXD errien aaea euR EEEIEE ee 7 Net Weight wrata aaa Ama E A ka a E E eae Na 8 Carton Dimensions HxWxD anana 8 Carton Weight ii seen en a a A pelea Ra ae 8 SEA PA AA E daca ete cates he PE aa Saath order A 8 Environmental 4 2 naaa aE pA Pie a Peed 8 Warranty and Support eae 9 CE Statement iis daanan inaina pide hehe bd a a a 9 FCC Statement 0 0000 eee 9 KCO Statements rares 000 cee 9 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation aaa 11 Unpacking the VessRAID 0 22 11 Installing the LCD Panel Optional 2 00 55 12 Mounting VessRAID ina Rack 02 14 Installing Disk Drives casu aeiio adanan E AANE ee 17 Drive Slot Numbering sasaaa aana 17 Installing Your Disk Drives anaana 18 Making Data and Management Connections 20 Fibre Channel Direct Attached Storage DAS 20 Fibre Channel Storage Area Network SAN 23 iSCSI Direct Attached Storage DAS 25 iSCSI Storage Area Network SAN 2 00 000000 27 SAS D
11. To create a link aggregation entry 1 2 3 4 7 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight Link Aggregation and press Enter Highlight Create New Link Aggregation Entry and press Enter Highlight Trunk ID and type a value Use the numbers 1 through 32 Highlight Master Port and press the spacebar to toggle to one of the iSCSI port numbers Highlight S ave Port and press the spacebar to toggle to the other iSCSI port number Press Ctrl A to save your settings Viewing Link Aggregation Entries To view the current Link Aggregation entries 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight Link Aggregation and press Enter The list of Link Aggregation entries appears Changing a Link Aggregation Entry 1 2 3 4 6 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight Link Aggregation and press Enter Highlight a Link Aggregation entry in the list and press Enter Highlight Master Port and press the spacebar to toggle to one of the iSCSI port numbers Highlight Slave Port and press the spacebar to toggle to the other iSCSI port number Press Ctrl A to save your settings Deleting a Link Aggregation Entry To delete a link aggregation entry 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight Link Aggregation and press Enter Highlight a Link Aggregation entry from
12. After sign in the WebPAM PROe opening screen appears If there are any unconfigured physical drives in the enclosure an Array Configuration menu will also appear See page 51 Figure 6 Note Make a Bookmark Firefox or set a Favorite Internet Explorer of the Login Screen so you can access it easily next time Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup Choosing a Language WebPAM PROe displays in English German French Italian Spanish Russian Japanese Chinese Traditional Chinese Simple and Korean 1 Click Language on the WebPAM PROe banner The language list appears in the Header Click on the language you prefer The WebPAM PROe user interface displays in the selected language Figure 5 Clicking Language on the WebPAM PROe banner tange View Storage Network ContactUs Logout Help About Creating a Disk Array On a newly activated VessRAID subsystem there are no disk arrays or logical drives To create a disk array 1 Click on the Disk Arrays B icon then click on the Create tab The Array Configuration menu appears Figure 6 The Array Configuration menu 2 Configuration Method Information Create Delete Automatic Configuration User has no choice Only one logical drive is created O Express Configuration User has some choices All logical drives are the same O Advanced Configuration User has full selection Each logical drive can be different
13. Backup your data to VessRAID 1740i 192 168 2 w PUBLIC Backup your data from gt My Documents v Backup My data 6 Click the Schedule button 7 Under Schedule Settings click the option button you want e Hourly e Daily e Weekly 8 From the dropdown menus choose Number of hours e Time of day Day of the week 9 Click the Add button to set the scheduled backup The new schedule appears in the Schedule List Monitoring Backup Progress To view the list of current backup operations 1 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window 2 Click the Progress Monitor icon at the bottom of the window The list of current backups in progress appears 190 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI Viewing Backup Schedules To view the list of current schedules 1 2 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window Click the Schedule List icon at the bottom of the window The list of all backup schedules appears Changing a Scheduled Backup To change the scheduled backup 1 mO Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window Click the Schedule List icon at the bottom of the window Click the schedule you want to change Click the Modify button As needed make your changes to the e Backup target system e Files to be backed up Click the Schedule button As needed make your changes to the e Number of hours Time of day Day of the week Check the Add button The modified schedul
14. Ls 2 Click the User Management icon at the top of the screen Click the User List icon The User List appears You might have to scroll down to see all of the users Deleting a User To delete a user 1 nk o N Click the User Management icon at the top of the screen Click the Delete User icon at the bottom of the screen Click the user you want to delete Click the OK button Click the Yes button in the confirmation box 184 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI Creating a Group To create a Group 1 2 3 5 Click the User Management icon at the top of the screen Click the Create New Group icon at the bottom of the screen Type a Group Name in the field provided Up to 16 characters A Z 0 9 and _ first character must be a letter No spaces You can add and delete members at a later time See Adding Members to a Group below Click the OK button Viewing a List of Groups To view a list of Groups 1 2 Click the User Management icon at the top of the screen Click the Group List icon at the bottom of the screen Adding Members to a Group Note A User can only belong to one Group If a User already belongs to a Group and you add him to this Group you automatically delete him from the previous Group To add Users as Group members 1 2 3 4 Click the User Management icon at the top of the screen Click the Modify Group Member icon at the bottom of the screen Click the
15. VessRAID ships from the factory a default Management Port IP address of 10 0 0 1 You must change this address to one that will work with your network See Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup on page 41 Figure 19 Management port connection Lal ATE T T Activity LED Connectivity LED State LEDs Dark Green Flashing Green Activity No activity Activity Connectivity 10BaseT 100BaseT iSCSI Ports VessRAID ships from the factory default iSCSI Port IP addresses of 10 0 0 2 through 10 0 0 5 You must change these addresses to work with your GeE network See Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup on page 41 or Making iSCSI Port Settings on page 81 WebPAM PROe or page 234 CLU 382 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Figure 20 iSCSI port connection Link Activity N __ Speed LED a 2 State LEDs Dark Orange Green Blinking Green ies Link NOT Link ae Link Activity a stablished E established Activity Speed 1000 Mb s 100 Mb s Fibre Channel Ports The Fibre Channel ports on VessRAID have activity LEDs but no speed LEDs Refer to Managing Fibre Channel Connections on page 84 or page 236 to verify link speed Figure 21 Fibre Channel port LEDs Port 1 Link Port 2 Link Activity LED Activity LED State maY Orange Green Blue Bana Baa Link 8 Gb s link 4 Gb s link 2 Gb s link Activity Link NOT
16. WebPAM PROe aids in troubleshooting your logical drives and enclosure by continuous monitoring and reporting to the User in the following ways e Displays yellow s red Xs X in Tree View 353 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Figure 8 Yellow s and red Xs in Tree View EB 192 0 200 YessRAID 1740s B Administrative Tools My Controllers f a Enclosures 8 Enclosure 1 D Physical Drives Slot 1 WDC WD1600YS 01M Slot 2 ST3800134S Slot 3 WDC WWD740GD 00FL Slot 4 ST3800134S Slot 6 WDC WD16007S 01M Slot 7 WDC WD1600YS 01M SEB Disk Arrays 5 B Disk Array 0 lan E Logical Drives o Disk Array 1 Logical Drives FE Logical Drive 2 far Spare Drives Logical Drive Summary To set up email and popup message notification see Setting up User Event Subscriptions on page 77 Figure 9 An example of a popup message 7 New Events x Last Event 11 PD 7 Warning Dec 29 2008 00 43 33 Physical Disk has been removed e Keeps a record in the Event Log 354 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Figure 10 The Event Log ar Device Event ID Severity Time Wes LED 25 Loo 0x00090006 Info Dec 29 2008 01 32 30 Heer the logical arive synchronized upon rebuki 24 Loo 0x00090002 Info Dec 29 2008 01 32 30 Logical drive has been placed online 23 PD3 0x00000004 Into Dec 29 2008 01 19 27 Physical Disk has been inserted
17. 1 Oar oD 7 8 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the File Sharing B icon Click the Modify tab Do the following actions as required Choose the Volume you want from the dropdown menu e Choose the Folder you want from the dropdown menu e Type a new name for the share folder in the Folder name field e Check the box to enable each service for the share folder The choices are Windows Unix Linux and FTP All services are disabled by default Click the Submit button Click the OK button to confirm Deleting a Share Folder To delete a Share Folder 1 PANDORA YN Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS icon Click the File Sharing B icon Click the Remove tab Click the Option button beside the Group you want to delete Click the OK button to confirm Click the OK button to acknowledge 104 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Changing Sharing Settings for Windows MacOS and FTP To change sharing settings for Windows MacOS and FTP 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 8 icon Click the NAS F icon Click the Sharing Setup icon Click the Windows Macintosh FTP Sharing tab Do the following actions as required Choose the Volume you want from the dropdown menu e Choose the Folder you want from
18. Making Physical Drive Settings An alias is the only setting you can make to an individual physical drive All other settings are global See Making Global Physical Drive Settings on page 142 To make physical drive settings a Gos NG Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Physical Drives j icon Click a Physical Drive 9 icon 143 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 6 Click the Settings tab in Management View 7 Type an alias into the Physical Drive Alias field Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional 8 Click the Submit button Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions The Clear tab only appears when those conditions are present e Stale The physical drive contains obsolete disk array information e PFA The physical drive has errors resulting in a prediction of failure Be sure you have corrected the condition by a physical drive replacement rebuild operation etc first Then clear the condition See Physical Drive Problems on page 376 for more information To clear a Stale or PFA status from a physical drive Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures 4 icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Physical Drives icon Click a Physical Drive icon In Management View click the Clear tab In the Confirmation box click OK t
19. To view iSNS settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI iSNS Options and press Enter 3 Highlight iSNS Settings and press Enter 4 Highlight iSNS and press the spacebar to enable or disable 243 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 5 Highlight press the backspace key to erase the current value and type a value for each of the following items ISNS Server IP address ISNS Server Port number 3205 for most applications 6 Press Ctrl A to save your settings Note Edge Side Includes ESI is a markup language that enables dynamic assembly of web page elements in servers across a network This feature enables automatically if iSNS is enabled and an iSNS server is present Working with iSCSI CHAPs Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP is an authentication mechanism used to authenticate iSCSI sessions between initiators and targets The authenticator sends the peer a challenge message to request authentication consisting of a sequence number and a random number Both the sender and peer share a predefined secret or password The peer concatenates the sequence number the random value and the secret and calculates a hash using a one way hash algorithm such as MD5 The peer sends the hash value back to the authenticator which in turn builds that same string on its side calculates the hash and compares the result with the value received from
20. 1 e 0 o Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Storage Services icon Click the LUN Map tab in Management View Enabling LUN Masking To enable the LUN Masking 1 Paro N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Storage Services icon Click the LUN Map tab in Management View Click the LUN Masking Enabled box Click the Submit button Adding a LUN Map To edit the LUN Map 1 Po NO Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Storage Services icon Click the LUN Map tab in Management View and from the dropdown menu choose Add a LUN Map Choose an initiator from the Initiator dropdown list Or enter the initiator s name in the Initiator Name field Note that the initiator name you input must match exactly in order for the connection to work In the LUN Mapping 8 Masking list enter the LUNs for each logical drive You must enter different LUN numbers for each logical drive Click the Submit button 113 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Editing a LUN Map To edit the LUN Map 1 a BO T0 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools IF icon Click the Storage Services W icon Click the LUN Map tab in Management View From the LUN Mapping amp Masking Information list choose an initiator an
21. 1000i 1000s Product Manual Current LD Size kn ka Sector Size 8 to 16 TB 16 TB 4096 bytes 4 to 8 TB 8 TB 2048 bytes 2t04 TB 4 TB 1024 bytes up to 2 TB 2 TB 512 bytes At this point you have the choice of e Format the unpartitioned unformatted capacity as a second logical drive e Delete the existing disk array and create a new one in the desired size Delete and Recreate If you require a logical drive larger than the maximum expansion size 1 Backup the data from the current logical drive 2 Delete the current logical drive See page 159 WebPAM PROe or page 226 CLU 3 Create a new logical drive with the desired capacity See page 157 WebPAM PROe or page 225 CLU 4 Restore the data to the new logical drive Media Patrol Media Patrol is a routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media on each disk drive Media Patrol checks all physical drives assigned to disk arrays Media Patrol does not check unconfigured drives Media Patrol will also check spare drives if those drives have Media Patrol enabled Media Patrol for spare drives is enabled by default You can disable it in VessRAID s Command Line Interface CLI Unlike Synchronization and Redundancy Check Media Patrol is concerned with the condition of the media itself not the data recorded on the media If Media Patrol encounters a critical error it triggers PDM if PDM is enabled You can run Media Patrol from the subs
22. 118 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Starting or Restarting Telnet service To start or restart the Telnet service click the Start or Restart button Making SNMP Settings VessRAID s SNMP service enables the SNMP browser to obtain information from the VessRAID The Trap Sink is where SNMP events are sent and can be viewed To change the SNMP settings 1 Pp ON 10 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the SNMP Management link in Management View Enter the SNMP Port number 161 is the default Enter a System Name There is no default name Enter a System Location USA is the default Enter a System Contact the email address of the administrator or other individual Enter the Read Community Public is the default Enter the Write Community Private is the default To add a Trap Sink see Adding Trap Sinks below Click OK in the confirmation box to restart the SNMP service with your changes Adding Trap Sinks To add a trap sink 1 2 Enter a Trap Sink IP address Select a Trap Filter choose the lowest level of Severity to be reported for each event See Setting up User Event Subscriptions on page 77 for an explanation of the Severity levels Click the Update button The new trap sink appears in the Trap Sinks list 119 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 4 Click the Submit button 5 Click O
23. 202020202 2 Wait 30 seconds then remove the USB stick from the VessRAID The controller automatically manages safe removal of the USB stick 3 Plug the USB stick into one of the USB ports on your PC 357 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual 4 Open the root folder of the USB stick and copy the file subinfo_xxxxxxxxxx log to the PC desktop or a convenient location Figure 14 Locating the report file on the USB stick Eile Edit View Favorites Tools Help Eile Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q Back O P P search gt Folders Q Bak O P A search Folders Dr Address 4 My Computer Address fe Er a Name Name System Tasks a Hard Disk Drives File and Folder Tasks 2 E STANFORD Magazine March m E daniel_sm jpg view system information Make a new Folder 5 pe a kt Local Disk C 2 5 FICO Credit score chart png T Add or remove Publish this Folder to the Web as idership ppt programs Devices with Removable Stc D ki se Ka i y Change a setting ka Share this Folder E subinfo slog 9 Eject this disk 43 3 Floppy A mods tt CD Drive D York Poster zip Other Places A G NanoMetrics Company Closur Es manaog m Network Drives My Computer My Network Places My Documents My Documents public on NS4600 192 168 50 My Network Places Control Panel Details Details a lal 4 5 Open the subinfo_xxxxxxxxxx log file in a text editor to
24. 236 Making Fibre Channel Port Settings 236 Viewing SFP Information cee eee eee 237 Viewing Fibre Channel Port Statistics 237 Viewing Fibre Channel Initiators 005 239 Adding a Fibre Channel Initiator 00 239 Managing iSCSI Connections 00 0c e eee 240 Viewing iSCSI Node Information 005 240 Making iSCSI Node Settings aa 240 Viewing iSCSI Target Ports 0020 eee eae 241 Viewing iSCSI Target Port Statistics 242 Viewing the iSCSI Portal 020 cea eee 242 Viewing iSCSI Sessions cee eee eee 243 Working with iISCSI ISNS 00000 cee eee 243 Working with iSCSI CHAPS 00000 cae eee 244 Using iSCSI PING risio sad tiaa NA ba hacer wick ate 246 Managing SAS Connections eee eee eee 247 Viewing SAS Port Information 20000000e 247 Making SAS Port Settings cece eens 247 Viewing SAS Port Statistics 0000 c eee 248 Viewing SAS Initiators 00 000 cece 248 Adding a SAS Initiator 2 0 0 000002 cee 248 Managing Background Activity 00 e eee eee 249 Viewing Current Background Activities 249 Making Background Activity Settings 249 Working with the Event Viewer eee eee eee 251 Viewing Runtime Events 0 0 0 0 cee eee 251 Clearing Run
25. Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the User Management 2 icon Click the Sessions tab in Management View Check the box to the left of the user you want to log out Click the Logout button Click OK in the confirmation box 80 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Managing the Network Connection The network connection deals with the VessRAID s Management Port Making Management Port Settings below Making iSCSI Port Settings page 81 Creating a Link Aggregation Entry page 82 Viewing Link Aggregation Entries page 83 Changing a Link Aggregation Entry page 83 Changing a Link Aggregation Entry page 83 Making Management Port Settings When you log into WebPAM PROe over your network you use the VessRAID s management port Before you change settings please see Choosing DHCP or a Static IP Address on page 42 To make changes to the Management Port settings 1 ao 0 7 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Network Management icon Click the Port Configuration link in Management View To enable DHCP check the DHCP box When DHCP is NOT enabled enter e Primary IP address e Primary subnet mask e Default gateway IP address e Enter a primary DNS server IP address Enter a TCP port number 3260 is the default and recommended for most applications Click the Submit button Making iSCSI Port Settings VessRAID iSC
26. Creating a Disk Array eee eee 51 Logging out of WebPAM PROe 00000 eae 55 Using WebPAM PROe over the Internet 55 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 57 Logging into WebPAM PROe 0 2 22 58 Choosing a Language cece eee eee 59 Perusing the Interface 000 eee 60 Using the Header reni reniir nens ea ees 61 Using Tree View 2 2 0 0 eee 61 Using Management View 0 00 eee 62 Viewing the Event Frame cee ee eee 63 Logging out of WebPAM PROe 0000 00 eae 63 Contents Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe cont Working with the Storage Network a 65 Viewing Other Subsytems a 65 Updating the List of Subsystems 65 Logging into a Subsystem 0 65 Hiding the Other Subsystems aa 65 Working with Subsystems 000000 c eee ee eee 66 Viewing Subsystem Information 0 00000 ee 66 Saving System Service Report 000 cece eae 66 Setting an Alias for the Subsystem 2 055 67 Setting Subsystem Date and Time 0000 67 Viewing the Runtime Event Log 0 e eee eee 67 Saving the Runtime Event Log 200000ee eee 68 Clearing the Runtime Event Log 0 00005 68 Viewing NVRAM Events 0 200 eee eee ee eee 68 Saving NVRAM Events 0000 0c eee
27. From the Sector dropdown menu choose a Sector size for this logical drive The choices are 512 B 1 KB 2 KB and 4 KB 512 B is the default See Choosing Sector Size on page 326 From the Read Policy dropdown menu choose a Read Cache policy for this logical drive The choices are Read Cache Read Ahead and No read Cache Read Ahead is the default See Cache Policy on page 327 From the Write Policy dropdown menu choose a Write Cache policy for this logical drive The choices are Write Through thru and Write Back Write Back is the default If you selected No Cache under Read Cache this setting will be Write Through See Cache Policy on page 327 Click the Update button to enter the logical drive parameters Review the results If there is remaining space the disk array you can create another logical drive following the steps above Each logical drive can have a different set of parameters Click the Next button when you are done A new window displays with the disk array information and the proposed logical drives with their parameters Click the Submit button create the logical drives The new logical drive appears in the Logical Drive List the Information tab If you created a fault tolerant logical drive any RAID level except RAID 0 the Operational Status of new logical drive will display Synchronizing for several minutes after creation You can use the logical drive during this period but read
28. Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 WebPAM PROe or page 249 CLU To set Hot Spare Policy see Making Spare Drive Settings on page 172 WebPAM PROe or page 228 CLU Important If your replacement disk drive was formerly part of a different disk array or logical drive you must clear the configuration data on the replacement drive before you use it See page 144 WebPAM PROe or page 214 CLU Rebuild Operation During rebuild e The alarm sounds a single short beep repeated e No warning icon displays over the Disk Array or Logical Drive in the Tree Management View reports the Disk Array s Operational Status as OK Rebuilding e The drive carrier holding the rebuilding physical drive displays a green Activity lower LED while the Status upper LED flashes green once per second Figure 17 VessRAID disk drive carrier LEDs Disk Status Power Activity During rebuilding you can still read and write data to the logical drive However fault tolerance is lost until the Disk Array returns to OK not rebuilding status After a successful rebuild e The alarm is silent e The Disk Array s Operational Status as OK e The rebuilt disk drive Status LED displays steady green 374 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Incomplete Array An incomplete array can result from any of the following conditions e The NVRAM watermark for the RAID level migration currently in progress is missing or cannot
29. SFF 8088 SAS Expansion Port connector See page 21 Figure 9 To establish the data path 1 Install an FC transceiver into the FC data port on the VessRAID controller See page 22 Figure 10 2 Connect the FC transceiver on the VessRAID controller to the Host PC or Server See also SAS JBOD Expansion on page 32 20 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Management Path The VessRAID controller has one 1 Ethernet RJ 45 Management Port connector See Figure 9 To establish the management path 1 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to the network connector or standard NIC in the Host PC Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch See page 22 Figure 10 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to the Management Port on the VessRAID subsystem If you have multiple VessRAID subsystems Host PCs or Servers repeat steps 1 and 2 as required Figure 9 VessRAID FC data and management ports iSCSI data port 2 FC data port 1 Kocia pa FC data port 2 i APEN SAS expansion Management port port to JBOD 21 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Figure 10 FC DAS data and management connections Host PC or Server Network Switch O EN Ca Banana anag WZ
30. Version number Build date Flash installation date To view flash image information 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Flash Image Version Info and press Enter The flash image information displays on the screen Running Image Info The firmware package currently running on the controllers Flashed Image Info The firmware package flashed to memory If the Running and Flashed Images do not match the VessRAID has not restarted since the firmware was last updated Restart the VessRAID to run the Flashed firmware package See Restarting the Subsystem on page 272 Note that all of these components are upgraded together in a package See Updating the Firmware in the CLU on page 298 Clearing Statistics This function clears the statistical counts for the RAID controller iSCSI ports physical drives and logical drives To clear statistics 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Clear Statistics and press Enter Press Y to confirm the deletion 267 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Restoring Factory Defaults This function restores the factory default settings to the firmware and software items you select Caution Use this function with care Do not restore to default settings for any item unless you are sure this action is needed To restore factory default
31. aa Running Spare Check 2 0c cee eee eee Working with the Logical Drive Summary 2 Viewing a List of All Logical Drives Viewing Individual Logical Drive Information Chapter 5 SmartNAVI 000 c eee Managing your NAS with SmartNAVI auaa aaa Starting SmartNAVI anaa aaa aaa Choosing a SmartNAVI Language 2 Closing SmartNAVI anana 00 c eee VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Chapter 5 SmartNAVI cont Working with the Device List 00 cee eee eee 177 Adding NAS Devices 0 cece eee 178 Logging Into a NAS Device 0 000 e eee eee 179 Changing NAS Device Settings aa 181 Deleting a NAS Device 0 0000 e eee eee 182 Managing Users and Groups eee eee eee 183 Creating a User 0 0 eee 183 Changing User Passwords cee aeaa 183 Changing User Permissions ee eeee 184 Viewing a List of Users 0 c eee eee 184 Deleting a User 2 0 2 2 cee eee 184 Creating a Group eee 185 Viewing a List of Groups ccc eee eee eee 185 Adding Members to a Group a 185 Deleting Members from a Group 0a 186 Deleting a Group 6 2 00 0 eee 186 Managing RAID Volumes 0 000 eee 187 Creating a RAID Volume 0 0000 c eee eee 187 Viewing a List of RAID Volumes
32. and Redundancy Check Power Allows the user to create but not delete disk arrays and logical drives change RAID levels change stripe size change settings of components such as disk arrays logical drives physical drives and the controller Super Allows the user full access to all functions including create and delete users and changing the settings of other users and delete disk arrays and logical drives The default administrator account is a Super User 79 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Deleting a User There will always be at least one Super User account You cannot delete the user account you used to log in To delete a user 1 PONOAAR OD Log into WebPAM PROe as the Administrator or a Super User Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the User Management amp icon Click the Delete tab in Management View Check the box to the left of the user you want to delete Click the Submit button Click OK in the confirmation box Viewing User Sessions To view the current sessions 1 2 3 4 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools IF icon Click the User Management amp icon Click the Sessions tab in Management View Logging out Other Users To logout other users 1 PANDORA OD Log into WebPAM PROe as the Administrator or a Super User Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View
33. and Solid State Drives SSD separate disk arrays will be created for your HDDs and for your SSDs Each array will have the number of logical drives that you specified To create a new disk array 1 OUP O NO Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays E icon Click the Create tab in Management View From the Create tab dropdown menu choose Express Check the boxes to choose any one or combination of e Redundancy The array will remain available if a physical drive fails Capacity The greatest possible amount of data capacity e Performance The highest possible read write speed e Mixing SATA SAS Drive Check this box if you want to use both SATA and SAS drives in the same disk array If the box is unchecked and you have both SATA and SAS drives different arrays will be created for each type of drive In the Number of Logical Drives field enter the number of logical drives you want to make from this disk array From the Application Type menu choose an application that best describes your intended use for this disk array e File Server e Transaction Data e Other e Video Stream e Transaction Log Click the Update button Or check the Automatic Update box and updates will occur automatically The following parameters display e Disk Arrays The number of physical drives in the disk array their slot numbers configurable capacity and the number of logical drives to be created e Logic
34. by icon Click the Firmware Update tab 295 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 5 11 12 13 Do one of the following actions e Click the Download from TFTP Server option then click the Next button From the Firmware Update tab dropdown menu choose Download from TFTP Server Enter the hostname or IP address of your TFTP server in the field provided Enter the port number of your TFTP server in the field provided 69 is the default Enter the filename of the Firmware Update file in the field provided Click the Submit button When the download is completed click the Next button A popup message appears warning you not to reboot the VessRAID during the firmware update procedure In the popup message click the OK button The update progress displays Then a popup message appears to tell you to reboot the VessRAID In the popup message click the OK button Restart the VessRAID See Restarting the Subsystem on page 297 Note After you click the Submit button if WebPAM PROe displays this message error transferring image you entered an incorrect file name or an incorrect location Check the information and try again Updating Firmware from your PC To update the firmware from your PC 1 ako N Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools BF icon Click the Software Management by icon Click the Firmware Update tab Do one o
35. computer name 102 402 drive slot numbering 17 features and benefits 4 overview 2 specifications 6 warranty 9 393 view background activities 70 backup event log 192 backup schedule 191 CHAP iSCSI 94 244 controllers 131 disk arrays 150 enclosure 135 281 Fibre Channel logged in devices 88 236 Fibre Channel port settings 84 236 Fibre Channel port statistics 86 237 group 185 418 Index view cont link aggregation 83 235 list of all logical drives 174 lock status 74 LUN map 113 physical drives 141 ping iSCSI port 96 246 portal iSCSI 92 242 scheduled activities 72 session iSCSI 92 243 SFP information 87 237 spare drives 170 users 76 184 258 voltage enclosure 137 209 W warranty on VessRAID 393 watermark orphan 133 205 reported events 371 Web Server service 118 262 settings 117 262 WebPAM PROe access over an intranet 388 access over the Internet 55 WebPAM PROe cont Event Frame 63 Header 61 interface 60 language 59 login 49 58 logout 55 63 Management View 62 NAS 97 109 no browser connection 384 problem reporting 353 373 regular connection 49 58 secure connection 49 58 times out 388 Tree View 61 Windows network drive 397 write cache policy 55 155 158 166 219 226 285 defined 328 physical drive 142 213 write check table 169 Y yellow 346 353 378 419 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 420
36. d applies only to products which are new and in cartons on the date of purchase is not transferable is valid only when accompanied by a copy of the original purchase invoice Is not valid on spare parts This warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance or unauthorized modification s performed by the end user operation outside the environmental specifications for the product accident misuse negligence misapplication abuse natural or personal disaster or maintenance by anyone other than a Promise or a Promise authorized service center Disclaimer of other warranties This warranty covers only parts and labor and excludes coverage on software items as expressly set above Except as expressly set forth above Promise DISCLAIMS any warranties expressed or implied by statute or otherwise regarding the product including without limitation any warranties for fitness for any purpose quality merchantability non infringement or otherwise Promise makes no warranty or representation concerning the suitability of any product for use with any other item You assume full responsibility for selecting products and for ensuring that the products selected are compatible and appropriate for use with other goods with which they will be used 393 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Promise DOES NOT WARRANT that any product is free from errors or that it w
37. drive sets are created See Creating a Disk Array Automatic on page 151 e Express You choose the parameters for a new disk array by specifying the characteristics you want You can create multiple logical drives at the same time however they will all be identical You can choose to make a hot spare drive for all RAID levels except RAID 0 if at least five unconfigured physical drives are available See Creating a Disk Array Express on page 151 150 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe e Advanced You directly specify all parameters for a new disk array Makes one logical drive automatically You can create additional logical drives at a later time if additional configurable capacity is available Does not make a hot spare drive See Creating a Disk Array Advanced on page 153 Creating a Disk Array Automatic The Disk Array Automatic Creation option enables you to create a new disk array following a default set of parameters One logical drive will be made automatically when you create the disk array If you have both Hard Disk Drives HDD and Solid State Drives SSD separate disk array and logical drive sets will be created for your HDDs and for your SSDs These two drive types cannot be mixed in the same disk array To create a Disk Array using the Automatic function To create a disk array automatically 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays E icon Click th
38. e Click Logout on the WebPAM PROe banner 63 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Figure 5 Clicking Logout on the WebPAM PROe banner Language View Storage Network ContactUs Logoi Help About Clicking Logout brings you back to the Login Screen See page 59 After logging out you must enter your user name and password in order to log in again 64 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Working with the Storage Network When you log into WebPAM PROe you access a specific VessRAID subsystem See Logging into WebPAM PROe on page 58 The Storage Network feature enables you to access all of the VessRAID subsytems with a Management Port connection to your network Each VessRAID subsystem is identified by its Management Port IP address Storage Network functions include e Viewing other subsystems e Updating the list of subsystems e Logging into a subsystem e Hiding the other subsystems Viewing Other Subsytems To view the other VessRAID subsytems the Storage Network 1 Click Storage Network in the Header 2 Click the Show Network Subsystems popup option The list will show all subsystems the network at the time the GUI was launched Updating the List of Subsystems To update the list of the VessRAID subsytems the Storage Network Click the Discover button at the bottom of the subsystem list Logging into a Subsystem To log into any of the displayed VessRAID s
39. stop or restart the SLP service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Making Web Server Settings By default Web Server service is set to Automatic and its normal status is Started To make Web Server service settings 1 8 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Web Server and press Enter Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual Highlight the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e HTTP Port 80 is the default e Session Time Out 24 minutes is the default 1440 minutes 24 hours Highlight SSL and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight HTTPS Port and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value 443 is the default Press Ctrl A to save your settings To start stop or restart the Web Server service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter 262 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Making Telnet Settings By default Telnet service is set to Automatic and its normal status is Started To make Telnet service settings Ts 6 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Telnet and press Enter Highlight Startup Type and press the
40. 0000005 187 Managing Backups 0 EA E eae 188 Doing a Backup Now 0 e eee eee 188 Scheduling a Backup 0000 eee eee eee eee 189 Monitoring Backup Progress ee eee eae 190 Viewing Backup Schedules 000 0 eee eeeee 191 Changing a Scheduled Backup 00 aa 191 Running a Scheduled Backup Now 2 05 191 Deleting a Scheduled Backup aaa 191 Restoring Backed up Files a 192 Viewing the Backup Event Log a 192 Saving the Backup Event Log 0 a 193 Clearing the Backup Event Log a 193 Managing Share Folders 000 cece 194 Creating a Share Folder 000 e eee eee 194 Opening a Share Folder 0000 e eae eens 194 Viewing a List of Share Folders 0 aaa 194 Changing Share Folder Permissions 195 Changing the Host IP address 0a 195 Deleting a Share Folder a 195 Contents Chapter 5 SmartNAVI cont Managing Share Folders cont Mounting a Share Folder Creating a Network Drive 196 Un mounting a Share Folder Disconnecting a Network Drive 196 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU 197 Initial CONNECTION js dean Nad Ab alag HA NPA PA decade hah kat 198 Making a Serial Connection aan 198 Making a Telnet Connection aa 199 LOGGING MIN aa 6 mGA ie hnd VER Na NA 199 Accessing Online
41. 1 logical drives work in mirrored physical drive pairs You could create up to eight RAID 1 logical drives Or you can create a single RAID 10 logical drive with data mirroring and up to 16 physical drives If you have an odd number of drives but still want data mirroring use RAID 1E See Installing Disk Drives on page 17 and Introduction to RAID on page 237 for more information on the number of physical drives you can use for each RAID level Are logical drives on VessRAID limited to 2 TB No But verify that your operating system supports logical drives over 2 TB Also for the operating system to recognize the full capacity of logical drives over 2 TB you must specify a sector size of 1 KB or larger when you create the logical drive See Choosing Sector Size on page 253 or more information Do I have to install WebPAM PROe on my network server No Use the WebPAM PROe embedded with the VessRAID 388 Chapter 11 Support How can I be sure everything is working OK on the VessRAID Locally The VessRAID enclosure has LEDs on the front to monitor the status of power field replaceable units FRUs and logical drives When these are green VessRAID is functioning normally Remotely Check the Tree Icons in WebPAM If there are no yellow or red warning icons displayed VessRAID is functioning normally What happens if a logical drive goes critical On the front of VessRAID the logical drive LED turns amber
42. 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual If your Netsend and Messenger service settings are correct but the recipient PC does not receive event messages check the recipient PC s Firewall settings Refer to your OS documentation for more information 122 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Exporting the User Database You can export the User Database file to share user information and settings among multiple VessRAID subsystems The Export action saves a text file a designated folder the Host PC From there you can import the User Database file to other VessRAID subsystems To export the User Database file 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Export link in Management View Click the Export button In the Opening export dialog box click the Save to Disk option Click the OK button The user database file is saved to the Host PC from which you access WebPAM PROe Pap wp Note The Encryption box is grayed out Encryption is always enabled Importing a User Database Caution Do NOT use this function to update the VessRAID firmware The Software Management Import tab enables you to import the User Database file from the Host PC s file system to the VessRAID subsystem When you make user settings to one VessRAID you can export the User Database file to the Host PC From there you can import the User Database file to other VessRAIDs so that all
43. 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Physical Drives These functions require the LCD panel to be in Advanced mode See page 276 Managing physical drives with the LCD includes e Viewing Physical Drive Information page 282 e Locating a Physical Drive page 282 For other physical drive functions see Managing Physical Drives on page 141 WebPAM PROe or page 213 CLU Viewing Physical Drive Information This function requires the LCD to be in Advanced mode See page 276 To view physical drive information 1 Press the or w button until the display says Physical Drive Management Press the button and the display a list of physical drives by ID number Press the M or W button to scroll through the list of physical drives Press the button choose a physical drive OV oP GN Press the or W button to scroll through the list of items e Model e Interface SAS or SATA Capacity e Location Enclosure number and slot number e Configuration Array number and sequence number or Spare e Firmware version e Status Locating a Physical Drive This function requires the LCD to be in Advanced mode See page 276 This feature helps you identify a physical drive in the VessRAID enclosure To locate a physical drive 1 Press the Mm or W button until the display says Physical Drive Management Press the button and the display a list of physical drives by ID number Press the 4 or W button to scroll thr
44. 388 jt ET TUT a Management a il Cables AT VessRAID ANIC FC card Data Cable Management Port FC Data Ports 2 22 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Fibre Channel Storage Area Network SAN This arrangement requires A Fibre Channel FC interface card in each Host PC At least one FC transceiver for each VessRAID subsystem A network interface card NIC in each Host PC A standard network switch Note VessRAID Fibre Channel subsystems also have two 2 Ethernet RJ45 iSCSI Port connectors See iSCSI Storage Area Network SAN on page 27 for connection instructions Data Path The VessRAID controller has two 2 FC Port connectors and two 2 Ethernet RJ45 iSCSI Port connectors See page 21 Figure 9 To establish the data path 1 Install an FC transceiver into the FC data port on the VessRAID controller See page 24 Figure 11 Connect the FC transceiver on the VessRAID subsystem to the FC switch Connect the FC switch to the FC HBA card in the Host PC or Server If you have multiple VessRAID subsystems Host PCs or Servers repeat steps 1 and 2 as required See also SAS JBOD Expansion on page 32 Management Path The VessRAID controller has one 1 Ethernet RJ 45 Management Port connector See page 21 Figure 9 To establish the management path 1 Attach one
45. Arrays EB icon Click the Disk Array amp icon Click the Logical Drives amp icon Click the Logical Drive amp icon Click the LUN Map tab in Management View From the Unassigned Initiator List click an initiator to choose it Or type the initiator name into the Initiator Name field Type a LUN into the Map to LUN field Click the Assign button The initiator appears in the Assigned Initiator List 10 Click the Submit button Notes e Obtain the initiator name from the initiator utility on your host system e The initiator name you input must match exactly in order for the connection to work 169 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Spare Drives When a physical drive in a disk array fails and a spare drive of adequate capacity is available the disk array will begin to rebuild automatically using the spare drive See Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 Spare drive management includes the following functions Viewing a List of Spare Drives page 170 e Locating a Spare Drive page 170 Creating a Spare Drive page 171 e Deleting Spare Drive page 172 e Making Spare Drive Settings page 172 e Running Spare Check page 173 Viewing a List of Spare Drives To view a list of spare drives 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View 2 Click the Spare Drives icon The information includes e ID The unique ID number assigned to the spare drive e Operat
46. Battery Capacity Backup capacity expressed as a percentage e Remaining Backup Time Number of minutes the UPS is expected to power your system in the event of a power failure e Loading Ratio Actual output of UPS as a percentage of the rated output See the Note below Note The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 If the reported Loading Ratio exceeds the recommended value for your UPS unit e Have fewer subsystems or peripherals connected to this UPS unit e Add more UPS units or use a higher capacity UPS unit to protect your RAID systems 257 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Users User Management includes the following functions Viewing User Information page 258 Creating a User page 258 Changing a User s Password page 259 Changing a User s Display Name and Email Address page 259 Changing a User s Privilege and Status page 260 Deleting a User page 260 Viewing User Information Each user types their user name and password to log into the CLI To view a list of current user accounts 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Management and press Enter A list of the current users appears Creating a User To create a new user account 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Mana
47. CHAP 94 244 iSNS settings 93 243 link aggregation change 83 235 create 82 234 delete 83 235 view 83 235 node information 90 240 node settings 90 240 Ping 96 246 port IP address in CLI 43 port network settings 81 234 portal 92 242 iSCSI cont sessions 92 243 target port statistics 242 target ports 91 241 J JBOD expansion connections 32 LED 36 37 physical drive not usable 376 topology 136 212 K KCC statement 9 L language SmartNAVI 176 WebPAM PROe 59 LCD panel advanced mode 277 at startup 38 275 buzzer settings 281 Check Event 348 controller view 280 create disk array advanced 284 disk array automatic 283 logical drive 288 spare drive 292 delete disk array 286 logical drive 289 spare drive 293 disk array create advanced 284 create automatic 283 delete 286 locate 288 view 287 409 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual LCD panel cont enclosure view 281 events view 277 installing 12 LD Critical 357 limitations 277 locate disk array 288 logical drive 291 physical drive 282 spare drive 293 logical drive create 288 delete 289 locate 291 view 290 management port settings 278 mode settings 276 physical drive locate 282 view 282 settings buzzer 281 management port 278 mode 276 simple mode 276 spare drive create 292 delete 293 locate 293 view 292 View controller 280 disk array 287 enclosure 281 events 277 logical drive 290 physical drive 282 spare
48. Drives 00 000 eee eee 213 Making Global Physical Drive Settings 213 Setting an Alias 2 0 0 eee 214 Viewing Advanced Information a 214 Xi VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Chapter 6 Management with the CLU cont Managing Physical Drives cont Viewing Physical Drive Statistics 214 Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions 214 Forcing a Physical Drive Offline or Online 215 Locating a Physical Drive a 215 Managing Disk ArrayS 2 216 Creating a Disk Array 2 216 Creating a Disk Array Automatic a 217 Creating a Disk Array Express aa 218 Creating a Disk Array Advanced 0 2005 219 Deleting a Disk Array eee 220 Viewing Disk Array Information 00000 eee 220 Setting an Alias for a Disk Array 0 000 ee ane 221 Accepting an Incomplete Array cee eee 221 Enabling Media Patrol on a Disk Array 222 Enabling PDM on a Disk Array 0000000 eee eee 222 Preparing the Disk Array for Transport 222 Rebuilding a Disk Array 0 0 cee eee 222 Migrating a Disk Array 0 c cece eee 223 Running POM wi vee nade ven Sod Na Pa enone UNANG 224 Running Transition on a Disk Array 224 Locating a Disk Array e ee eee 224 Creating a Logic
49. Group Members on page 100 Deleting a NAS Group To delete a NAS Group 1 PNDOA OD Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the NAS User Group Management a icon Click the Delete tab in Management View Click the Option button beside the Group you want to delete Click the OK button to confirm Click the OK button to acknowledge The Group is deleted under the Information tab Adding Group Members A User can belong to only one Group If you attempt to assign a User to a second Group that User is automatically removed from the first Group To add a user to a NAS Group 1 Oak oD Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the NAS User Group Management a icon Click the Group Members tab in Management View From the dropdown menu choose the Group to which you want to add a User From the Users list highlight a User to add to the Group and click the gt gt button The User moves to the Members list 100 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 8 Click the OK button to acknowledge Deleting Group Members To delete a user from a NAS Group 1 Oak oD 8 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the NAS User Group Management ai icon Click the Group Members tab
50. LEDs display green continuously e Ethernet LEDs display green or flash depending on your network connection 35 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual activity Figure 20 VessRAID FC Controller LEDs Controller Status Fan 2 Fan 1 Battery be Dirty Cache USB 2 LUY e AH e28 Fani eto The FC iSCSI SAS and Expansion LEDs display green or flash during port FC Ports JBOD Expansion 1 2 16 and 12 bay subsystems 36 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Figure 21 VessRAID iSCSI Controller LEDs Controller Status JBOD Expansion Fan2 Dirty Cache 16 and 12 bay subsystems Fan 1 iSCSI Ports Battery 2 3 4 Figure 22 VessRAID SAS Controller LEDs Controller Status JBOD Expansion Fan 2 Dirty Cache 16 and 12 bay subsystems Fany USB 2 SAS IN Port 2 Battery USB1 Li 4 3o ZH lu IL CAL La i 8 SAS IN Port 1 lg apa es toto o 8 020202020 RHR HI Oloto ototo e2020 Cododo 37 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Disk Drive LEDs There are two LEDs on each Drive Carrier They report the presence of a disk drive activity of the drive and the drive s current condition Figure 23 VessRAID disk drive carrier LEDs Disk Status Power Activity If there is a disk drive in the ca
51. PC 00 296 Restarting the Subsystem a 297 XV VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Chapter 8 Maintenance cont Updating the Firmware inthe CLU 0000 00a 298 Downloading the Firmware Image File 298 Updating the Firmware eee eee 298 Restarting Subsystem over a Telnet Connection 299 Restarting Subsystem over a Serial Connection 299 Replacing a Power Supply 000 cee eee eens 300 VessRAID 1700 Series 0 300 VessRAID 1800 Series 0 300 Replacing a RAID Controller 000 c eee eee eee 301 Removing the old controller a 301 Installing the new controller 0 2 0 0 0c eee eee ee 301 Replacing a Cooling Fan 0000 c cece eee 302 Replacing the Cache Battery 0200 e cease 304 Replacing the Memory Module eee ee 306 Chapter 9 Technology Background 00eeeseeees 309 Introduction to RAID 2 eee eee 309 RAID O Stripe 028 Pasa eet ni DEN AYA NA hn A A 310 RAID A MUTO saved ces rA aoe oe beads Ba ad Da eee Gees 311 RAID 1E Enhanced Mirror 312 RAID 3 Block Stripe and Dedicated Parity 313 RAID 5 Block and Parity Stripe 0 314 RAID 6 Block and Double Parity Stripe 315 RAID 10 Mirror Stripe 2 0 2 0 cee eee 316 RAID 30 Striping of Dedicated Parity
52. Patrol Auto Rebuild Rebuild Migration PDM Transition Synchronization Initialization Redundancy Check rate and thresholds Event Viewer View the event logs Additional Info and Management Spare Drives LUN Mapping User management Email SLP Web Server Telnet SNMP and Netsend settings firmware flash clear statistics and restore factory default settings Buzzer Enable disable or silence the buzzer audible alarm Accessing Online Help To access online help on any CLU screen press Ctrl E To return to the CLU press Enter Exiting the CLU 1 Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter Repeat this action until you arrive at the Main Menu 2 From the Main Menu highlight Return to CLI and press Enter to exit 3 Close the terminal emulation Telnet or terminal window Logging Out of the CLI When you shut down or restart the VessRAID subsystem you are automatically logged out of the CLI To manually log out of the CLI no shut down or restart At the username cli gt prompt type logout and press Enter The prompt changes to cli gt Logging Back Into the CLI and CLU To log into the CLI and CLU after a manual logout 1 Atthe cli gt prompt type login followed by your user name and press Enter 2 At the Password prompt type your password and press Enter 3 At the username cli gt prompt type menu and press Enter to open the CLU 201 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual R
53. RAID 0 None RAID 1E None RAID 3 Add physical drives 32 maximum RAID 5 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 6 4 physical drives minimum 32 maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 physical drives minimum Even number of physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 30 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum RAID 50 If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives 334 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 5 A RAID 5 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E None RAID 3 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 5 Add physical drives 32 maximum RAID 6 4 physical drives minimum 32 maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 p
54. Reported Event Corrective Action Battery Battery temperature is above the threshold The battery is too hot Verify proper airflow around the through the VessRAID If airflow is OK replace the battery See page 304 Battery temperature is normal Normal Battery capacity is below the threshold Battery is drained Run battery reconditioning See page 139 WebPAM PROe or page 211 CLU Battery capacity is normal Normal 359 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Reported Event Corrective Action Battery is discharging Battery is undergoing reconditioning Battery is charging Battery is being recharged Battery reconditioning is complete Battery reconditioning is finished Battery is malfunctioning Run battery reconditioning Run battery reconditioning See page 139 WebPAM PROe or page 211 CLU If this message reappears replace the battery Battery reconditioned successfully Battery reconditioning is finished Battery reconditioning has failed Replace the battery See page 304 Battery is reaching end of life Replace the battery See page 304 Battery is removed The battery was disconnected or removed Reinstall the battery See page 304 Battery charging failed Replace the battery See page 304 Battery reconditioning started Battery reconditioning has begun Battery reconditi
55. Sector Size A sector is the smallest addressable area on a physical disk drive Sector Size refers to the size of sector measured by the number of bytes of data it can hold The most common sector size is 512 bytes 512 B A smaller sector size results in a more efficient use of a disk drive s capacity 512 B is the default sector size for logical drives on VessRAID The number of usable sectors is limited by the addressing method of the computer s operating system e Windows 2000 and Windows XP 32 bit support 10 bit logical bit addressing LBA so with 512 B sectors they can only support up to 2 terabytes TB of data storage capacity To increase the capacity you must use larger sectors See 2 TB Limitation on page 327 e Windows XP 64 bit Windows 2003 Server Windows 2008 Server and Windows Vista support 64 bit LBA so they are not affected by this limitation For these OSes always choose the default 512 B sector size e Linux operating systems with the 2 4 kernel do not support variable sector sizes For these OSes always choose the default 512 B sector size 326 Chapter 9 Technology Background e Linux operating systems with the 2 6 kernel support 64 bit LBA For these OSes always choose the default 512 B sector size 2 TB Limitation If your Host PC runs Windows 2000 or Windows XP 32 bit and you want to create logical drives larger than 2TB you must choose a sector size larger than 512 B when you
56. Technology Background on page 309 To create a logical drive from an existing disk array 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array in which you want to create a logical drive and press Enter Highlight Create New Logical Drive and press Enter The Disk Array ID number and Maximum capacity available for the new logical drive are displayed Highlight the following parameters and press the backspace key to erase the current value e Alias Type an alias into the field if desired Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Capacity Maximum capacity shown Enter a smaller capacity if desired 225 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Highlight the following parameters and press the spacebar to toggle though the available choices Stripe size Press the spacebar to choose 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB or 1 MB Sector size Press the spacebar to choose 512 B 1 KB 2 KB or 4 KB Write Policy Press spacebar to choose Write Back or Write Through e Read Policy Press spacebar to choose No Cache Read Cache or Read Ahead Cache Highlight Number of Axles and press the spacebar to choose the number of axles Applies to RAID 50 and 60 only Press Ctrl A to save your settings Note If you did not use all of the available capacity of the disk array you can create an additional logical drive a
57. Tree View 2 Click the Disk Arrays EB icon 3 Click the Disk Array amp icon 4 Click the Logical Drives amp icon Logical Drive Status e OK The normal state of a logical drive For RAID Levels other than RAID 0 Striping the logical drive has full redundancy e Synchronizing When you first create a logical drive the logical drive synchronizes During that time your data is available However access will be slower until synchronizing is done e Rebuilding This condition is temporary When a physical drive has been replaced the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore redundancy fault tolerance Your data is still available However access will be slower until rebuilding is done e Critical This condition results from a physical drive failure Your data is still available However the logical drive has lost redundancy fault tolerance You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it See Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 e Offline This condition arises as the result of a second physical drive failure An Offline logical drive is not accessible but some or all of your data 164 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe may remain intact You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it Critical 4 Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 Transport Ready The result of a successful Prepare for Transport operation You remove the physica
58. VessRAID 1740s is shown Other models are similar Installing the new controller 1 Verify that the new RAID controller has a cache battery and memory module installed 301 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual If it does not have these items transfer them from the old RAID controller See page 304 and page 306 for more information Carefully slide the new RAID controller into the enclosure Swing the latch to the left and secure it with the thumbscrew Reconnect the FC iSCSI SAS Ethernet serial and power cables Switch on the power The VessRAID restarts For more information about VessRAID s start up behavior see Connecting the Power on page 35 On e NN This completes the RAID controller replacement procedure Replacing a Cooling Fan Cautions e Only a qualified technician should perform this procedure e You must shut down the VessRAID subsystem before you can perform this procedure To replace a fan 1 Verify that the Fan LED on the cooling unit is amber or red See Figure 3 Figure 3 Fan LEDs Fan 1 LED Fan 2 LED sos e ES gees u Tpk eee e e e e o ete e o 5 ete e POS BO 2 Shut down the VessRAID and remove the RAID controller See Replacing a RAID Controller on page 301 3 Lay the RAID Controller on a non static surface and remove the cover attaching screws one on each side then remove the cov
59. VessRAID subsystem In the event of a power failure the BBU powers the controller cache to preserve any data it contains Warning This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Warning The electronic components within the VessRAID enclosure are sensitive to damage from Electro Static Discharge ESD Observe appropriate precautions at all times when handling the VessRAID or its subassemblies 11 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Caution e There is a risk of explosion if the battery is replaced by the incorrect type e Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions that accompany the battery For a description of the LEDs see pages 35 and 37 Installing the LCD Panel Optional Cautions e The LCD panel is NOT a hot swap device Be sure the VessRAID is powered down before you connect or disconnect the LCD panel e You must install the LCD panel before you mount the VessRAID subsystem in a rack The LCD panel mounts to the left ear of the VessRAID enclosure 1 Align the connector on the left bracket of the VessRAID enclosure to the connector on the back of the LCD panel as shown in Figure 1 Figure 1 Align the connectors on the enclosure and the LCD panel Connector on Connector on the enclosure the LCD panel 2 Insert the two screws that you remove
60. Viewing Flash Image Information page 267 e Clearing Statistics page 267 e Restoring Factory Defaults page 268 e Shutting Down the Subsystem page 269 e Starting Up After Shutdown page 271 e Restarting the Subsystem page 272 e Making Buzzer Settings page 274 For information about VessRAID s audible alarm and LEDs see Chapter 10 Troubleshooting on page 345 197 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Initial Connection Making an initial connection includes the following functions Making a Serial Connection below e Making a Telnet Connection page 199 e Logging In page 199 e Accessing Online Help page 201 e Exiting the CLU page 201 Logging Out of the CLI page 201 e Logging Back Into the CLI and CLU page 201 Making a Serial Connection Before you begin be sure the RJ11 to DB9 serial data cable is connected between the Host PC and VessRAID and that both machines are booted and running Figure 1 Serial port on the controller Serial port a aa 6 ee ee ee ae oe aL ES aie oe ole ia jaya s 008080 o 0222820 Then do the following actions 1 Change your terminal emulation program settings to match the following specifications e Bits per second 115200 Data bits 8 e Parity None e Stop bits 1 Flow control none 2 Start your PC s terminal VT100 or ANSI emulation program 3 Press Enter once to lau
61. Viewing SFP Information To view information about the SFPs small form factor pluggable transceivers 1 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter 3 Highlight the port you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Fibre Channel Port SFP and press Enter The screen displays information about the SFP transceiver There are no user settings on this screen Viewing Fibre Channel Port Statistics To view port statistics 1 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter 237 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter Highlight the port you want and press Enter Highlight Fibre Channel Port Statistics and press Enter This screen displays statistics for this port There are no user settings on this screen Clearing Statistics To clear Fibre Channel statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 267 Property Definitions Definitions of the properties for which statistical information is reported appears in the list below TimeLastReset Time in minutes since the system has been running FramesSent Number of frames sent since last reset FramesReceived Number of frames received since last reset WordsSent Number of words sent since last reset WordsReceived Number of words received since last reset LIPCount Loop Initialization Primitive Sequence This primitive seq
62. You can also double click them to move them 53 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 4 5 From the Media Type dropdown menu choose the physical drive type to use in the array HDD Hard Disk Drives e SSD Solid State Drives The drive type you selected appears in the list of Physical Drives You cannot mix HDDs and SSDs in the same disk array When you are done click the Next button Step 2 Logical Drive Creation 1 iSCSI only If you plan to use this logical drive for NAS click the NAS option beside LD Type Do one of the following actions e For DAS and SAN enter an Alias name for the logical drive An Alias is optional Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An Alias is optional iSCSI only For NAS enter a Mount Point name for the logical drive Maximum of 20 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore A Mount Point is required From the RAID Level dropdown list choose a RAID level for this logical drive All RAID levels supported by the disk array appear in the list See Choosing a RAID Level on page 322 RAID 50 and 60 only Specify the number of axles for your array For more information on axles see RAID 30 and 50 Axles on page 319 or RAID 60 Axles on page 321 Enter a capacity and choose unit of measure MB GB TB The default value is the available capacity of the disk array You can use this val
63. an L Port InvalidWordSentCount Number of invalid words sent since last reset InvalidCRCCount Invalid Cyclical Redundancy Count Number of frames received with an invalid CRC since last reset InitiatorlOCount I O Count on the initiator on the host side Clearing Statistics To clear statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 267 Viewing Fibre Channel Initiators LUN Mapping must be enabled in order for VessRAID to recognize a Fibre Channel See Enabling LUN Mapping on page 253 To view Fibre Channel initiators 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter Highlight Fibre Channel Initiators and press Enter A list of all currently logged in initiators appears on the screen Adding a Fibre Channel Initiator LUN Mapping must be enabled in order for VessRAID to add a Fibre Channel See Enabling LUN Mapping on page 253 You must add an initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list in order to use the initiator to create a LUN for your logical drive To add an initiator 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter Highlight Fibre Channel Initiators and press Enter Highlight the initiator you want to add and press the spacebar to choose it Highlight Add Marked Initiators and press Enter The initiator is added to VessRAID s initiator list 239 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing iSCSI C
64. and an audible alarm sounds See Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 301 Can a VessRAID dual power supply models run on just one power supply Yes it is possible to run the VessRAID dual power supply models on a single power supply There are two power supplies so that these systems will continue running if one of the power supply fails But deliberately leaving one power supply off negates this advantage In addition leaving one power supply off reduces air flow through the VessRAID enclosure and can contribute to overheating Always switch on both power supplies VessRAID s Netsend service does not report all events to Windows PCs This condition results from a shortcoming in Windows Messenger that causes miscommunication with Netsend Promise is developing a workaround at the time of this writing Note that all events are correctly reported in the Event Viewer Contacting Technical Support Promise Technical Support provides several support options for Promise users to access information and updates We encourage you to use one of our electronic services which provide product information updates for the most efficient service and support If you decide to contact us please have the following information available Product model and serial number BIOS firmware and driver version numbers A description of the problem situation System configuration information including motherboard and CPU type hard drive
65. are low Reduce system load or restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU Redundancy Check encountered inconsistent block s Check the logical drive s inconsistent block table See page 168 Rebuild the disk array if necessary See page 150 WebPAM PROe or page 216 CLU Redundancy Check task is queued Redundancy Check has been set manually or by schedule Redundancy Check task is stopped internally The logical drive is offline See page 372 369 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Reported Event Corrective Action Resource Resource is NOT available System resources are low Reduce system load or restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU Spare Check Spare check started on the given spare drive Result of settings or user action Normal Spare check completed successfully on the given spare drive Normal Spare Drives Physical disk assigned as global spare Result of settings or user action Normal Physical disk is no longer assigned as global spare Result of settings or user action Normal Global Spare has been deleted Result of settings or user action Normal Physical disk assigned as dedicated spare Result of settings or user action Normal Physical disk is no longer assigned as dedicated spare Result of settings or user action Normal
66. axle The greater the number of axles the greater the number of physical drives that can fail without the RAID 60 logical drive going offline Component Minimum Maximum Number of Axles 2 16 Physical Drives per Axle 4 32 Physical Drives per Logical Drive 8 256 320 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 60 Axles When you create a RAID 60 you must specify the number of axles An axle refers to a single RAID 6 logical drive that is striped with other RAID 6 logical drives to make RAID 60 An axle can have from 4 to 16 physical drives depending on the number of physical drives in the logical drive The chart below shows RAID 60 logical drives with 8 to 20 physical drives the available number of axles and the resulting distribution of physical drives on each axle RAID 60 Logical Drive No of No of Drives per No of No of Drives per Drives Axles Axle Drives Axles Axle 8 2 4 4 17 2 8 9 9 2 4 5 3 5 6 6 10 2 5 5 4 4 4 4 5 11 2 5 6 18 2 9 9 12 2 6 6 3 6 6 6 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 13 2 6 7 19 2 9 10 3 4 4 5 3 6 6 7 14 2 7 7 4 4 5 5 5 3 4 5 5 20 2 10 10 15 2 7 8 3 6 7 7 3 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 16 2 8 8 5 4 4 4 4 4 3 5 5 6 4 4 4 4 4 321 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Choosing a RAID Level There are several issues to consider when choosing the RAID Level for your VessRAID
67. be found e Aphysical drive goes missing during transport See Physical Drive Failed on page 376 for more information When VessRAID discovers an incomplete array WebPAM PROe displays a dialog box asking you to e Click the OK button to accept the incomplete array e Click the Cancel button to reject the incomplete array Before you accept the incomplete array be sure all of the physical drives are present and that their drive carriers are properly installed into the enclosure See Installing Disk Drives on page 17 If you choose to accept the incomplete array 1 Click OK in the incomplete array dialog box 2 Check the operational status of the logical drives in the array e Ifthe logical drives are critical or degraded proceed with a rebuild See Rebuilding a Disk Array on page 160 WebPAM PROe or page 222 CLU e Ifthe logical drives are offline contact Technical Support See page 389 3 Restore your data from a backup source if required The CLU displays the option Accept Incomplete Array on the Disk Array Info and Settings screen Highlight the option and press Enter to accept the incomplete array If you choose NOT to accept the incomplete array 1 Click Cancel in the incomplete array dialog box 2 Doone of the following e Delete the array See Deleting a Disk Array on page 155 WebPAM PROe or page 220 CLU e Replace the missing physical drive 375 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000
68. change other user s passwords To change a user s password 1 Oe Oh 6 7 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Management and press Enter Highlight a User in the list and press Enter Highlight Change Password and press Enter Highlight New Password and type a password Maximum 31 characters Use letters numbers and underscore Highlight Retype Password and type the password again to verify Press Ctrl A to save the password Changing a User s Display Name and Email Address Each user can change their display name and email address To change a display name or email address 1 AP IG From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Management and press Enter Highlight a User in the list and press Enter Highlight Display Name and press Enter Highlight the items you want and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value User name Email address 259 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 6 Press Ctrl A to save the settings Changing a User s Privilege and Status No user can change their own privilege or status To change another user s privilege or status 1 2 DU o 8 Log in as the Administrator or a Super user From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Management and pres
69. choose the Method in the Controller Settings menu See page 132 WebPAM PROe or page 205 CLU The choices are e GB Truncate Default Reduces the useful capacity to the nearest 1 000 000 000 byte boundary e 10GB Truncate Reduces the useful capacity to the nearest 10 000 000 000 byte boundary e Group Rounding Uses an algorithm to determine how much to truncate Results in the maximum amount of usable drive capacity e Table Rounding Applies a predefined table to determine how much to truncate Capacity Coercion also affects a replacement drive used in a disk array Normally when an physical drive fails the replacement drive must be the same capacity or larger However the Capacity Coercion feature permits the installation of a replacement drive that is slightly smaller within 1 gigabyte than the remaining working drive For example the remaining working drives can be 80 5 GB and the replacement drive can be 80 3 since all are rounded down to 80 GB This permits the smaller drive to be used Without Capacity Coercion the controller will not permit the use of a replacement physical drive that is slightly smaller than the remaining working drive s Initialization Initialization is done to logical drives after they are created from a disk array Initialization sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero The action is useful because there may be residual data on the logical drives left behind from earlier configura
70. currently part of a disk array with an unconfigured physical drive or a non revertible spare The revertible spare drive returns to its original status For more information see Transition on page 342 In order to run the Transition function e The spare drive must be Revertible e You must have an unconfigured physical drive of the same or larger capacity and the same type HDD or SSD to replace the spare drive To run Transition 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View 2 From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab choose Start Transition 3 Choose an unconfigured physical drive from the list of available drives 4 From the Target Physical Drive dropdown menu choose an unconfigured physical drive The available drives are either HDD or SSD depending on the type of drives in the array 162 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 5 Click the Submit button After Transition is completed refresh the screen The revertible spare drive is listed under the Spare Drives icon and the disk array s status shows OK To set Transition priority see Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 Preparing a Disk Array for Transport Transport is the action of moving the physical drives of a disk array To different slots in the same VessRAID enclosure From one VessRAID enclosure to another Important Before you can use this feature the disk array s Operational Status must
71. data in the cache in the event of a power failure the subsystem has a backup battery that powers the cache To see an estimate of how long the battery will power the cache see Checking the Battery on page 138 or page 210 The Adaptive Writeback Cache feature protects your data by changing the write cache settings while the cache backup battery is offline When all of the following conditions occur e The logical drive write policy is set to Write Back e The Adaptive Writeback Cache feature is enabled e The cache backup battery goes offline 328 Chapter 9 Technology Background The write policy automatically changes to Write Thru When the battery comes back online the write policy automatically changes back to Write Back To enable the Adaptive Writeback Cache option see Making Controller Settings on page 132 WebPAM PROe or page 205 CLU Also see Replacing the Cache Battery on page 304 Capacity Coercion This feature is designed for fault tolerant logical drives RAID 1 1E 5 10 50 and 60 It is generally recommended to use physical drives of the same size in your disk arrays When this is not possible physical drives of different sizes will work but the system must adjust for the size differences by reducing or coercing the capacity of the larger drives to match the smaller ones With VessRAID you can choose to enable Capacity Coercion and any one of four methods Enable Capacity Coercion and
72. disk array and logical drive sets will be created for your HDDs and for your SSDs These two drive types cannot be mixed in the same disk array 283 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Creating To create a disk array automatically 1 2a Rw Press the or W button until the display says Array Configure Press the button and the display says Auto Configure Press the button again and the display says Are you sure Press the W button so the display says Yes Press the e button to input your answer Press the 4 button again to confirm The display shows the array logical drive and spare drive creation process Verifying To verify the results of the automatic disk array creation 1 From the default screen press the or W button until the display says Logical Disk Management Press the 1 button and the display says 000 Press the button again to choose this logical drive From the default screen press the or W buttons to scroll through the information for the logical drive Creating a Disk Array Advanced Creating a Disk Array For more information on the choices below see Chapter 9 Technology Background on page 309 To create a disk array 1 Daan Press the a or W button until the display says Array Configure Press the 4 button and the display says Auto Configure Press the a or W button until the display says Advanced Configure Press the button and the
73. display says Disk Array Create Press the 4 button again and the display says Physical Drive Select Press the button again to display the available physical drives by number Press the W button to move through the list Press the button to choose a physical drive for your array Note that you cannot mix HDDs and SSDs in the same disk array 284 Managing Disk Arrays Press the W button to move to END and press the button to input your choices Press the button again to confirm The display shows the array creation process When the creation is finished the LCD returns to Disk Array Create Creating a Logical Drive For more information on the choices below see Chapter 9 Technology Background on page 309 To create a logical drive on your new disk array 1 won 10 11 12 13 14 Press the 4 button and the display says Logical Disk Create Press the button again and the display says 000 Press the button again and the display says RAID Level Press the 4 or W button until the display shows the RAID level you want Note that the available RAID levels depend on the number of physical drives in your disk array Press the button to choose the RAID level shown on the screen The display shows the maximum available capacity Press the or W button until the display shows the capacity you want Press the e button to choose the capacity shown on the screen The d
74. drive At this point you would replace the drive in slot 3 The new drive in slot 3 will be unconfigured until you assign it to a disk array or as a spare 344 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting This chapter covers the following topics e VessRAI D is Beeping below e LEDs Display Amber or Red page 346 e CLU Reports a Problem page 351 WebPAM PROe Reports a Problem page 353 e LCD Panel Reports a Problem page 357 e Viewing a Report from OPAS page 357 e Event Notification Response page 359 e Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays page 372 e Incomplete Array page 375 e Physical Drive Problems page 376 e Enclosure Problems page 378 e Connection Problems page 381 e Browser Does Not Connect to WebPAM PROe page 384 e Unsaved Data in the Controller Cache page 386 VessRAID is Beeping ul A WN P VessRAID s alarm has five different patterns as shown below Figure 1 Audible alarm sound patterns ame Ik 2 O O H B B E When you first power up the VessRAID it beeps twice to show normal operation The audible alarm sounds at other times to inform you that the VessRAID needs attention But the alarm does not specify the condition When the alarm sounds e Check the front and back of VessRAID for red or amber LEDs as described above 345 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual e If email notification is enabled check f
75. drive 292 LED battery 350 controller 387 controller activity 35 346 controller status 348 dirty cache 348 386 disk drive power activity status 38 disk drive power activity 347 disk drive status 347 373 374 disk status 374 drive carrier 38 347 enclosure global status 35 Ethernet connector 382 383 fan 350 FC connector 383 front panel 35 346 FRU 387 global enclosure status 346 global RAID status 35 346 372 heartbeat 387 JBOD expansion 36 37 power 35 346 387 red or amber 346 RJ45 connector 382 383 system heartbeat 35 346 link aggregation change 83 235 create 82 234 delete 83 235 view 83 235 Linux network drive 402 locate controller 206 disk array 224 288 enclosure 135 211 logical drive 232 291 physical drive 141 142 145 215 282 410 Index locate cont power supply 137 209 spare drive 170 293 lock releasing 75 204 renewing 74 204 setting 74 203 subsystem 74 203 view status 74 203 log in CLI 43 384 WebPAM PROe 49 58 log out CLU 201 other users 80 WebPAM PROe 55 63 logged in devices 88 236 logical drive alias 54 154 157 166 219 capacity 54 154 158 219 225 check table 168 create 157 224 delete 159 226 289 information 164 174 230 290 initialization 166 231 locate 232 291 LUN 169 NAS 54 154 155 157 partition and format 330 RAID level 54 154 157 219 Redundancy Check 167 232 reported events 363 364 s
76. e Restore to a specific folder No files are overwritten on your PC If you chose Restore to a specific folder do one of the following actions e Type the name of an existing folder in the field provided e Type the name of an new folder in the field provided e Click the Folder icon and navigate to the folder you want to use for a target then click the Open button Click the Restore button The restoration begins immediately The amount of time required depends on the size and number of files being restored Viewing the Backup Event Log Backup events report on backups schedules and file transfers Events are reported by date time severity information or error and description To view Backup Event Log 1 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window 192 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI 2 Click the Event Log icon at the bottom of the window 3 Optional Set the Event Filter dropdown menu to display All events e Information events only e Error events only 4 Optional Click the arrow on the Date Time header to reverse the chronological order Saving the Backup Event Log This function saves a copy of the Backup Event Log as a text file onto your PC The text file records the events displayed in the Event Log window Set the Event Filter dropdown menu to display All events e Information events only e Error events only Click the arrow on the Date Time header to reverse the chronologic
77. eee eee eee 69 Clearing NVRAM Events 00000 cee eee eeeee 69 Viewing Current Background Activities 70 Making Background Activity Settings 70 Running Background Activities 0 0 0 00 e eee eee 71 Running Media Patrol 0 0 00 cee eee 71 Running POM 1222k hake ead eink beg he ei ig Ha 72 Viewing Scheduled Activities 0c ee eens 72 Scheduling an Activity 0000 c eee eee 72 Deleting a Scheduled Activity a 73 Viewing Lock Status 000 cece eee eee 74 Settingithe LOCK maana Mac deieee dh ANGKAN KARA 74 Renewing the Lock 02 e eee ee ees 74 Releasing the Lock 0 00 e eee eee 75 Managing Users 0c eee ee 76 Viewing User Information 0 0000 e eee ee eee 76 Making User Settings 0200 c cee eee ee 76 Making Your Own User Settings 00005 77 Setting up User Event Subscriptions 77 Changing Another User s Password 78 Changing Your Own Password a 78 Creating a User ee 79 Deleting a User seeski EEE IKEI ees 80 Viewing User Sessions 0000 cece eee eee 80 Logging out Other Users 2 80 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe cont Managing the Network Connection Making Management Port Settings Making iS
78. have a 2 m SAS cable set signal strength to 2 If performance is unsatisfactory see Viewing SAS Port Statistics on page 248 try settings of 1 and 3 then use the best setting for your system Press Ctrl A to save your settings 247 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Viewing SAS Port Statistics There are two SAS data ports on the controller To view information about the SAS ports 1 From the Main Menu highlight SAS Management and press Enter 2 Highlight SAS Ports and press Enter 3 Highlight the port you want to see and press Enter 4 Highlight SAS Port Statistics and press Enter The statistics for the selected port appear on the screen Viewing SAS Initiators There are two SAS data ports on the controller To a view a list of initiators currently logged either of the SAS ports 1 From the Main Menu highlight SAS Management and press Enter 2 Highlight SAS Initiators and press Enter A list of all currently logged in initiators appears on the screen Adding a SAS Initiator You must add an initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list in order to use the initiator to create a LUN for your logical drive To add an initiator 1 From the Main Menu highlight SAS Management and press Enter 2 Highlight SAS Initiators and press Enter 3 Highlight the initiator you want to add and press the spacebar to choose it 4 Highlight Add Marked Initiators and press Enter The initiator is added to VessRAID s in
79. have the same User information and settings To import the User Database file to this subsystem 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Software Management by icon Click the Import tab PO P 123 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 5 Under the Type dropdown list choose User Database 6 Enter the name of the file to be imported Or click the Browse button to search for the file Look for a file called export 7 Click the Submit button 8 Click the Next button If the imported file is a valid user database a warning will appear to inform you that it will overwrite the previous settings 9 In the Warning box click the OK button This user settings are applied to this VessRAID subsystem Note The Decryption box is grayed out Decryption is enabled for user databases Importing a Configuration Script The Software Management Import tab enables you to import a Configuration Script to the VessRAID subsystem You can write a CLI configuration script to automatically configure your VessRAID subsystem The script must be a plain non encrypted text file The Import function runs the script and performs the configuration automatically To import a Configuration Script to this subsystem 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Software Management icon Click the Import tab Under th
80. icon Click the Logical Drives amp icon Click the Logical Drive amp icon In Management View from the dropdown menu on the Information tab choose Statistics Clearing Statistics To clear statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 126 Making Logical Drive Settings To make Logical Drive settings 1 2 ND TB O Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays EB icon Click the Disk Array amp icon Click the Logical Drives amp icon Click the Logical Drive amp icon Click the Settings tab in Management View Optional Enter an alias in the Logical Drive Alias field Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional From the Read Policy dropdown menu choose a Read Cache policy The choices are Read Cache Read Ahead and No Cache From the Write Policy dropdown menu choose a Write Cache policy The choices are Write Back and Write Through Thru If you choose No Read Cache Write policy is automatically Write Through 10 Click the Submit button Initializing a Logical Drive Initialization is done to logical drives after they are created from a disk array Initialization sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero The action is useful 166 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe because there may be residual data the logical drives left behind from earlier configurations For this reason Initialization is r
81. if at least five unconfigured physical drives are available See Creating a Disk Array Express on page 218 Advanced You directly specify all parameters for a new disk array Makes one logical drive automatically You can create additional logical drives at a later time if additional configurable capacity is available Does not make a hot spare drive See Creating a Disk Array Advanced on page 219 216 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Creating a Disk Array Automatic To create a disk array using the Automatic feature 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight Create New Array and press Enter Highlight Configuration Method and press the spacebar to toggle to Automatic Review the proposed configuration of disk array and logical drive s To accept the proposed configuration and create the disk array and logical drive s highlight Save Configuration and press Enter To reject the proposed configuration highlight Cancel Array Configuration and press Enter You will return to the Disk Arrays Summary screen To create a disk array with different characteristics repeat the steps above specifying different parameters but choose the Express or Advanced option If you have both Hard Disk Drives HDD and Solid State Drives SSD separate disk array and logical drive sets will be created for your HDDs and for your SSDs These two drive types cannot b
82. in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the iSCSI Management icon On the iSCSI Node tab click the iSCSI Node link BN 90 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Enter a value in the field for each of the following items Node Name An iSCSI node is identified by its name Node Alias Optional Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Max Burst Length Maximum length of a solicited data sequence 512 b to 16 Mb Default Time to Wait After a dropped connection the number of seconds to wait before attempting to reconnect Default Time to Retain Number of seconds after time to wait above before reassigning outstanding commands Check the corresponding box to enable the following features Enable Header Digest Enables use of Header Digest CRC See note below Enable Data Digest Enables use of a Data Digest CRC See note below Enable Uni directional CHAP Authentication Enables Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol Enable Bi directional CHAP Authentication Click the Submit button Notes Header Digest and Data Digest work best with initiators equipped with a TCP Offload Engine TOE Refer to your iSCSI HBA user manual for more information e ForiSCSI network settings on the Data Ports see Making iSCSI Port Settings on page 81 For CHAPs see Working with iSCSI CHAPs on page 94 Viewing iSCSI T
83. in the field provided 2 Check the boxes to enable the following features e Media Patrol A routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media on each disk drive Media Patrol is concerned with the condition of the media itself not the data recorded on the media PDM Predictive Data Migration PDM scans the bad sector remapping table of the disk drives assigned to a logical drive When the table fills to a specified percentage of its capacity PDM triggers a migration of data from the suspect drive the disk drive with the bad sectors to a spare disk drive 3 From the Media Type dropdown menu choose the physical drive type to use in the array e HDD Hard Disk Drives e SSD Solid State Drives 153 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 5 The drive type you selected appears in the list of Physical Drives You cannot mix HDDs and SSDs in the same disk array Highlight the physical drives you want in the disk array from the Available list and press the gt gt button to move them to the Selected list You can also double click them to move them When you are done click the Next button Step 2 Logical Drive Creation 1 iSCSI only If you plan to use this logical drive for NAS click the NAS option beside LD Type Do one of the following actions e For DAS and SAN enter an Alias name for the logical drive An Alias is optional Use letters numbers space between words and underscor
84. like this http 192 168 10 85 Secure Connection e WebPAM PROe uses a secure HTTP connection https e Enter the VessRAID s IP address 192 168 10 85 Together your entry looks like this https 192 168 10 85 Note Whether you select a regular or a secure connection your login to WebPAM PROe and your user password are always secure 3 When the log in screen Figure 1 appears e Type administrator in the User Name field Type password in the Password field e Click the Login button The User Name and Password are case sensitive 58 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Figure 1 WebPAM PROe log in screen Promise WebPAM PROe Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back x Z D search Favorites A 7 MW Address http 192 168 10 85 PB Links gt y PROMISE Language Contactus TECHNOLOGY INC Internet After sign in the WebPAM PROe opening screen appears If there are any unconfigured physical drives in the enclosure an Array Configuration menu will also appear see page 31 Note Make a Bookmark Firefox or set a Favorite Internet Explorer of the Login Screen so you can access it easily next time Choosing a Language WebPAM PROe displays in English German French Italian Spanish Russian Japanese Chinese Traditional Chinese Simple and Korean 1 Click Language on the WebPAM
85. must add one or more physical drives during the migration process You can never reduce the number of physical drives The tables below show the migration options for a source logical drive according to its RAID level The available target RAID levels are shown with their requirements See Migrating a Disk Array on page 159 or page 223 331 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 0 A RAID 0 source logical drive can migrate to the following target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 Add physical drives RAID 1 2 physical drives only Only a single drive RAID 0 can migrate to RAID 1 by adding 1 physical drive RAID 1E 3 or more physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 3 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 5 RAID 0 must have less than 16 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 6 4 physical drives minimum 32 maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 physical drives minimum Even number of physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 30 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum RAID 50 If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axl
86. of the power supply Plug in the power cord Switch on the power supply ON Go O Verify that the new power supply LED is green This completes the power supply replacement procedure 300 Chapter 8 Maintenance Replacing a RAID Controller The RAID controller monitors and manages the logical drives When the controller is replaced all of your logical drive data and configurations remain intact because this logical drive information is stored on the disk drives RAID controller failure is rare But you might have to remove and reinstall the same RAID controller in order to replace a cooling fan cache battery or memory module as described in this chapter Caution e Do not replace the RAID controller based on LED colors alone Only replace the RAID controller when directed to do so by Promise Technical Support See page 389 e Only a qualified technician should perform this procedure e You must shut down the VessRAID subsystem before you can perform this procedure Removing the old controller To replace the RAID controller 1 Shut down the VessRAID See Shutting Down the Subsystem on page 127 or page 269 2 Disconnect the FC iSCSI SAS Ethernet serial and power cables 3 On the RAID controller loosen the thumbscrew swing the latch to the right and pull the RAID controller out of the enclosure See Figure 2 Figure 2 Removing the RAID Controller Thumbscrew Latch A
87. page 166 WebPAM PROe or Setting Write Cache Policy on page 230 CLU 327 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Read Cache Policy Read Cache The read cache is enabled Read Ahead The read cache and the read ahead feature are enabled Read ahead anticipates the next read and performs it before the request is made Can increase read performance e No Cache The read cache is disabled Write Cache Policy e Write Back Data is written first to the cache then to the logical drive Better performance VessRAID has a cache backup battery to protect data in the cache from a sudden power failure e Write Thru Also Write Through Data is written to the cache and the logical drive at the same time Safer If your write cache policy is set to Write Back the write policy automatically changes to Write Thru when all of the following conditions occur e The logical drive write policy is set to Write Back e The Adaptive Writeback Cache feature is enabled e The cache backup battery goes offline When the battery comes back online the write policy automatically changes back to Write Back Adaptive Writeback Cache On the VessRAID subsystem you can set the logical drive write cache policy to Write Thru or Write Back If you set the write cache policy to Write Back your data is first written to the controller cache and later to the logical drive This action improves performance To preserve the
88. page 29 Figure 14 If you have multiple VessRAID subsystems Host PCs or Servers repeat steps 1 and 2 as required Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the GbE network switch Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to one of the four iSCSI ports on the VessRAID controller Only one iSCSI data cable is required between the VessRAID and GbE network switch However you can attach multiple cables to create redundant data paths If you have multiple VessRAID subsystems Host PCs or Servers repeat steps 1 and 2 as required See also SAS JBOD Expansion on page 32 27 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Configuring a Management Path VessRAID controller has one 1 Ethernet RJ 45 Management Port connector See page 26 Figure 12 To establish the management path 1 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to the standard NIC in the Host PC Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch See page 29 Figure 14 2 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to the Management Port on the VessRAID subsystem See Figure 14 If you have multiple VessRAID subsystems Host PCs or Servers repeat steps 1 and 2 as required 28 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Figure 14 iSCSI SAN data and management connections Stan
89. press Enter administrator cli gt net Cld Port Type IP Mask Gateway Link 1 1 Mgmt 192 168 10 85 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 1 Up 1 1 iSCSI 192 168 10 88 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 1 Up 1 2 iSCSI 10 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Down 1 3 iSCSI 10 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Down 1 4 iSCSI 10 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Down 6 Repeat steps 3 and 4 to set the other iSCSI ports Use p 2 p 3 or p 4 in place of p 1 44 Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup Setting up with the CLU 1 Atthe administrator cli gt prompt type menu and press Enter The CLU main menu appears Figure 2 CLU main menu aici De Got Yew Cal Transfer Hab DI 213 Ci I CLU Main Menu Return to CLI ARROWS TAB Navigate ENTER Select CTRL X Return CTRL E Help Corrected 0290 2 With Quick Setup highlighted press Enter The first Quick Setup screen enables you to make Date and Time settings Setting system date and time To make date and time settings 1 Press the arrow keys to highlight System Date Press the backspace key to erase the current date Type the new date Follow the same procedure to set the System Time Press Ctrl A to save these settings and move to the Management Port configuration screen nA ON Making Manual IP Settings To make Management Port and iSCSI Port settings manually 1 Press the arrow keys to highlight P Address 45 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Press the backspace key to erase the c
90. probable equipment damage or loss of data or the possibility of physical injury and how to avoid them VessRAID Overview The VessRAID 1000 Series is a rackable RAID subsystem available in Fibre Channel FC iSCSI and Serial Attached SCSI SAS models suitable for a variety of storage configurations Figure 1 16 bay VessRAID front view Drive Carrier LEDs Drive Carriers Power and Status LEDs Figure 2 VessRAID 1840f rear view Power Supplies RAID Controller LIO CL DILL B LO Chapter 1 Introduction to VessRAID Figure 3 VessRAID 1840i rear view Power Supplies RAID Controller Figure 4 VessRAID 1840s rear view Power Supplies RAID Controller za c Figure 5 VessRAID 1740i rear view Power Supply RAID Controller Figure 6 VessRAID 1740s rear view Power Supply RAID Controller VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual All VessRAID enclosures include a mid plane RAID controller power supply unit and enclosure processor all in one cable less chassis design Multiple fans and optional power supplies provide redundancy to ensure continued usage during component failure The RAID controller is h
91. read the system profile and diagnostic report Note Choose a text editor with some word processor capability such as WordPad on a Windows PC for easier viewing 358 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Event Notification Response When you choose Event Notification WebPAM PROe sends popup and or email messages regarding its status The messages you see depend on your notification selection and what is currently happening in the VessRAID See Setting up User Event Subscriptions on page 77 The table below cites e Reported Events Events that require you to take action e Corrective Actions The action you should take in response to the event A list of event categories is e Battery page 359 Blowers page 360 Cache page 361 Controller page 361 e Disk Array page 361 shown below PDM page 365 e Physical Disk page 366 e PSU Power Supply Units page 367 e RAID Level Migration page 368 Drive Interface Controller e Rebuild page 368 page 362 Enclosure page 362 Event Log page 362 e Redundancy Check page 369 e Resource page 370 e Spare Check page 370 e Host Interface Controller e Spare Drives page 370 page 362 e SMART page 370 e Logical Drive page 363 e Synchronization page 370 Media Patrol page 364 e System VessRAID page 371 Online Capacity Expansion Transition page 371 page 365 Watermark page 371
92. settings 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight iSCS Management and press Enter Highlight iSCS Ports and press Enter Highlight Target Port 1 Target Port 2 Target Port 3 or Target Port 4 and press Enter 241 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual The screen displays the following information e Controller ID 1 e PortID 1 2 3 or 4 e Max Receive Data Segment Length 8 KB is the default Number of Active Sessions Number of sessions logged into this port e Primary Header Digest Method CRC 32 e Primary Data Digest Method CRC 32 e iSCSI Receive Marker None Viewing iSCSI Target Port Statistics You can see the target port settings but none of these values are user adjustable in the current version of the software To view the iSCSI target port settings 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight iSCS Management and press Enter Highlight iSCS Ports and press Enter Highlight Target Port 1 Target Port 2 Target Port 3 or Target Port 4 and press Enter Highlight MAC Layer Statistics IP Layer Statistics or TCP Layer Statistics and press Enter The screen displays statistics for the layer you chose Viewing the iSCSI Portal An iSCSI Portal is an iSCSI data port To view the iSCSI portals 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight iSCS Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI Portal and press Enter The screen displays the following information e Portal ID 0 to 34 IP A
93. settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Restore Factory Defaults and press Enter 3 Highlight the setting group you want and press the spacebar to toggle between Yes and No Yes means this setting will be restored to the default value 4 Highlight Restore Factory Defaults and press Enter 5 Press Y to confirm the reset 268 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Shutting Down the Subsystem There are two methods for shutting down the subsystem depending on your connection Choose the applicable procedure Shutting down the VessRAID Telnet Connection page 269 Shutting down the VessRAID Serial Connection page 270 Important If you have a JBOD Expansion always power off the RAID subsystem first Then power off the JBOD subsystems Shutting down the VessRAID Telnet Connection This function enables you to shutdown the VessRAID subsystem on a Telnet connection Additional action is required as described below To shutdown the VessRAID 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter Do one of the following actions e Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Shutdown e Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Poweroff Highlight Submit and press Enter A warning message appears Press Y to continue The screen goes blank Wait f
94. spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual Highlight the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e Port number 2300 is the default e Session Time Out 24 minutes is the default 1440 minutes 24 hours e Maximum number of connections 4 is the default Press Ctrl A to save your settings To start stop or restart the Telnet service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Making SNMP Settings By default SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol service is set to Automatic and its normal status is Started To make SNMP service settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight SNMP and press Enter Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual Highlight the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value Port Number 161 is the default e System Name optional Type a system name in this field e System Location Type a country name in this field e System Contact Type the email address of your system administrator in this field e Read Community Type a community name in this field Write Community private no change possible 263 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 6 Press Ctrl A to save your settings To start stop or restart th
95. spaces in the New Password field Enter the password in the Retype Password field Click the Submit button Click the OK button to acknowledge Deleting NAS Users To delete a NAS user 1 O o N NO w N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS icon Click the NAS User Management amp icon Click the Delete User tab in Management View Click the Option button beside the user you want to delete Click the Submit button Click the OK button to confirm Click the OK button to acknowledge Viewing the List of NAS Groups To view the list of NAS groups 1 P 9 N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 4 icon Click the NAS F icon Click the NAS Group Management icon The list of Groups appears under the Information tab in the Management Window Creating NAS Groups To create a NAS Group 1 2 3 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon 99 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 4 Click the NAS User Group Management amp icon 5 Click the Create tab in Management View 6 Enter a group name of 1 to 16 characters no spaces in the Group Name field 7 Click the Submit button 8 Click the OK button to acknowledge A new group appears under the Information tab The next action is to assign users to the group See Adding
96. stopped because the disk array was deleted or removed Online Capacity Expansion Online capacity expansion has started Result of settings or user action Normal Online capacity expansion has completed Normal Online capacity expansion has paused Expansion paused because of user intervention schedule or higher priority background activity Online capacity expansion has resumed Expansion has resumed again after a pause or a reboot Online capacity expansion has stopped Expansion stopped because of user intervention schedule or the logical drive was deleted or went critical or offline Online capacity expansion has encountered a physical disk error Bad block found on a disk drive Migration will finish Check the disk drive check table after migration and replace disk drive as needed See page 142 WebPAM PROe or page 214 CLU Online capacity expansion is aborted due to an internal error System resources are low Reduce system load or restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU Online capacity expansion is queued Synchronization has been set manually or by schedule PDM PDM is started Result of settings or user action Normal PDM is completed Normal PDM is paused PDM paused because of user intervention schedule or a higher priority background activity PDM is resumed PDM has resumed again after a pause
97. the NAS F icon Click the NAS User Management 2 icon A list of users appears under the Information tab in the Management Window Adding NAS Users To add a new NAS user 1 NOOR N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the NAS User Management amp icon Click the Create User tab in Management View Enter a user name of 1 to 16 characters no spaces in the User Name field Enter a password of 1 to 16 characters no spaces in the New Password field Enter the password again in the Retype Password field Click the Submit button Click the OK button to acknowledge The new user appears under the Information tab Important By default all users have full Read Write access to all NAS share folders To change permissions click the Sharing Setup icon Changing a NAS User s Password The Administrator or a Super User can change another user s password All users can change their own passwords To change a NAS user s password 1 nb 9o N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 4 icon Click the NAS F icon Click the NAS User Management amp icon Click the Change Password tab in Management View 98 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 9 10 From the dropdown menu choose the user whose password you want to change Enter a new password of 1 to 16 characters no
98. the OK button 7 Inthe confirmation box click the Yes button SmartNAVI returns to the opening screen You must log into the VessRAID system again Deleting a NAS Device When NAS device displays a grayed out icon and its IP address says Unknown you have the option of deleting that NAS device from the Device List The action of deleting a NAS device only affects the SmartNAVI Device List It has no effect on the actual NAS device To delete a NAS device right click the NAS device and choose Delete from the popup menu NG e Ge SmartS NC Setup Wizard Click here to refresh EJ YR1740i VessRAID 984245 192 168 209 E YR1840f VessRAID 307400 192 168 20 f VR183Di nam 297294 Unknown Refresh Locate m CJ Product Version v1 7 0 12 182 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI Managing Users and Groups This category includes the following topics Creating a User page 183 Changing User Passwords page 183 Changing User Permissions page 184 Viewing a List of Users page 184 Deleting a User page 184 Creating a Group page 185 Viewing a List of Groups page 185 Adding Members to a Group page 185 Deleting Members from a Group page 186 Deleting a Group page 186 Creating a User To create a user 1 2 3 Click the User Management icon at the top of the screen Click the Create New User icon at the bottom of the screen Type a Username in the field provided Up to 16 charac
99. the SFF 8088 to SFF 8088 SAS cable to the SAS IN Port on the VessJBOD subsystem If you have another VessJBOD subsystem attach one end of the SFF 8088 to SFF 8088 SAS cable to the SAS OUT Port of the first VessJBOD to the SAS IN Port of the second VessJBOD Important VessJBOD subsystems have one SAS IN port and one SAS OUT port If you connect them incorrectly the VessRAID does not recognize the VessJBOD subsystems For more information see the VessJBOD Product Manual on the CD that came with the VessJBOD subsystem Configuring a Management Path The VessRAID controller manages the VessJBOD subsystems No additional management connections are required for JBOD expansion 32 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Figure 17 SAS JBOD expansion data connections SAS Expansion Port SAS data cable VessRAID SAS OUT Port VessJBOD SAS IN Port VessJBOD After you complete your data and management connection go to Setting Up Serial Cable Connections on page 34 33 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Setting Up Serial Cable Connections Serial communication enables the Command Line Interface CLI and Command Line Utility CLU on your PC to monitor and control the VessRAID The VessRAID package includes a RJ11 to DB9 serial data cable Figure 18 A s
100. the Shutdown or Restart tab choose Restart from the dropdown menu Click the Submit button In the warning box click the OK button In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided Click the OK button 297 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual When the controller shuts down your WebPAM PROe connection will be lost Wait for two to three minutes In your browser log into WebPAM PROe once again If you cannot log in wait for 30 seconds and try again Repeat until login is successful Updating the Firmware in the CLU A firmware update consists of the following actions Downloading the Firmware Image File page 298 Updating the Firmware page 298 Restarting Subsystem over a Telnet Connection page 299 Restarting Subsystem over a Serial Connection page 299 Downloading the Firmware Image File Go to the Promise website at htip www promise com support support eng asp and download the latest firmware image file to your TFTP server Updating the Firmware To update the firmware file in the CLU 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Flash through TFTP and press Enter Highlight TFTP Server and type the IP address of your TFTP server in the field provided Highlight Port Number and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value 69 is the default Highlight File Name and type the file n
101. the back of the subsystem If the switches are ON but the subsystem is OFF turn the switches off and on again On subsystems with redundant power supplies if the power switches do not respond unplug the power cords and plug them back in Try the power switches again 2 Wait about two minutes 3 Establish a serial connection to the VessRAID See Making a Serial Connection on page 198 When the Login prompt appears the start up is finished 4 Type menu and press Enter to open the CLU 271 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Restarting the Subsystem There are two methods for shutting down the subsystem depending on your connection Choose the applicable procedure Restarting the Subsystem page 272 Restarting VessRAID Serial Connection page 272 Note If you have a JBOD Expansion you are not required to restart the JBOD subsystems when you restart the RAID subsystem Restarting VessRAID Telnet Connection This function enables you to restart the VessRAID subsystem on a Telnet connection You can only do part of this procedure in the CLU Additional action is required as described below To restart the VessRAID 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Restart Highlight Submit and press Enter A warning message appears Press Y to co
102. the dropdown menu e Check the boxes to enable Windows and FTP Sharing protocols e Click the option buttons for access privileges for each User and Group The choices are Deny Access Read Only and Read and Write Read and Write is the default 7 Click the Submit button 8 Click the OK button to confirm DAA YN Changing Sharing Settings for Unix and Linux To sharing settings for Unix and Linux 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 8 icon Click the NAS F icon Click the Sharing Setup icon Click the Unix Linux Sharing tab Do the following actions as required e Choose the Volume you want from the dropdown menu e Choose the Folder you want from the dropdown menu e In the New IP Address field type the IP address of the Unix or Linux PC from which you will access this folder Then click the Add button e From the IP Address List field highlight the IP address of the Unix or Linux PC for which you no longer want access to this folder Then click the Remove button DAA YN 105 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Viewing File System Status The NAS file system contains your share folders The NAS file system name is the Mount Point you specified when you created the logical drive To view file system status 1 PE oN Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the File System Man
103. the iSCSI Ports on VessRAID Fibre Channel subsystems Configuring a Data Path The VessRAID controller has four 4 Ethernet RJ45 iSCSI Port connectors See page 26 Figure 12 To establish the data path 1 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to the GbE iSCSI NIC in the Host PC See page 26 Figure 13 Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to one of the four iSCSI ports on the VessRAID controller If you have multiple VessRAID subsystems Host PCs or Servers repeat steps 1 and 2 as required See also SAS JBOD Expansion on page 32 Configuring a Management Path The VessRAID controller has one 1 Ethernet RJ 45 Management Port connector See page 26 Figure 12 To establish the management path 1 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to the network connector or standard NIC in the Host PC Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch See page 26 Figure 13 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to the Management Port on the VessRAID subsystem If you have multiple VessRAID subsystems Host PCs or Servers repeat steps 1 and 2 as required 25 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Figure 12 VessRAID iSCSI data and management ports iSCSI Data Port3 iSCSI Data Port 4 iSCSI Data Port 2 iSCSI Data Port 1 SAS Expansion P BOD Managem
104. the iSCSI port icon and choose Open from the dropdown menu Q sax 7 E JO search IE Pater Eii Address D Search Results Computers X Name Search Companion Which computer are you looking for Computer name 192 168 50 204 You may also want to Search this computer For Files I Search the Internet The Connect to dialog box appears In Folder Unknown Open Containing Folder Explore k Drive Map Networ Create Shortcut Properties 398 Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives 5 In the Connect to dialog box type your user name and password in the fields provided and click the OK button Connect to localhost localdomain A Connecting to 192 168 50 204 User name administrator Password so Remember my password Kag aa Type the user name and password of a NAS user See Adding NAS Users on page 98 The iSCSI icon opens and displays two folders A folder with the user s name a public folder P 192 168 50 204 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q ax amp 3 JO search le Folders E i Address 192 168 50 204 Search Companion X Name a Comments 2 administrator Home Directory p amp public PUBLIC Which computer are you looking for Computer name 192 168 50 204 You may also want to Search this computer For Files se
105. the list and press the spacebar to mark it with an asterisk Highlight Delete Marked Entries and press Enter Press Y to confirm the deletion 235 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Fibre Channel Connections The Fibre Channel Management option appears only with VessRAID Fibre Channel models Fibre Channel Management includes the following functions Viewing Node Information page 236 Viewing Fibre Channel Logged in Devices page 236 Making Fibre Channel Port Settings page 236 Viewing SFP Information page 237 Viewing Fibre Channel Port Statistics page 237 Viewing Fibre Channel Initiators page 239 Adding a Fibre Channel Initiator page 239 Viewing Node Information These functions affect both VessRAID Fibre Channel ports 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter Highlight Fibre Channel Node and press Enter Node information appears There are no user settings on this screen Viewing Fibre Channel Logged in Devices To view a list of logged in devices 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter Highlight the port you want and press Enter Highlight Logged In Devices and press Enter If a Fibre Channel switch is attached it will also appear in this list Making Fibre Channel Port Settings To make Fibre Channel port settings 1 Ol Pi NO Fr
106. the peer If the values match the peer is authenticated The authenticator then initiates CHAP sessions at random time intervals incrementing the sequence number each new challenge session to protect against replay attacks With Promise subsystems CHAP secrets cannot be assigned to individual LUNS Use LUN mapping and masking to restrict LUN access to a unique initiator A single target CHAP secret should not be shared among multiple initiators Note Enable CHAP Authentication under iSCSI Node settings See page 240 244 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Viewing CHAPs To view a list of current CHAPs 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI CHAPs and press Enter The screen displays a CHAP list with the following information e ID Starting at 0 e Type Peer or Local Name A user assigned name Adding CHAPs To add a CHAP 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI CHAPs and press Enter Highlight Create a New CHAP Entry and press Enter Highlight Name and type a name for the CHAP Highlight Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Peer and Local a Fon Peer to peer is one way authentication Local is bi directional authentication 6 Highlight Secret and type a word of 12 to 16 characters 7 Highlight Retype Secret and type the same word again 8 Press Ctrl A to save your settings Editing CHAPs To Edit a CHAP 1 F
107. transport ready 156 221 287 transition 162 transport 163 222 view 150 disk drive install 17 LEDs 347 disk drive cont slot numbering 17 status LED 373 374 disk drive LEDs 38 disk status LED 374 DMA mode SATA drives 142 213 download firmware image file 295 298 E edit LUN map 114 email service 116 261 settings 115 261 test message 78 115 enable LUN masking 113 253 enclosure drive slot numbering 17 global status LED 35 346 information 136 208 locate 135 211 overheat 379 reported events 362 settings 137 210 temperature 137 209 topology 136 212 view 135 281 voltage 137 209 error block threshold 71 250 event notification response 359 severity 77 121 265 subscriptions 77 event log clear 68 69 193 251 252 NVRAM 251 352 problem reporting 354 reported events 362 runtime 67 251 351 save 68 69 193 expand disk array 159 223 407 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual expansion ranges 339 export user database 123 F failed battery 380 power supply 380 power supply fan 379 RAID controller fan 378 379 failure recovery physical drive 372 fan LED 350 replace 302 status 137 FCC statement 9 Features highlights 4 operational 5 subsystem and controller 4 5 Fibre Channel definitions 86 238 HBA card 88 initiator 88 239 LED 383 logged in devices 88 236 node information 84 236 port settings 84 85 236 port statistics 86 237 switch 88 topology 86 237 Find NAS o
108. 0 005 402 On the UNIX Linux PC with Command Line Interface 402 On the Linux PC with Graphic Desktop 402 1 AA AA 405 xviii Chapter 1 Introduction to VessRAID This chapter covers the following topics e About This Manual below VessRAID Overview page 2 e Controller Features page 4 e Controller Features page 4 e External Ports page 5 e RAID Support page 5 Management Tools page 6 e Specifications page 6 About This Manual This Product Manual describes how to setup use and maintain the VessRAID 1000 Series external disk array subsystems It also describes how to use the built in command line interface CLI command line utility CLU and embedded Web based Promise Array Management Professional WebPAM PROe software This manual includes a full table of contents index chapter task lists and numerous cross references to help you find the specific information you are looking for Also included are four levels of notices Note A Note provides helpful information such as hints or alternative ways of doing a task Important An Important calls attention to an essential step or point required to complete a task Important items include things often missed Caution A Caution informs you of possible equipment damage or loss of data and how to avoid them VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Warning A Warning notifies you of
109. 00f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Choosing Stripe Size Stripe Size also called Stripe Block Size refers to the size of the data blocks written to and read from the physical drives Stripe Size is specified when you create a disk array In order to change the Stripe Size of an existing disk array you must delete the disk array and create a new one You can choose Stripe Size directly when you use the Advanced function to create a disk array If you use the Express function to create a disk array WebPAM PRO selects the Stripe Size when you choose an Application Type The available Stripe Sizes are 64 128 256 KB 512 KB and 1 MB 64 KB is the default There are two issues to consider when selecting the Stripe Size e First choose a Stripe Size equal to or smaller than the smallest cache buffer found on any physical drive in the disk array Selecting a larger value slows read write performance because physical drives with smaller cache buffers need more time for multiple accesses to fill their buffers e Second if your data retrieval consists of fixed data blocks such as with some database or video applications then choose the data block size as your Stripe Size If you do not know the cache buffer or fixed data block sizes Promise suggests you choose 64 KB as your Stripe Size Generally speaking email POS and Web Servers prefer smaller stripe sizes Video and database applications prefer larger stripe sizes Choosing
110. 1 STOR_B1_6 VM2K3_7 The VessRAID is identified by its vM2k computer name a E E Windows Network workgroup VESSRAID 890924 selected 0 byt Type the user name and password in the respective fields then click the Connect button The user name and password are case sensitive Leave the Domain field blank Type the user name and password of a NAS user See Adding NAS Users on page 98 lood Authentication Required You must log in to access guest VESSRAID Username Administrator Domain C Save password in keyring Remember password for this session X Cancel Connect The folder opens You can now copy files to and from the folder on the VessRAID 403 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 404 Index Numerics 10GB Truncate 133 206 329 2 TB Limitation 327 388 A about this manual 1 AD Domain 102 adaptive writeback cache defined 328 enable 133 206 add group 185 network drive 196 RAID Volume 187 alarm cancel 139 274 281 sounds 345 373 alarm cancel 139 alias controller 132 206 disk array 153 157 219 225 logical drive 54 154 157 166 219 physical drive 144 214 subsystem 67 203 array incomplete reported events 371 Auto Fix 73 168 232 Auto Rebuild enable 71 249 function 160 373 axles RAID 50 54 154 157 219 226 319 RAID 60 54 154 157 219 226 321 B background a
111. 1 From the Write Policy dropdown menu choose a Write Cache policy for this logical drive The choices are Write Through thru and Write Back Write Back is the default If you selected No Cache under Read Cache this setting will be Write Through See Cache Policy on page 327 Click the Update button A new logical drive is displayed under New Logical Drives Repeat the above steps to specify additional logical drives as desired When you have finished specifying logical drives click the Next button Step 3 Summary The Summary lists the disk array and logical drive information you specified To proceed with disk array and logical drive creation click the Submit button Note This function does not automatically create a hot spare drive After the disk array is created you can create a hot spare drive for it For more information see Creating a Spare Drive on page 171 If your logical drive was designated for NAS the File System Management Create tab appears See Creating a NAS File System on page 106 Deleting a Disk Array The Disk Arrays Delete tab enables you to delete existing disk arrays Caution If you delete a disk array you also delete any logical drives that belong to it along with the data in those logical drives Back up any important data before deleting a disk array To delete a disk array 1 DAAN Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays EB ico
112. 10 85 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 1 Up 1 1 iSCSI 192 168 10 88 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 1 Up 1 2 iSCSI 192 168 10 89 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 1 Up 1 3 iSCSI 192 168 10 90 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 1 Up 1 4 iSCSI 192 168 10 91 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 1 Up 384 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting The new management port IP address and other network settings are displayed on the screen Enter the new IP address into your browser to log into WebPAM PROe 385 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Unsaved Data in the Controller Cache The Dirty Cache LED informs you that there is data in the cache that has not been saved to non volatile memory Such data is sometimes called dirty not to suggest it is corrupted in some way but because it has not been saved to a disk drive Figure 23 Dirty Cache LED Dirty Cache LED Se aa BEE o SS S 9 a aa LL o etete o o sodoto If there is unsaved data in the controller s cache the Dirty Cache LED shines amber During this time do NOT power down the VessRAID Wait until the LED goes dark 386 Chapter 11 Support e Frequently Asked Questions below Contacting Technical Support page 389 Limited Warranty page 393 e Returning the Product For Repair page 395 Frequently Asked Questions What kind of disk drives can use with VessRAID VessRAID supports 3 0 GB s
113. 1000s Product Manual Managing the Network Connection The network connection deals with the VessRAID s Management Port Making Management Port Settings below Making Management Port Settings Manual IP Settings To make Management Port settings manually 1 2 Press the or W button until the display says Management Port Press the button and the display says Link Status Up If it says Link Status Down reconnect to the network before preceding Press the 4 or W button and the display says IP Address Press the 1 button to make a change The current IP Address displays with the cursor under the first extreme left digit Press the button to increment and the W button decrement Press the Esc button to move left and the button move right To set an IP address with double or single digit octets for example 192 168 1 50 type zeros as placeholders 192 168 001 050 After you have set the last extreme right digit press the 4 button The current Subnet Mask displays with the cursor under the first extreme left digit Make the needed changes the same as in step 5 After you have set the last extreme right digit press the a button The current Gateway displays with the cursor under the first extreme left digit Make the needed changes the same as in step 5 After you have set the last extreme right digit press the a button The display says Save Network Setting Press the J button to conf
114. 154 158 219 226 285 serial connection setting up 198 setting lock 74 203 settings background activities 70 249 buzzer 139 274 281 controller 132 205 disk array 156 221 222 email 115 261 enclosure 137 210 Fibre Channel ports 85 236 iSCSI iSNS 93 243 iSCSI node 90 240 iSCSI port 81 234 iSCSI target port statistics 242 iSCSI target ports 91 241 logical drive 166 230 231 management port 81 233 278 NAS FTP 102 Linux 105 Unix 105 windows 101 NAS replication 108 Netsend 120 265 physical drive 143 physical drives 142 213 restore default 126 268 415 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual settings cont SAS port 110 247 SLP 116 262 SNMP 119 263 spare drive 172 228 Telnet 118 263 temperature 137 210 UPS units 148 256 user 76 77 259 260 Web Server 117 262 severity of events 77 121 265 SFP information 87 237 share folder permission 184 share folders create 103 194 delete 104 195 host IP 195 list 194 list of 103 modify 104 mount 196 open 194 permissions 195 un mount 196 shutdown the subsystem 127 269 SLP service 116 262 settings 116 262 SMART enable 132 206 error 370 SmartNAVI backup change schedule 191 clear log 193 delete schedule 191 now 188 progress 190 run scheduled 191 save log 193 SmartNAVI cont backup cont schedule 189 view log 192 view schedule 191 change password 183 close 176 delete group 186 delete user 184 device add 178 delet
115. 22 DAD 0x000F0000 Info Dec 29 2008 01 17 49 Rebuild is started a PD3 OxO00D0008 vvar Dec 29 2008 01 17 48 Physical Disk has been removed 20 LD1 Ox00090004 Major Dec 29 2008 01 17 48 Logical drive has been set to critical 19 LDO x00090004 Major Dec 29 2008 01 17 48 Logical drive has been set to critical 18 PD3 OxOOODOO1A Mejor Dec 29 2008 01 17 48 Physical Disk is marked as DEAD due to removal 17 PDS 0x000D0004 Info Dec 29 2008 01 16 03 Physical Disk is assigned as a global spare 16 PDB Ox000D0000 Info Dec 29 2008 01 16 03 Physical Disk is marked online 15 DA1 0x00130001 Into Dec 29 2008 01 15 06 Disk array has been deleted TETE Ox00090001 info Dec 29 2008 01 15 06 Logical drive has been deleted i 13 PD7 OxO00DO00A Info Dec 29 2008 00 46 32 Physical Disk has been inserted 12 PDT Ox00D0016 anro Dec 29 2008 00 46 32 A configured dead physical disk has been inserted 11 PD7 0x000D0008 awin Dec 29 2008 00 43 33 Physical Disk has been removed 10 Lo2 0x00090003 Major Dec 29 2008 00 43 33 Logical drive has been placed offline Possible Data Loss 9 PDT 000000014 Mejor Dec 29 2008 00 43 32 Physical Disk is marked as DEAD duetoremoval Keeps a record in the Event Log Displays full information in Management View 355 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Figure 11 A failed disk drive shown in Management View CT Tope UNM Hunter Auto Rebuild RAIDS Replacement
116. 40 VAC current rating with two power cords 1740f i s 7A 100 VAC or 3 5 A 240 VAC current rating with one power cord 1730f i s and 1720f i s 6A 100 VAC or 3 A 240 VAC current rating with one power cord Power Consumption 1840f without disk drives 51 3 W with 16 disk drives 241 8 W 1740i 1840i without disk drives 72 3 W with 16 disk drives 242 8 W 1740s 1840s without disk drives 59 9 W with 16 disk drives 263 2 W 1730i 1830i without disk drives 82 2 W with 12 disk drives 218 6 W 1730s 1830s without disk drives 58 3 W with 12 disk drives 238 5 W 1720i 1820i without disk drives 73 2 W with 8 disk drives 167 3 W Temperature Normal conditions 5 to 40 C operational 40 to 60 C non operational Conditions of running SAS disk drives with one failed cooling fan 5 to 35 C operational 40 to 60 C non operational Relative Humidity 95 percent maximum Vibration Random 0 21 grms 5 500 Hz 30 Mins X Y Z axis Dimensions H x W x D 1840f i s 13 x 45 x 46 cm 5 1 x 17 7 x 18 1 in 1830f i s 1820f i s 8 8 x 45 x 46 cm 3 5 x 17 7 x 18 1 in 1740f i s 13 x 45 x 46 cm 5 1 x 17 7 x 18 1 in 1730f i s 1720f i s 8 8 x 45 x 46 cm 3 5 x 17 7 x 18 1 in VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Net Weight 1840f 15 0 kg 33 1 Ib without drives 25 4 kg 56 0 Ib with 16 drives 1840i 15 0 kg 33 1 Ib without drives 23 0 kg 50 7 Ib with 16 drives 1840s 16 0 k
117. 402 Network Attached Storage NAS is supported by VessRAID iSCSI subsystems only See iSCSI Storage Area Network SAN on page 27 and Chapter 5 SmartNAVI on page 175 Setting up a Network Drive Windows Before you can set up a network drive you must have NAS file system See Creating a NAS File System on page 106 Windows protocol enabled See Making Windows Protocol Settings on page 101 Windows sharing enabled See Changing Sharing Settings for Windows MacOS and FTP on page 105 To setup a network drive 1 2 On the Windows desktop double click the My Network Places icon Click the Search button in the toolbar If the Search button is not shown from the View menu choose Toolbars then Standard Buttons In the Computer name field type the IP address of the VessRAID s iSCS port and click the Search button An icon representing the iSCSI port appears 397 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual TY My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help On O Pan ie Folders E Address 4 My Network Places Search Companion x Which computer are you looking for Computer name 192 168 50 204 You may also want to D Search this computer For Files 53 Search the Internet 4 fe Search Results Computers File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Name NG my Web Sites on MSN Right click
118. 5 requirements 121 266 service 121 265 settings 120 265 network drive create 196 disconnect 196 network drives Linux 402 Unix 402 Windows 397 NVRAM event log 251 352 O one plug auto service 357 online capacity expansion 159 331 reported events 365 online help CLU 201 WebPAM PROe 61 OPAS 357 operational status disk array 156 220 287 orphan watermark 133 205 overheated enclosure 379 p partition and format 330 412 Index password CLI CLU 199 CLU 259 NAS 98 SmartNAVI 183 WebPAM PROe 78 Pause On Error 73 168 232 PDM defined 341 enable 53 219 222 rate 70 250 reported events 365 running 72 162 224 triggers 70 250 341 PFA condition 144 214 physical drive alias 144 214 capacity coercion 133 206 329 command queuing 142 213 configurational status 143 DMA mode 142 213 fail during migration 376 fail during transport 377 failure recovery 372 force offline or online 144 215 from VessRAID subsystem 387 global settings 142 213 information 142 214 282 list 141 locate 141 142 145 215 282 not usable 376 operational status 143 read cache 142 213 reported events 366 select for array 53 219 select for spare 171 227 settings 143 physical drive cont stale and PFA condition 144 214 374 376 statistics 143 supported 387 write cache 142 213 ping iSCSI 96 246 port settings Fibre Channel 85 236 port statistics Fibre Channel 86 237 power connection 35 LED 35 34
119. 6 power supply failed 380 fan failure 379 locate 137 209 replace 300 reported events 367 status 137 208 Predictive Data Migration see PDM privileges CLU user 259 WebPAM PROe user 79 problem reporting CLU 351 LCD panel 357 WebPAM PROe 353 373 R RAID block and double parity stripe 315 block and parity stripe 314 block stripe and dedicated parity 313 enhanced mirror 312 global status LED 35 346 introduction 309 413 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID cont mirror 311 mirror stripe 316 stripe 310 striping of dedicated parity 317 striping of distributed parity 318 striping of double parity 320 RAID controller fan failure 378 379 RAID levels changing 331 choosing 322 logical drive 54 154 157 219 RAID 0 applications 322 description 310 RAID 1 applications 322 description 311 RAID 10 applications 324 description 316 RAID 1E applications 323 description 312 RAID 3 applications 323 description 313 RAID 30 applications 324 description 317 RAID 5 applications 323 description 314 RAID 50 applications 325 description 318 RAID 6 applications 324 description 315 RAID levels cont RAID 60 applications 325 description 320 RAID volume create 187 list 187 read cache physical drive 142 213 policy 54 154 158 166 219 226 285 policy defined 328 read check table 169 reassigned block threshold 71 250 rebuild disk array 160 222 374 manual 160 NAS file system 106 r
120. 7 299 service report save as text file 66 shutdown 127 269 startup after shutdown 129 271 storage network 65 synchronization logical drive 165 new logical drive 158 rate 70 250 reported events 370 system reported event 371 System heartbeat LED 35 346 T Table Rounding 133 206 329 Technical Support contact 389 417 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Telnet connection 199 service 118 263 settings 118 263 temperature thresholds 137 temperature enclosure 137 209 terminal emulation program 198 test buzzer 140 email 78 115 TFTP server 295 298 timing out WebPAM PROe 388 topology enclosure 136 212 Fibre Channel 86 237 Transition automatic 344 defined 342 manual 344 rate 70 250 reported events 371 spare drive 162 transport disk array 163 222 physical drive failure 377 trap sinks 119 264 U uninterruptible power supply UPS 147 255 Unix network drive 402 UPS information 149 257 list of units 147 255 settings 148 256 USB stick for diagnosis 357 user create 79 183 258 database export 123 database import 123 delete 80 260 user cont event subscriptions 77 logout others 80 NAS 99 NAS group 100 101 185 password change 78 privileges 79 184 259 settings 76 77 259 260 SmartNAVI 184 view 76 258 view sessions 80 user name and password SmartNAVI 180 username and password CLI CLU 41 199 WebPAM PROe 50 58 V VessRAID beeping 345 373
121. AID disk drive carrier LEDs Disk Status Power Activity e The audible alarm repeatedly sounds two short beeps See page 345 WebPAM PROe reports the condition See page 353 Also see Physical Drive Problems on page 376 With a Hot Spare Drive When a physical drive in a disk array fails and a spare drive of adequate capacity is available the disk array will begin to rebuild automatically using the spare drive After the disk array rebuilds itself using the spare drive you must replace the failed drive To set up a spare drive see Creating a Spare Drive on page 171 WebPAM PROe or page 227 CLU Without a Hot Spare Drive If there is no hot spare drive of adequate capacity you must remove the failed drive and install an unconfigured replacement drive of the same or greater capacity in the same slot as the failed drive Until you install the replacement drive the logical drive will remain Degraded Caution VessRAID supports disk drive hot swapping To avoid hand contact with an electrical hazard do not remove more than one drive carrier a time e Ifthe Auto Rebuild function is ENABLED the disk array will begin to rebuild automatically as soon as you replace the failed drive e If the Auto Rebuild function is DISABLED you must manually rebuild the disk array after you replace the failed drive 373 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual To enable Automatic Rebuild see
122. Activity established established established established e LED blinks fast to show activity Color indicates link speed e LED blinks slowly in Orange to show that a link has not been established 383 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Browser Does Not Connect to WebPAM PROe If you successfully setup and connected to WebPAM PROe then suddenly you can no longer connect it might be the result of the following three conditions e DHCP is enabled on your VessRAID s management port e The DHCP server does not have a dedicated IP address for the VessRAID e The VessRAID restarted and your DHCP server assigned a new IP address You must obtain the new IP Address for the management port in order to direct your browser to the VessRAID and start WebPAM PROe If your VessRAID has a LCD panel it displays the VessRAID model number and management port IP address as shown in Figure 22 Figure 22 LCD panel default display YessRAID 1740s 192 168 18 85 If your VessRAID does not have an LCD panel set up a serial connection to access the CLI See page 34 and 41 for more information To find the new IP address 1 Start your PC s terminal VT100 or ANSI emulation program 2 Press Enter once to launch the CLI 3 At the Login prompt type administrator and press Enter 4 Atthe Password prompt type password and press Enter 5 Type net and press Enter administrator cli gt net LoL Mgmt 192 168
123. Battery on page 304 VessRAID automatically reconditions the battery every two months When you install a new battery the cycle count shows 0 VessRAID automatically runs a recondition on the battery to verify it If you restart the subsystem or 210 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU controller before reconditioning is finished the battery is charged to 10096 then reconditioning starts again Reconditioning a Battery To recondition the subsystem battery DN BB DN a From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight Batteries and press Enter Highlight the battery you want to recondition and press Enter Highlight Start Reconditioning and press Enter Press Y to confirm Reconditioning fully discharges then fully recharges the battery During reconditioning if the Adaptive Writeback Cache function is enabled the controller cache is set to Write Thru After reconditioning the cache is reset to Write Back See Making Controller Settings on page 205 Locating an Enclosure This feature helps you identify the physical VessRAID enclosure you are working with through the CLU 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight Locate Enclosure and press Enter The disk status LEDs and the LEDs on the back of the enclosure blink for one minut
124. CSI Port Settings Creating a Link Aggregation Entry Viewing Link Aggregation Entries Changing a Link Aggregation Entry Deleting a Link Aggregation Entry Managing Fibre Channel Connections Viewing Fibre Channel Node Information Viewing Fibre Channel Port Settings Making Fibre Channel Port Settings Viewing Fibre Channel Port Statistics Viewing SFP Information a Viewing Fibre Channel Logged in Devices Viewing Fibre Channel Initiators Managing iSCSI Connections Aa Viewing iSCSI Node Information Making iSCSI Node Settings Viewing iSCSI Target Ports Viewing the iSCSI Portal a Viewing iSCSI Sessions 0a Working with iSCSIiSNS 0 000 Working with iSCSI CHAPS 00 Using iSCSI Ping 0 0 e eee eee Managing Network Attached Storage NAS Viewing a List of NAS Users Adding NAS Users 2 0c eee Changing a NAS User s Password Deleting NAS Users aa Viewing the List of NAS Groups Creating NAS Groups 0000 cee eee Deleting a NAS Group 0 0200 eee eee Adding Group Members 2 00 0005 Deleting Group Members
125. D system immediately begins to rebuild data onto the drive When the rebuild is complete the disk array is returned to fault tolerant status VessRAID includes a function that enables you to return a hot spare drive from a disk array back to spare status When you create the hot spare drive check the Revertible box to enable this feature See Transition on page 342 See also Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 Partition and Format the Logical Drive Like any other type of fixed disk media in your system a RAID logical drive must also be partitioned and formatted before use Use the same method of partitioning and formatting on an logical drive as you would any other fixed disk Depending on the operating system you use there may or may not be various capacity limitations applicable for the different types of partitions 330 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID Level Migration To migrate a disk array is to do one or both e Change its RAID level Increase the number of disk drives sometimes called Expansion On VessRAID RAID level migration is performed on the disk array but it applies to the logical drives Migration takes place on an existing Functional disk array without disturbing the existing data While the disk array is migrating you can access the data as before When migration is complete your disk array will have a different RAID level and or a larger capacity In most cases you
126. D 30 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum RAID 50 RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives 336 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 30 A RAID 30 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E None RAID 3 32 physical drives maximum RAID 5 RAID 30 must have less than 32 physical drives RAID 6 32 physical drives maximum RAID 50 must have less than 32 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 Even number of physical drives RAID 30 Add physical drives 32 per axle maximum RAID 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives 337 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 50 A RAID 50 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E None RAID 3 32 physical drives maximum RAID 5 RAID 50 must have less than 32 physical drives RAID 6 32 physical drives maximum RAID 50 must have less than 32 physical driv
127. D NAS subsystem and click the Add button SmartNAYI xi Domain name IP 192 168 209 65 80 Product version v1 7 0 12 178 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI The VessRAID NAS subsystem appears in the Device List SmartSYNC Setup Wizard Click here to refresh NAS Device 9 vri7s0i VessRAD 984245 192 168 209 added GC Product Version w1 7 0 12 Logging Into a NAS Device Ko SmartNAvI You can log into any NAS device in the PA Device List that has a blue icon and shows a bin an IP address SmartSYNC Setup Wizard To log into a NAS device 1 Right click the VessRAID NAS Click here to refresh subsystem and choose Login as A wows weceoain oesaaz 402 168 20 from the popup menu Refresh p Locate NAS Or double click the VessRAID NAS PARNER HANGAT subsystem a The Device Login dialog box appears GC Product Version vi 7 0 12 179 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual 2 Inthe Device Login dialog box enter your user name and password in the fields provided Then click the Login button SmartNAVI Device Login l L Nacninirator L2 a Login Note If you enabled an AD Domain see page 101 enter your domain nameand a backslash before your user name Example directory com user A Warning dialog box appears 3 In the Warning dialog box click the Yes button 9 All configuration will be removed if you change to another
128. Dedicated to specified disk arrays e Dedicated to Array The array to which a dedicated spare is assigned Creating a Spare Drive Only unconfigured physical drives can be used to make spares Check your available drives under Physical Drive Management See Managing Physical Drives on page 213 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter Highlight Create New Spare Drive and press Enter Highlight Physical Drive Number and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value Specify the number of the physical drive you want for your spare The available drive numbers are in parentheses Highlight Revertible and press the spacebar to toggle between Yes and No A revertible drive can be returned to spare status after you replace the failed drive in a disk array See Transition on page 342 for more information 227 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Ta Highlight Spare Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Dedicated and Global Dedicated means this spare drive can only be used with the specified disk arrays Global means this spare drive can be used by any disk array If you chose Dedicated highlight Dedicated to Arrays and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value Specify the number s of the disk array s you want to assign your spare The current disk arrays are listed in parentheses A de
129. Drive Critical Rebuilding 65GB 7 5065 Failed Disk Drive 1 3 64KB 512 ytes Critical Rebuilding Status 0 ReadAhead WriteBack N A O000000000000000000000003DADC1E1469E275D 2263 0001 557d 50b4 Yes Also see these troubleshooting topics e Event Notification Response on page 359 e Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 e Frequently Asked Questions on page 387 356 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting LCD Panel Reports a Problem The LCD panel can report a certain problems including a Critical logical drives Figure 12 The optional LCD panel reports a Critical logical drive 192 168 16 85 LD1 Critical Press the 4 or W button until you see the View Events menu Then press the e button to read the corresponding event The event gives specific information such as which physical drive failed or was removed Viewing a Report from OPAS The VessRAID subsystem comes with One Plug Auto Service OPAS OPAS automatically saves a comprehensive system profile and diagnostic report as a text file when you plug a USB stick in one of the USB ports on the VessRAID controller To view an OPAS report on the VessRAID 1 Plug a USB stick into one of the USB ports on the VessRAID controller Figure 13 USB ports on the VessRAID controller USB ports MA Z aro 5 sototo o o sooo nofetetete
130. Enable Monitors UPS Settings changes reports warnings and logs events e Disable Monitors UPS only Choose an Action Mode from the dropdown menu Shutdown Shuts down the subsystem when a Threshold value is exceeded e None No additional action when Threshold value is exceeded Type values into the Threshold fields See Note 1 e Running Time Remaining Threshold Actual time below this value resets adaptive writeback cache to writethrough e Warning Temperature Threshold Actual temperature above this value triggers a warning and logs an event e Loading Ratio Threshold Actual loading ratio percentage above this threshold triggers a warning and logs an event See Note 2 e Battery Charge Remaining Threshold Reserve capacity below this percentage triggers a warning and logs an event Press Ctrl A to save your settings 256 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Notes 1 Detection Setting must be set to Auto If a UPS is detected the setting changes to Enable 2 The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 Viewing UPS Information To view information about a specific UPS unit 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight UPS Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the UPS unit you want and press Enter UPS information includes e Voltage Rating Output voltage of the UPS e
131. Enter Highlight Background Activity and press Enter Highlight Start Redundancy Check and press Enter The redundancy check parameters appear e Auto Fix Corrects inconsistencies automatically e Pause On Error Pauses the Redundancy Check when an error is found To change a parameter highlight it and press the backspace toggle between Yes and No Highlight Start and press Enter If necessary you can pause and resume or stop and restart the Redundancy Check You can use the logical drive while Redundancy Check is running Locating a Logical Drive This feature helps you identify the physical drives assigned to the logical drive you are working with in the CLU To locate a logical drive jk 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Locate Logical Drive and press Enter The disk status LEDs for the physical drives in this logical drive blink for one minute Figure 9 Disk Status LED Disk Status 232 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Managing the Network Connection The network connection deals with the VessRAID s Management Port Making Management Port Settings below Making iSCSI Port Settings page 234 Creating a Link Aggregation Entry page 234 Viewing Link Aggregation Entries page 235 Changing a Link Aggregation Entry page 235 Deleting a Link Aggregation Entry page 235 Making Managemen
132. FF icon In Management View click the Events tab dropdown menu and choose Runtime Events Events are displayed by Item Number A consecutive decimal number assigned to a specific event e Device Battery controller logical drive physical drive port etc Event ID The hexadecimal number that identifies the specific type of event e Severity Information Warning Minor Major Critical and Fatal The severity level is user specified See Setting up User Event Subscriptions on page 77 67 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual e Time Time and date of the occurrence e Description A brief description of the event 3 Click the link at the top of the column by which you want to sort the events After you click the item a triangle icon appears e If the triangle points upward the column is sorted low to high or old to new e Ifthe triangle points downward the column is sorted high to low or new to old Click the link a second time to change to flip the triangle and reverse the sort sequence Saving the Runtime Event Log To save the runtime event log as a text file 1 In Tree View click the Subsystem EF icon 2 In Management View click the Events tab dropdown menu and choose Runtime Events 3 Click the Save Event Log button In the File Download dialog box click the Save button 5 Inthe Save dialog box name the file navigate to the folder where you want to save the log f
133. Group whose membership you want to change Click a user in the Available User list then click the arrow icon to move them to the Selected User list Click the OK button 185 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Deleting Members from a Group Note Deleting a User from a Group does not delete the User from the System To delete Users from a Group 1 Click the User Management icon at the top of the screen 2 Click the Modify Group Member icon at the bottom of the screen 3 Click the Group whose membership you want to change 4 Click a user in the Selected User list then click the arrow icon to move them to the Available User list 5 Click the OK button Deleting a Group Before you can delete a Group you must first delete all of the Members from the Group See Deleting Members from a Group on page 186 To delete a Group 1 nb oN Click the User Management icon at the top of the screen Click the Delete Group icon at the bottom of the screen Click the Group you want to delete Click the OK button Click the Yes button in the confirmation box 186 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI Managing RAID Volumes This category includes the following topics e Creating a RAID Volume page 187 e Viewing a List of RAID Volumes page 187 e Managing Backups page 188 Creating a RAID Volume RAID Volumes are logical drives with the NAS feature enabled on the VessRAID subsystem To cre
134. Help cece eee eee 201 Exiting the CLU 0 00 c cect eee 201 Logging Out of the CLI 0 0 0 cee eee 201 Logging Back Into the CLI and CLU 201 Running Quick Setup 0c eee eee 202 Managing the Subsystem cece ee eee 203 Setting an Alias for the Subsystem 00 203 Running Media Patrol 0 000 eee eee 203 Locking or Unlocking the Subsystem 203 Setting Subsystem Date and Time 0055 204 Managing the Controller 00 00 c eee eee eee 205 Viewing Controller Information 0 2000000 205 Clearing an Orphan Watermark 00000 20 ee 205 Making Controller Settings eee aeee 205 Locating the Controller a 206 Managing the Enclosure 0 c eee eee 208 Viewing Enclosure Information 2000 e ee 208 Viewing Power Supply Status a 208 Locating a Power Supply eee eae e eee 209 Viewing Cooling Unit Status 00 000s 209 Viewing Voltage Sensor Status 209 Viewing Temperature Sensor Status 209 Setting Temperature Thresholds 210 Checking the Batteries 0 0 0c cee eee ee 210 Reconditioning a Battery 0 0 eee eee 211 Locating an Enclosure 0c e eee 211 Viewing Enclosure Topology eee eee eee 212 Managing Physical
135. However access will be slower until rebuilding is done Transport Ready The result of a successful Prepare for Transport operation You remove the physical drives of this disk array and move them to another enclosure or to different drive slots in the same enclosure After you relocate the physical drives the disk array status will show OK Adjustable Items Alias Optional Media Patrol Enabled or disabled PDM Enabled or disabled See Making Disk Array Settings below Making Disk Array Settings To make Disk Array settings 1 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View 156 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 6 7 8 Click the Disk Arrays EB icon Click the Disk Array amp icon Click the Settings tab in Management View Optional Enter an alias in the Disk Array Alias field Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional To enable Media Patrol support check the Media Patrol box To enable PDM support check the PDM box Click the Submit button Creating a Logical Drive When you create a disk array you automatically create one logical drive also If the initial logical drive used less than the full capacity of the disk array you can create additional logical drives from the same disk array To create a logical drive 1 2 3 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays EB icon Cl
136. ID 30 and 50 Axles on page 319 317 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 50 Striping of Distributed Parity RAID 50 combines both RAID 5 and RAID O features Data is striped across physical drives as in RAID O and it uses distributed parity as in RAID 5 RAID 50 provides data reliability good overall performance and supports larger volume sizes Figure 8 RAID 50 is a combination of RAID 5 and RAID 0 Distributed Parity B 8 Ng B Disk Drives Data Stripes The data capacity RAID 50 logical drive equals the capacity of the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives minus two RAID 50 also provides very high reliability because data is still available even if multiple physical drives fail one in each axle The greater the number of axles the greater the number of physical drives that can fail without the RAID 50 logical drive going offline Component Minimum Maximum Number of Axles 2 16 Physical Drives per Axle 3 32 Physical Drives per Logical Drive 6 256 318 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 30 and 50 Axles When you create a RAID 30 or RAID 50 you must specify the number of axles An axle refers to two or more RAID 3 logical drives striped together to make a RAID 30 Or an axle could be two or more RAID 5 logical drives striped together to make a RAID 50 An axle can have from 3 to 32 physical drives depending on the nu
137. ID TE Micra maiharap tnk haa Dam pha hd AYAM 333 PAID SS maa aala Aka aaral Maga eats 334 RAIDS Tumama aa Seldant aa Batiste E naa Bana 335 RAID Ka terscnitlec ana seek Ghana PAN PAA 336 RAID AO T a ease haaha kag bg rhe ee ee La Gans 336 BAPOR ant costal Am seca 337 RAID SO esa aea aaah aa na pedis Oe ELA pat ale dds Bones 338 RAIDO fais ss a aNG Ba ate aata Ate Scene a TANG 338 Ranges of Disk Array Expansion 000 339 Media Patrol csi gcd deh aie Rand eee ath eae anaes amie 340 Predictive Data Migration PDM 00 eee eee 341 PDM Triggers 22 amag Gas NG WA BARAN ee bale dls 341 TASON paa Poet wats eA aren PA NG tees hea ee ed ate ge a 342 EXAIN PIC na maa aaa etd ie Ka hagok arte OO An WA enti 343 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting eee e ee eee eee 345 VessRAID is Beeping 0 0 0 cece eee 345 LEDs Display Amber or Red 0 0000 e eee eee 346 Front Panel LEDS 2 4 0 3 sud aah ee eta gin wie waa Wales 346 Disk Drive LEDS kn bee eg ee ee BAG 347 ECD Ranel agskiwe aka and elvan Ina Manahan 348 Controller LEDS 2 eee eee 348 CLU Reports a Problem 00000 cece eee eee 351 Viewing Runtime Events 000 00 e eee ee ee 351 Viewing NVRAM Events 00 0c eee eee eee 352 Checking a Reported Component 000005 352 WebPAM PROe Reports a Problem 0 00005 353 xvii VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Chapter 10 Trouble
138. In Management View from the Buzzer tab dropdown menu choose Settings Check the Buzzer Enable box to enable the buzzer Uncheck the Buzzer Enable box if you do not want the buzzer to sound Click the Submit button Testing the Buzzer You must enable the buzzer before you can test it To test buzzer function OV GoM Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Buzzer tab in Management View Click the Sound button The buzzer will sound for one minute 140 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Managing Physical Drives Managing Physical Drives deals with the physical disk drives installed in the VessRAID subsystem enclosure including the following functions Viewing a List of Physical Drives page 141 ldentifying a Physical Drive page 141 Making Global Physical Drive Settings page 142 Viewing Physical Drive Information page 142 Viewing Physical Drive Statistics page 143 Making Physical Drive Settings page 143 Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions page 144 Forcing a Physical Drive Offline or Online page 144 Locating a Physical Drive page 145 Viewing a List of Physical Drives To view a list of physical drives in this enclosure PO NS Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures 4 icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Physical Drives j icon The list of physical drives appears in Manageme
139. K in the confirmation box Deleting Trap Sinks To delete a trap sink 1 Highlight the trap sink you want to delete from the list 2 Click the Delete button to remove the trap sink from the list 3 Click the Submit button 4 Click OK in the confirmation box Changing the Startup Setting 1 Under Startup Type e Click the Automatic option to start the service automatically during system startup Recommended e Click the Manual option to start the service manually the service does not start during system startup 2 Click the Submit button Stopping SNMP service To stop the SNMP service 1 Click the Stop button 2 Click OK in the confirmation box Starting or Restarting SNMP service To start or restart the SNMP service click the Start or Restart button Making Netsend Settings VessRAID s Netsend service sends VessRAID subsystem events in the form of text messages to your Host PC and other networked PCs This service is normally Stopped and set to Manual start See Netsend Requirements on page 121 To change the Netsend settings 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Netsend link Click the Start button to start the Netsend service Click the Submit button nA ON 120 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Adding Netsend recipients See Netsend Requirements on page 121 To add a Netsent recipient 1 Inthe Recipient Addr
140. Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 If the reported Loading Ratio exceeds the recommended value for your UPS unit e Have fewer subsystems or peripherals connected to this UPS unit e Add more UPS units or use a higher capacity UPS unit to protect your RAID systems 147 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Making UPS Settings These settings control how the VessRAID subsystem detects the UPS unit and responds to data reported by the UPS unit To make UPS settings PO NN 5 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the UPS icon Click the Settings tab in Management View Perform the following actions as required Verify the Current UPS Communication method e USB USB connection Unknown No connection Choose a Detection Setting from the dropdown menu e Automatic Default If a UPS is detected when the subsystem boots the setting changes to Enable e Enable Monitors UPS Settings changes reports warnings and logs events e Disable Monitors UPS only Choose an Action Mode from the dropdown menu ShutDown Shuts down the subsystem when a Threshold value is exceeded e None No additional action when Threshold value is exceeded Type values into the Threshold fields See Note 1 Running Time Remaining Threshold Actual time below this value resets adaptive writeback cache to writethrough e Warning Temperature
141. MP Trap Sinks 0000 eee eaae 264 Making Netsend Settings 2 000 cece eee 265 Managing Netsend Recipients 5 265 Flashing through TFTP 0 c eee eee 267 Viewing Flash Image Information 000 eae 267 Clearing Statistics c eee 267 Restoring Factory Defaults 202000 0c eee eee 268 Shutting Down the Subsystem cece eee 269 Shutting down the VessRAID Telnet Connection 269 Shutting down the VessRAID Serial Connection 270 Starting Up After Shutdown cee eee 271 Starting up the VessRAID Telnet Connection 271 Starting up the VessRAID Serial Connection 271 Restarting the Subsystem c cece eee 272 Restarting VessRAID Telnet Connection 272 Restarting VessRAID Serial Connection 272 Making Buzzer Settings 0 0c cece eee 274 xiv Contents Chapter 7 Management with the LCD Panel 275 Using the LCD Panel 000 cece eee 275 Perusing the Interface 0 cc eee eee 276 Making Mode Settings 0000 cee eee eee eee 276 Simple Mode an ek PARAAN She gets wae dade 276 Advanced Mode cece cece eee eens 277 LIMMNAUONS schoo kaaa TERE E REEE EERE E et ead 277 Viewing Events 24 ae er bah a deer GA Wah DANG 277 Managing the Network Connection 0000e
142. Manual and its normal status is Stopped To make Netsend service settings 1 5 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Netsend and press Enter Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual Press Ctrl A to save your settings To start stop or restart the Netsend service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Managing Netsend Recipients Note that the Messenger service must be running on the recipient PC in order to receive reports Adding a recipient To add a recipient 1 ak ow h 6 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Netsend and press Enter Highlight Message Recipient and press Enter Highlight Create New Message Recipient and press Enter Type the recipient s IP address into the field provided Highlight Message Event Severity Filter and press the spacebar to change severity levels The selected level and all higher severity levels of severity will be reported Severity levels from lowest to highest are Info Warning Minor Major Critical and Fatal Press Ctrl A to save your settings Changing Recipient Settings To change recipient settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 265 Ves
143. NTER Select CTRL X Return CTRL E Help Quick Setup A sequence of four steps to setup System Date amp Time Management Port and RAID Configuration Subsystem Management View controller information lock unlock the controller set date and time and monitor the enclosure Physical Drive Management View disk drive assignments and parameters change disk drive cache settings and command queuing and locate a physical drive Disk Array Management View disk array information create and delete disk arrays transport rebuild PDM and transition functions and locate a disk array create and delete logical drives Spare Drive Management View a list of spare drives create modify and delete spare drives and run spare check Logical Drive Management View logical drive information name logical drives initialization and redundancy check and locate a logical drive Network Management Set IP address for Management Port gateway and DNS server subnet mask Fibre Channel Management Node information Port information settings and statistics list of logged in devices list of initiators 200 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU iSCSI Management iSCSI Node settings and statistics Port and Portal information Session management iSNS Options CHAPs and Ping function SAS Management SAS Port information settings status and statistics SAS Initiators Background Activity Settings for Media
144. PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC VEssRAD 1000F 10001 1000s Senes FC iSCSI SAS Product Manual VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Copyright 2010 PROMISE Technology Inc All Rights Reserved PROMISE the PROMISE logo VTrak SmartStor SuperTrak FastTrak VessRAID Vess PerfectPATH PerfectRAID SATA150 ULTRA133 VTrak S3000 BackTrak HyperCache HyperCache R HyperCache W DeltaScan and GreenRAID are registered or pending trademarks of PROMISE Technology Inc in the U S and other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Information regarding products services and offerings may be superseded by subsequent documents and are subject to change without notice For the latest information and specifications regarding PROMISE Technology Inc and any of its offerings or services please contact your local PROMISE office or the corporate headquarters Visit www promise com for more information on PROMISE products Important data protection information You should back up all data before installing any drive controller or storage peripheral Promise Technology is not responsible for any loss of data resulting from the use disuse or misuse of this or any other Promise Technology product Notice Although Promise Technology has attempted to ensure the accuracy of the content of this manual it is possible that this document may contain technical inaccuracies typographical or other erro
145. PROe banner The language list appears in the Header 2 Click on the language you prefer The WebPAM PROe user interface displays in the selected language 59 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Figure 2 Clicking Language on the WebPAM PROe banner Lange View Storage Network ContactUs Logout Help About Perusing the Interface WebPAM PROe is browser based RAID management software with a graphic user interface Figure 3 WebPAM PROe interface 2 Promise WebPAM PROe Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Qa x A OD Peach fers O A 1J 5 WebPAM Header Address a https 168 50 200 screen php PROMISE Language View Storage Network Contact Us Logout Help About KE Subsystem Function Tab dministrator i iH iH Physical drives used by the array are highlighted Click one of them to locate the array Disk Array Information Management View Disk Array ID 0 Alias Sammy Operational Status OK Total Physical Capacity 2971768 Configurable Capacity 206 7568 Sun Dec 28 2008 17 42 38 Max Events Display 20 7 V Device Event ID Severity Time Description LDO 0x00120000 Info Dec 28 2008 17 42 11 Synchronization is started LD1 0x00090000 Info Dec 28 2008 17 42 10 A new Logical drive has been created LDO 0x00090000 Info Dec 28 2008 17 42 10 A new Logical drive has been created LD1 0x00090001 Info Dec 28 2008 17 40 02 Logica
146. RAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Running PDM Predictive Data Migration PDM migrates data from the suspect physical drive to a spare disk drive similar to Rebuilding But unlike Rebuilding PDM acts before the disk drive fails and your Logical Drive goes Critical You an also run PDM on a specific disk array see Running PDM on a Disk Array on page 162 Also see Predictive Data Migration PDM on page 341 To run PDM 1 2 4 In Tree View click the Subsystem FF icon In Management View click the Background Activities tab and choose Start Media Patrol from the dropdown menu In the next screen choose the Source and Target physical drives The suspect physical drive is the source The replacement physical drive is the target Click the Start button Viewing Scheduled Activities To view scheduled activities for this subsystem 1 2 Click the Subsystem icon Tree View Click the Scheduler tab in Management View Scheduling an Activity To set a scheduled activity for this subsystem is 2 Click the Subsystem E icon Tree View From the dropdown menu on the Scheduler tab choose an item e Media Patrol See Running Media Patrol on page 71 e Redundancy Check See Running Redundancy Check on page 167 e Battery Reconditioning See Reconditioning a Battery on page 139 e Spare Drive Check See Running Spare Check on page 173 In the Scheduler dialog box ch
147. RAID 60 8 or more Must be an even number of drives Drive Slot Numbering You can install any suitable disk drive into any slot in the enclosure The diagrams below show how VessRAID s drive slots are numbered Slot numbering is reflected in the WebPAM PROe and CLU user interfaces Figure 5 VessRAID 1740 and 1840 drive slot numbering 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 E 12 13 14 B 15 16 17 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Figure 6 VessRAID 1730 and 1830 drive slot numbering Install all of the drive carriers into the VessRAID enclosure to ensure proper airflow even if you do not populate all the carriers with disk drives Installing Your Disk Drives 1 2 4 Remove a disk drive carrier Carefully lay the disk drive into the drive carrier at the front so that the screw holes on the sides line up See page 19 Figure 8 Insert the screws through the holes in the drive carrier and into the sides of the disk drive e Install only the counter sink screws supplied with the VessRAID e Install four screws per drive Snug each screw Be careful not to over tighten Reinstall the drive carrier into the VessRAID chassis Repeat steps 1 through 3 until all of your disk drives are installed Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Figure 8 Disk drive mounted in a dr
148. Reduces the useful capacity to the nearest 1 000 000 000 byte boundary 10GB Truncate Reduces the useful capacity to the nearest 10 000 000 000 byte boundary Group Rounding Uses an algorithm to determine how much to truncate Results in the maximum amount of usable drive capacity Table Rounding Applies a predefined table to determine how much to truncate e Enter a time interval 1 to 12 seconds in the Write Back Cache Flush Interval field For more information see Cache Policy on page 327 Enter a time interval 15 to 255 seconds in the Enclosure Polling Interval field e Check the Enable Adaptive Writeback Cache box to enable this function For more information see Adaptive Writeback Cache on page 328 Click the Submit button The changes take effect immediately Clearing an Orphan Watermark An Orphan Watermark condition is the result of a disk drive failure during an NVRAM RAID level migration on a disk array To clear an Orphan Watermark 1 mp o NN Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Controllers icon Click the Controller Ve icon Click the Clear tab in Management View Click the Submit button 133 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual The changes take effect immediately 134 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Managing Enclosures On VessRAID enclosures include the main VessRAID subsystem or Head Unit as well as VessJBOD encl
149. SI models have four iSCSI ports VessRAID FC models have two iSCSI ports You must make network settings to each iSCSI port individually Before you change settings please see Choosing DHCP or a Static IP Address on page 42 81 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual To make changes to the iSCSI Port settings 1 DAA N 8 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 4 icon Click the Network Management icon Click the iSCSI Ports tab Click one of the Port Configuration links To enable DHCP check the DHCP box When DHCP is NOT enabled enter e Primary IP address e Primary subnet mask e Default gateway IP address Enter a TCP port number 3260 is the default and recommended for most applications Click the Submit button Creating a Link Aggregation Entry Link aggregation combines multiple network ports in parallel to increase link speed and to provide redundancy for high availability This feature enables you to aggregate the iSCSI data ports on your subsystem To create a link aggregation entry 1 BO N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 8 icon Click the Network Management icon In Management View from the dropdown menu on the Link Aggregation tab choose Create Link Aggregation Entry Enter a Trunk ID number Use 1 to 32 From the Master Port dropdown menu choose an iSCSI port number From the Slave P
150. Serial ATA disk drives and 3 0 Gb s SAS drives VessRAID does not support Parallel ATA PATA disk drives Can I take the disk drives from my Promise VessRAID put them into the VessRAID and keep my disk array or logical drive intact Yes Like VessRAID the newer VessRAID subsystems use the industry standard DDF method of disk metadata stored in the reserve sector of each physical drive Use the Transport function to prepare your disk drives before moving them See Preparing the Disk Array for Transport on page 222 or page 163 Early VessRAID subsystems used a proprietary method of disk metadata VessRAID subsystems have a metadata to DDF conversion feature To use the conversion feature you must restart the VessRAID after installing disk drives from an older VessRAID subsystem Note that if you move your disk drives from the VessRAID to an early VessRAID the older subsystem will not recognize your disk array or logical drive How can tell when the VessRAID has fully booted When the VessRAID is fully booted up the Power and FRU LEDs will light up green If a disk array is present the Logical Drive LED will light up green also The system heartbeat LED blinks green seven times in three seconds goes dark for six seconds then repeats the pattern Why does VessRAID come with a Command Line Utility First to assign your VessRAID an IP address in order for the WebPAM PROe management software to connect to it Second in
151. Sessions tab in Management View The window displays a list of the current iSCSI sessions Click the iSCSI Sessions link to display information about an individual session 92 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe iSCSI session information includes Index VessRAID iSCSI session index number e Device Name iSCSI initiator on the Host PC Port ID ID number of the port on the iSCSI HBA card in the Host PC Device IP Address IP Address of the port on iSCSI HBA card in the Host PC e Status Active Inactive sessions are not listed Working with iSCSI iSNS The iSNS tab enables you to view and change the current iSNS settings on the iSCSI data ports Internet Storage Name Service iSNS is a protocol used to facilitate the automated discovery management and configuration of iSCSI devices on a TCP IP network View Settings To view iSNS settings 1 PO N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the iSNS tab in Management View iSNS information includes e ISNS status Enabled or disabled e ESI status Enabled or disabled See Note below e Get ISNS IP through DHCP Yes or No ISNS Server IP address Assign ISNS physical port ID ISNS Server TCP Port number 3205 for most applications Change Seitings To change iSNS settings 1 TP ON Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click t
152. Stripe RAID level 6 stores dual parity data is rotated across the physical drives along with the block data A RAID 6 logical drive can continue to accept I O requests when any two physical drives fail Figure 5 RAID 6 stripes all drives with data and dual parity Double Distributed Wide space Q Q Parity Data B B z z x Physical Drives Hence a RAID 6 logical drive with 7 100 GB physical drives will have a capacity of 500 GB A RAID 6 logical drive with 4 100 GB physical drives will have a capacity of 200 GB RAID 6 becomes more capacity efficient in terms of physical drives as the number of physical drives increases RAID 6 provides double fault tolerance Your logical drive remains available when up to two physical drives fail RAID 6 is generally considered to be the safest RAID level A RAID 6 on VessRAID consists of 4 to 32 physical drives 315 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 10 Mirror Stripe Mirror Stripe combines both of the RAID 1 and RAID 0 logical drive types RAID 10 can increase performance by reading and writing data in parallel striping while protecting data by duplicating it mirroring Promise implements RAID 10 by creating a data stripe over one pair of disk drives then mirroring the stripe over a second pair of disk drives Some applications refer to this method as RAID 0 1 Figure 6 Promise RAID 10 starts with a data stripe then mirrors it 1 Data Stri
153. This primitive sequence applies only to the arbitrated loop topology It is transmitted by an L_Port to initialize or re initialize the loop Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe NOS Count Not Operational Primitive Sequence This primitive sequence is used during link initialization between two N Ports in the point to point topology or an N Port and an F Port in the fabric topology NOS is sent to indicate that the transmitting port has detected a link failure or is offline The expected response to a port sending NOS is the OLS primitive sequence Number of Error Frames FC devices propagate handshake signals back and forth requesting and acknowledging each byte transferred FC transfers occur in one frame of data at a time In this case the value reflects the number of frames with errors Number of Dumped Frames This field specifies the number of frames dumped due to a lack of host buffers Link Failure Count Number of times the link has failed Can be caused by a disconnected link or a bad fiber element Loss Sync Count Number of times a loss of sync has occurred since last reset Primitive Sequence Error Count An ordered set transmitted repeatedly and used to establish and maintain a link LR LRR NOS and OLS are primitive sequences used to establish an active link in a connection between two N Ports or an N Port and an F Port LIP LPB and LPE are primitive sequences used in the Arbitrated Loop topology for ini
154. Threshold Actual temperature above this value triggers a warning and logs an event e Loading Ratio Threshold Actual loading ratio percentage above this threshold triggers a warning and logs an event See Note 2 e Battery Charge Remaining Threshold Reserve capacity below this percentage triggers a warning and logs an event Click the Submit button to apply your settings 148 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Notes 1 Detection Setting must be set to Auto If a UPS is detected the setting changes to Enable 2 The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 Viewing UPS Information To view information about a specific UPS unit Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the UPS icon Click the UPS1 or UPS2 icon Click the UPS tab in Management View UPS information includes Voltage Rating Output voltage of the UPS e Battery Capacity Backup capacity expressed as a percentage e Remaining Backup Time Number of minutes the UPS is expected to power your system in the event of a power failure Loading Ratio Actual output of UPS as a percentage of the rated output See the Note below PN a Note The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 If the reported Loading Ratio exceeds the recommended value for your UPS unit Have fewer subsystems or periph
155. To make Email service settings 1 8 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Email and press Enter Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual Highlight the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value Server IP address Server Port number 25 is the default Highlight Authentication and press the spacebar to toggle between Yes and No If you selected Yes type in a User name and Password in the fields provided The following items are optional but recommended Highlight and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e Sender s email address e Subject Line for the email message Press Ctrl A to save your settings To start stop or restart the Email service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter 261 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Making SLP Settings By default SLP service is set to Automatic and its normal status is Started To make SLP service settings 1 5 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight SLP and press Enter Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual Press Ctrl A to save your settings To start
156. Use the thermometer icons to help you locate the specific hot spot Check for these conditions e Accumulated dust or objects blocking the fans e Less than a minimum of 5 inches 13 cm space between the back of the VessRAID and the wall or other object e Ambient temperature above 95 F 35 C where the VessRAID is operating Cooling Down the Enclosure To cool down a VessRAID enclosure Correct any problems identified above e Power down the VessRAID and let it sit for an hour or longer 379 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Power Supply OK Replace Soon Replace Now Battery Battery Condition OK Replace Soon Replace now VessRAID 1800 Series VessRAID 1800 Series has two power supplies The advantage of two power supplies is that should one fail the other will continue powering the subsystem The power supplies are hot swappable VessRAID 1700 Series VessRAID 1700 Series has only one power supply and it is not replaceable onsite If you need to replace the power supply contact Technical Support and make arrangements to return the subsystem to Promise for service See page 389 Fan Failure As noted above if a power supply fan fails you must replace the power supply Without the fan to cool it the power supply will overheat and eventually fail anyway See page 300 for instructions on replacing a power supply VessRAID uses an optional battery as backup power for the ca
157. VessRAID Serial Connections VessRAID uses a serial connection for the command line interface CLI and the command line utility CLU After you set the IP address you can access the CLI and CLU through a network connection also Normally users prefer WebPAM PROe because of its graphic user interface But the CLI and CLU can do the same jobs And they will work when your network connection is down For VessRAID you must use the CLI or CLU to set the Management Port IP address in order for WebPAM PROe to connect with it See Setting Up Serial Cable Connections on page 34 and Setting up the Serial Connection on page 41 The CLI and CLU control and manage but they do not move data They communicate through a RJ11 to DB9 cable supplied with the VessRAID An ordinary serial cable will not work for this purpose You may not use the CLI or CLU often and want to disconnect and store the cable Consider leaving it connected to be sure it is there when you need it 381 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Network Connections Each controller has one Ethernet RJ45 connector on the back of the enclosure for the Management port and four RJ45 connectors for the iSCSI ports The VessRAID becomes a node on your network like any other PC or server VessRAID supports DHCP If there is a DHCP server on your network do not assign an IP address manually without consulting your network administrator Management Port
158. Viewing User Information page 76 Making User Settings page 76 Making Your Own User Settings page 77 Setting up User Event Subscriptions page 77 Changing Another User s Password page 78 Changing Your Own Password page 78 Creating a User page 79 Deleting a User page 80 Viewing User Sessions page 80 Logging out Other Users page 80 Viewing User Information The view a list of users their status access privileges display name and email address 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools IF icon Click the User Management amp icon The Information tab appears in Management View Making User Settings To change settings of other users 1 ab oO N Log into WebPAM PROe as the Administrator or a Super User Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the User Management 2 icon On the Information tab click the link of the user whose settings you want to change The Settings screen for the selected user displays Make the following settings as needed e Check the Enable box to enable this user e Uncheck the box to disable this user e Enter or change the display name 76 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe e Enter or change the email address e From the Privilege dropdown menu choose a new level See List of User Privileges on page 79 7 Click the Submit button The Administrator or Supe
159. a it contains Back up all important data before initializing a logical drive To initialize a logical drive 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter Highlight Background Activity and press Enter Highlight Start Initialization and press Enter The initialization parameters appear e initialization pattern The default 00000000 is best for most applications Quick Initialization Yes means only the first and last sections of the logical drives are initialized No means the entire logical drive is initialized e Quick Initialization Size Enter a value for the first and last sections of the logical drive to be initialized or use the default 64 MB To change a parameter highlight it and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value Highlight Start and press Enter If necessary you can pause and resume or stop and restart the Initialization You cannot access the logical drive until Initialization has finished 231 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Running Redundancy Check Redundancy Check is a maintenance procedure for logical drives in fault tolerant disk arrays that ensures all the data matches exactly To run Redundancy Check 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight the logical drive you want and press
160. a reset command If this message has detected bus reset appears repeatedly contact Technical Support See page 389 362 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Reported Event Corrective Action Host interface controller has encountered an unrecoverable error Restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU Host interface controller has received an abort task abort task set clear task set command Result of user action Normal Host interface controller has received an clear ACA command Result of clearing an auto contingent alliance condition If this message appears repeatedly contact Technical Support See page 389 Host interface controller has received a LUN reset command Result of user action Normal Host interface controller has received a bus reboot The VessRAID rebooted itself If this message appears repeatedly contact Technical Support See page 389 Host interface controller has encountered an unknown error An unidentified error occurred If this message appears repeatedly contact Technical Support See page 389 Host interface controller has encountered a system error A VessRAID system error occurred If this message appears repeatedly contact Technical Support See page 389 Host interface controller has encountered a fatal error Restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU If this message appea
161. agement W icon Rebuilding a NAS File System Typically the first indication of a problem with the NAS file system is when your network drive becomes unavailable Rebuilding the file system does NOT cause data loss To check and rebuild a file system 1 nk 9 N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 8 icon Click the NAS F icon Click the File System Management W icon Check the Volume s RAID status If the Volume icon has a yellow and the RAID Status is Critical the file system contains errors and you must rebuild it Click the Check File System button Click the OK button to confirm The file system takes a few moments to rebuild You cannot access the file system while the rebuild is in progress Creating a NAS File System To create a NAS file system 1 Create a new logical drive Choose a capacity of 10 GB or greater click the NAS option beside LD Type and specify a mount point See Creating a Disk Array Advanced on page 153 and Creating a Logical Drive on page 157 After you create the logical drive the Create tab appears automatically Click the Create File System button In the confirmation box type the word YES in the field provided 106 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 4 Click the OK button The NAS file system takes a few moments to create After creation the File System Status tab appears The file system name is the moun
162. agree with the logical drive s highlight Return to Previous Screen and press Enter to begin the process again Deleting a Disk Array Caution When you delete a disk array you delete all the logical drives and the data they contain Back up all important data before deleting a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk 7 to the left of the listing 3 Highlight Delete Marked Arrays and press Enter 4 Press Y to confirm the deletion Viewing Disk Array Information From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter The information and settings screen appears 3 Highlight any of the following and press Enter to view a list of e Spare drives in this array dedicated and global e Physical drives in this array e Logical drives in this array Disk Array Operational Status e OK The normal state of a disk array For RAID Levels other than RAID 0 Striping the disk array has full redundancy 220 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Synchronizing When you first create a disk array the disk array synchronizes During that time your data is available However access will be slower until synchronizing is done Critical Degraded This condition results from a physical drive failure Your data is still a
163. al Drive 2 00 c eee eee 225 Deleting a Logical Drive a 226 Managing Spare Drives 00 0 e cence eee eee 227 Viewing a list of Spare Drives 0 227 Creating a Spare Drive e eee eee 227 Making Spare Drive Settings a 228 Running Spare Check 2 eee e eee eee 228 Deleting a Spare Drive 0 229 Managing Logical Drives 0 c eee eee 230 Viewing Logical Drive Information 045 230 Setting an Alias for a Logical Drive 230 Setting Write Cache Policy 20 0000 ce eaee 230 Setting Read Cache Policy 20000 eee eeuee 231 Initializing a Logical Drive a 231 Running Redundancy Check 002000e ea eeee 232 Locating a Logical Drive sei sisar 00 000 e ee eae 232 xii Contents Chapter 6 Management with the CLU cont Managing the Network Connection aa 233 Making Management Port Settings 233 Making iSCSI Port Settings a 234 Creating a Link Aggregation Entry 234 Viewing Link Aggregation Entries 235 Changing a Link Aggregation Entry 235 Deleting a Link Aggregation Entry 004 235 Managing Fibre Channel Connections 44 236 Viewing Node Information ee eee 236 Viewing Fibre Channel Logged in Devices
164. al Drives The slot number of the logical drive s their RAID level capacity and stripe size Spare Drives The physical drive slot number of the dedicated hot spare assigned to this disk array all RAID levels except RAID 0 152 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe If you have both Hard Disk Drives HDD and Solid State Drives SSD separate disk arrays will be created for your HDDs and for your SSDs Each array will have the number of logical drives that you specified If you accept these parameters proceed to the next step If NOT review and modify your selections in the previous steps 9 When you are done click the Submit button The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List the Information tab Creating a Disk Array Advanced The Disk Array Advanced Creation option enables you to directly specify all parameters for a new disk array One logical drive will be made automatically when you create the disk array If you choose less than the total available capacity you can use the remaining space to create additional logical drives at a later time If you are uncertain about choosing parameters for your disk array use the Express or Automatic option to create your disk array To create a new disk array 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View 2 Click the Disk Arrays E8 icon 3 From the Create tab dropdown menu choose Advanced Step 1 Disk Array Creation 1 Enter an alias for the disk array
165. al and press the backspace key to erase the current value Type a new interval value 15 to 255 seconds Highlight Adaptive Writeback Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Press Ctrl A to save your settings Locating the Controller To locate this controller From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Controller Management and press Enter 1 2 3 4 Highlight the controller you want and press Enter Highlight Locate Controller and press Enter The Controller Status LED blinks green for one minute 206 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Figure 4 Controller Status LED Controller Status LE naaa Df m a m SS LA NAN TTT bm HA s otete o 008282 020202020 202020202 207 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing the Enclosure Enclosure Management includes the following functions e Viewing Enclosure Information page 208 e Viewing Power Supply Status page 208 e Locating a Power Supply page 209 e Viewing Cooling Unit Status page 209 e Viewing Voltage Sensor Status page 209 e Viewing Temperature Sensor Status page 209 e Setting Temperature Thresholds page 210 e Checking the Batteries page 210 e Reconditioning a Battery page 211 e Locating an Enclosure page 211 e Viewing Enclosure Topology page 212 Viewing Enclosure Information Enclosure Ma
166. al order To save a copy of the Backup Event Log as a text file 1 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window 2 Click the Event Log icon at the bottom of the window 3 Click the Save button 4 Optional Change the file name or save to a different location weer 5 Click the Save button in the Save dialog box sa The event log is saved on your PC right Eventing 2000 Clearing the Backup Event Log Note Before you clear the Backup Event Log consider saving a copy for future reference See Saving the Backup Event Log on page 193 To clear the Backup Event Log 1 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window 2 Click the Event Log icon at the bottom of the window 3 Click the Clear All button 4 Click the Yes button in the confirmation box 193 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Managing Share Folders This category includes the following topics Creating a Share Folder page 194 Opening a Share Folder page 194 Viewing a List of Share Folders page 194 Changing Share Folder Permissions page 195 Deleting a Share Folder page 195 Mounting a Share Folder Creating a Network Drive page 196 Un mounting a Share Folder Disconnecting a Network Drive page 196 Creating a Share Folder To create a new share folder 1 2 3 Click the Share Folder icon at the top of the window Click the Create New Share Folder icon at the bottom of the window Type a fol
167. ame of the firmware image file in the field provided Highlight Start and press Enter A message appears to tell you to reboot the VessRAID Restart the VessRAID See Restarting Subsystem over a Telnet Connection on page 299 or Restarting Subsystem over a Serial Connection on page 299 298 Chapter 8 Maintenance Restarting Subsystem over a Telnet Connection Warning Do not restart the VessRAID during a firmware upgrade procedure Wait until the upgrade is done and you are prompted to restart To restart the VessRAID subsystem on a Telnet connection 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter Press the spacebar to display Restart then press Enter A warning message appears Press Y to continue The screen will go blank Wait for two to three minutes Re establish your Telnet connection to the VessRAID CLU If you cannot re establish a connection wait 30 seconds then try again Restarting Subsystem over a Serial Connection Warning Do not restart the VessRAID during a firmware upgrade procedure Wait until the upgrade is one and you are prompted to restart To restart the VessRAID subsystem on a serial connection 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter Press the spacebar to display Restart then press En
168. and Advanced mode To make LCD mode settings 1 Press the 4 or W button until the display says Misc Management 2 Press the button and the display says Buzzer Configure 3 Press the am or W button and the display says Change Menu Mode 4 Press the button again and the display shows the current Mode setting on the top and the alternative mode setting on the bottom 5 Press the button choose the alternative mode setting The alternative LCD mode is set Simple Mode Simple Mode enables you to perform the following enclosure and RAID management functions View Events View critical events if any have been set View Controller View IP address MAC address LCD UI version Vendor name WWN memory size and firmware version Spare Drive Management View SD ID physical drive ID number capacity revertible or not global or dedicated status Locate spare drive Misc Management Buzzer setting Menu mode setting Management Port Link status up down DHCP enable disable Settings for subsystem IP address Subnet Mask Gateway IP and DNS Server IP Array Configure Automatic or Advanced Configuration Advanced includes disk array logical drive and spare drive creation and deletion 276 Perusing the Interface Advanced Mode Advanced Mode enables you to perform the Simple Mode functions plus View Enclosure View overall enclosure status Also view individual status of temperature fan power supp
169. and press Enter to send the ping The result of the ping displays on the screen To clear the result highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter twice 246 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Managing SAS Connections SAS connections deal with the VessRAID s two host data ports Viewing SAS Port Information page 247 Making SAS Port Settings page 247 Viewing SAS Port Statistics page 248 Viewing SAS Initiators page 248 Working with iSCSI iSNS page 243 Viewing SAS Port Information There are two SAS data ports on the controller To view information about the SAS ports 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight SAS Management and press Enter Highlight SAS Ports and press Enter Highlight the port you want to see and press Enter The port information appears on the screen Adjustable Items Cable Signal Strength See Making SAS Port Settings on page 247 Making SAS Port Settings There are two SAS data ports on the controller To make settings to the SAS ports 1 OR NO From the Main Menu highlight SAS Management and press Enter Highlight SAS Ports and press Enter Highlight the port you want to see and press Enter Highlight SAS Port Settings and press Enter Highlight Cable Signal Strength press the backspace key to erase the current value then type in the new value The range is 1 to 8 1 is the default Signal strength correlates to cable length in meters Example If you
170. arantee that the mounting rails will support your Promise VessRAID unit unless you install them as instructed Note To lighten the VessRAID enclosure remove the power supplies Replace the power supplies after the VessRAID unit is mounted in your rack The VessRAID subsystem installs into your rack using the supplied mounting rails You can also use your existing rails 14 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Figure 3 VessRAID mounted in a rack with the available rails Vertical Rack Post VessRAID subsystem T i g L Handles mount Mounting rails mount outside the rack post outside the rack post To install the VessRAID subsystem into a rack with the supplied mounting rails 1 Check the fit of the mounting rails in your rack system See page 16 Figure 4 2 Adjust the length of the mounting rails as needed The rear rail slides inside the front rail The rail halves are riveted together and use no adjustment screws 3 Attach the mounting rail assemblies to the outside of the rack posts using the attaching screws and flange nuts from your rack system Be sure the front rail support is on the bottom facing inward The alignment pins fit into the rack holes above and below the attaching screws Use the attaching screws and flange nuts from your rack system Tighten the screws and flange nu
171. arch the Internet 399 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 6 Right click the public folder and choose Map Network Drive from the dropdown menu P 192 168 50 204 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help JP Search N7 Folders E Search Companion x Name Comments p T ery 2 administrator Home Directory Which computer are you Open looking for Explore Computer name Search 192 168 50 204 Make Available Offline t Add to Zip You may also want to D Search this computer for files s3 Search the Internet Scan For Viruses Map Network Drive X Cut Copy Create Shortcut The Map Network Drive dialog box appears 7 Inthe Map Network Drive dialog box choose a drive letter from the Drive dropdown menu and click the Finish button Map Network Drive Windows can help you connect to a shared network folder and assign a drive letter to the connection so that you can access the folder using My Computer Specify the drive letter for the connection and the folder that you want to connect to Drive zi Folder N192 168 50 2041public Example server share Reconnect at logon Connect using a different user name Sign up For online storage or connect to a network server 400 Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives The public folder opens on your desktop public on VESSRAID 192 168 50 204 Z i File Edit Vi
172. ardware based and controls all logical drive functions transparently to the host system VessRAID appears to the computer s operating system as a standard SCSI drive 184 91 VessRAID Models and Descriptions f 2 FC ports 2 iSCSI ports NAS capability i 4iSCSI ports NAS capability s 2 SAS ports Reserved 4 16 drive slots 3U enclosure 3 12 drive slots 2U enclosure 2 8drive slots 2U enclosure 8 Dual power supplies 7 Single power supply 1000 Series Disk Drive Support e 3 5 x 1 SAS 3 Gb s drives e 3 5 x 1 SATA 3 Gb s drives e Any combination of SAS and SATA drives in the same system e Hot swappable drive bays e Staggered physical drive spin up e Disk Data Format DDF enables drive roaming between subsystems e Multiple global or dedicated hot spare drives with reversion option Controller Features e Intel 81348 I O Processor with e 4MB NOR flash memory e 128 MB NAND flash memory for additional functions e 128 KB 8 bit NVRAM e 512 MB DDRII SDRAM DIMM expandable to 2GB with automatic write cache destaging e Optional battery backup for SDRAM up to 72 hours Chapter 1 Introduction to VessRAID PMC PM8388 expander with 2 MB flash memory on 16 and 12 bay models Command Queue Depth 1024 commands per subsystem Interfaces WebPAM PROe through browser and Ethernet e CLU and CLI through serial and Telnet e Subsystem buzzer and LEDs Externa
173. are you must delete the drive as a spare then Clear PFA will be available 214 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU After you clear a PFA error watch for another PFA error to appear If it does replace the physical drive Forcing a Physical Drive Offline or Online This function enables you to force an e Online physical drive to go Offline e Offline physical drive to go Online The Force Offline Online function appears only for physical drives that are assigned to disk arrays Caution Forcing a physical drive offline or online is likely to cause data loss Back up your data before you proceed Use these functions only when required To force a physical drive offline or online 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight Global Physical Drives Settings and press Enter Highlight the physical drive of your choice and press Enter Highlight Force Offline or Force Online and press Enter Press Y to confirm abo N Locating a Physical Drive This feature helps you identify a physical drive within the VessRAID enclosure you are working with through the CLU To locate a physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the physical drive of your choice and press Enter 3 Highlight Locate Physical Drive and press Enter The disk status LED for the physical drive blinks for one minute Figure 7 Disk Status LEDs Disk S
174. arget Ports You can see the target port settings but none of these values are user adjustable in the current version of the software To view the iSCSI target port settings 1 Po N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 4 icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Target Ports tab in Management View 91 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual The Target Ports tab displays the following information e Controller ID 1 e PortID 1 2 3 or 4 e Max Receive Data Segment Length 8 KB is the default Number of Active Sessions Number of sessions logged into this port e Primary Header Digest Method CRC 32 e Primary Data Digest Method CRC 32 e iSCSI Receive Marker None Viewing the iSCSI Portal An iSCSI Portal is an iSCSI data port To view the iSCSI portals 1 BO No Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Portals tab in Management View The Portals tab displays the following information e Portal ID O to 34 IP Address IP address of the port e Associated Type iSCSI IF Name Port number e TCP port number 3260 is the default Viewing iSCSI Sessions To view a list of the current iSCSI sessions 1 PO N Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools IF icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the
175. ate 70 250 reported events 368 369 recipients Netsend 121 recondition a battery 139 211 red X 346 378 Redundancy Check 73 167 232 rate 70 250 reported events 369 regulatory statements 9 releasing lock 75 204 renewing lock 74 204 replace BBU 304 blower 302 cache battery 304 controller 301 fan 302 memory module 306 power supply 300 reported events array incomplete 371 battery 359 414 Index reported events cont BBU 361 blower 360 controller 361 362 363 disk array 361 enclosure 362 event log 362 logical drive 363 364 Media Patrol 364 online capacity expansion 365 PDM 365 physical drive 366 power supply 367 RAID level migration 368 rebuild 368 369 Redundancy Check 369 resource not available 370 SMART error 370 Spare Check 370 spare drive 370 synchronization 370 system 371 transition 371 watermark 371 resource not available reported event 370 restart the subsystem 130 272 297 299 restore default settings 126 268 returning product for repair 395 revertible spare drive 162 170 171 172 227 228 292 342 RJ11 to DB9 cable 34 198 RJ45 connector 382 running background activities 71 runtime event log 67 251 351 S SAS add initiator 111 112 248 253 SAS cont delete initiator 112 port information 110 247 port settings 110 247 port statistics 111 248 view initiator 111 248 scheduling background activities 72 screws counter sink 18 sector size defined 326 setting 54
176. ate a RAID volume see Creating a Disk Array Advanced on page 153 and Creating a Logical Drive on page 157 Viewing a List of RAID Volumes To view a list of RAID Volumes 1 Click the Volume Configuration icon at the top of the screen 2 Click the Volume List icon at the bottom of the screen 3 Click the RAID Volume in the list whose information you want to view RAID Volume information includes Capacity e Usage Percentage of capacity used e A graphic showing Free Space and Used Space 187 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Managing Backups This category includes the following topics Doing a Backup Now page 188 Scheduling a Backup page 189 Monitoring Backup Progress page 190 Viewing Backup Schedules page 191 Changing a Scheduled Backup page 191 Deleting a Scheduled Backup page 191 Restoring Backed up Files page 192 Viewing the Backup Event Log page 192 Saving the Backup Event Log page 193 Clearing the Backup Event Log page 193 Doing a Backup Now This feature enables you to perform an immediate backup of your files from your PC to the NAS system VessRAID To perform an immediate backup 1 2 3 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the screen Click the Backup icon at the bottom of the screen Under Backup your data to from the dropdown menus choose e AVessRAID subsystem e Destination folder Check the Backup My Data box This action automat
177. ays to which you want assign the spare drive from the Available list and press the 55 button to move them to the Selected list You can also double click array to move it Click the Submit button Running Spare Check Spare Check verifies the operational status of your spare drives You can also schedule a Spare Check See Scheduling an Activity on page 72 To check a spare drive 1 PN 5 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Spare Drives amp icon Click the Spare Check tab in Management View From the Physical Drive dropdown menu choose the spare drive you want to check Or choose All to check all the spare drives at the same time Click the Submit button The results of the Spare Check appear under Spare Check Status in the Information tab Healthy means normal condition 173 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Working with the Logical Drive Summary The Logical Drive Summary displays a list of all logical drives in the VessRAID enclosure plus the expanded or cascaded enclosures This list does not arrange the logical drives under the disk array to which they belong nor under the enclosure in which they are located Logical Drive Summary includes the following functions e Viewing a List of All Logical Drives page 174 e Viewing Individual Logical Drive Information page 174 Viewing a List of All Logical Drives To view a list of all logical drives in all enclosur
178. be OK To prepare a disk array for transport 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View 2 Click the Disk Arrays amp icon Click the Disk Array amp icon Click the Transport tab in Management View Click the Submit button In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided Click the OK button After the Transition is complete move the physical drives comprising the disk array to their new locations ONOAAR w 9 Click the Refresh button in your Browser The drives appear in their new locations and disk array status displays OK 163 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Logical Drives Logical drives are made from disk arrays In the Tree you can see a graphic representation of the logical drives that belong to each array You can see a summary of all logical drives in the subsystem under Logical Drive Summary Logical drive management includes the following functions e Viewing Information for All Logical Drives below e Viewing Logical Drive Information page 165 e Viewing Logical Drive Statistics page 166 e Making Logical Drive Settings page 166 e Initializing a Logical Drive page 166 e Running Redundancy Check page 167 e Viewing the Logical Drive Check Table page 168 e Making Logical Drive LUN Settings page 169 Viewing Information for All Logical Drives To view information about all logical drives in a disk array 1 Click the Subsystem icon in
179. ble external AC power source On Battery means the external AC power source is offline and the UPS is running on battery power Model Name or Number Capacity Backup capacity expressed as a percentage Loading Actual output of UPS as a percentage of the rated output See the Note below Remaining Minutes Number of minutes the UPS is expected to power your system in the event of a power failure Note The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 If the reported Loading Ratio exceeds the recommended value for your UPS unit e Have fewer subsystems or peripherals connected to this UPS unit e Add more UPS units or use a higher capacity UPS unit to protect your RAID systems 255 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Making UPS Settings These settings control how the VessRAID subsystem detects the UPS unit and responds to data reported by the UPS unit To make UPS settings From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight UPS Management and press Enter Highlight UPS Settings and press Enter Perform the following actions as required 1 5 Verify the Current UPS Communication method e USB USB connection Unknown No connection Choose a Detection Setting from the dropdown menu e Automatic Default If a UPS is detected when the subsystem boots the setting changes to Enable e
180. button and the display a list of spare drives by ID number Press the M or W button to scroll through the list of spare drives Press the button choose a spare drive mp NN Press the M or W button to scroll through the list of items e Spare Drive ID Number e Physical Drive ID Number Capacity Revertible See Transition on page 342 for more information e Type Global all disk arrays or Dedicated to specified disk arrays e Status Press the e button to view physical drive information from this point Spare Drive Status e OK The normal state of a spare drive e Offline Not available for use as a spare Requires corrective action See Physical Drive Problems on page 376 Other status conditions involve functions not supported by the LCD panel Creating a Spare Drive Only unconfigured physical drives can be used to make spares The spare drive must be the same type of drive HDD or SSD as the other drives in disk array To create a spare drive 1 Press the 4 or W button until the display says Array Configure 292 Managing Spare Drives Pap woh Press the button and the display says Auto Configure Press the a or W button until the display says Advanced Configure Press the 4 or W button until the display says Spare Drive Create Press the button again to display a list of unconfigured physical drives Press the amp or W button to move through the list Press the bu
181. cept the terms option and click the Next button In the Choose Destination folder click the Browse button if you do not agree with the proposed destination folder When you have chosen the destination folder click the Next button In the Ready to Install screen click the Install button In the first Installation Complete screen click the Finish button To register your software online your PC must have an Internet connection Thank you for registering In the second Installation Complete screen choose whether you want to restart your PC now When you restart your PC SmartNAVI runs automatically Then click the Finish button For more information see Chapter 5 SmartNAVI on page 175 and Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives on page 397 39 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual 40 Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup This chapter covers the following topics Setting up the Serial Connection below e Choosing DHCP or a Static IP Address page 42 e Setting up with the CLI page 43 e Setting up with the CLU page 45 e Setting up with the LCD page 47 e Creating Disk Arrays with WebPAM PROe page 49 Setting up the Serial Connection VessRAID has a Command Line Interface CLI to manage all of its functions including customization A subset of the CLI is the Command Line Utility CLU a user level interface that manages your VessRAID via your PC s terminal emulation p
182. ch iSCSI port individually Before you change settings please see Choosing DHCP or a Static IP Address on page 42 To make changes to the iSCSI Port settings Making Automatic Settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight the iSCSI port and press Enter Highlight NetMgmt iSCSI Port X Settings and press Enter Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Enable Highlight TCP Port Number to change the entry 3260 is the default and recommended for most applications 6 Press Ctrl A to save your settings DI a Making Manual Settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight the management port and press Enter Highlight NetMgmt Ethernet Port Settings and press Enter Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Disable Highlight each of the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e IP Address Subnet Mask e Default Gateway IP Address 6 Highlight TCP Port Number to change the entry 3260 is the default and recommended for most applications af won 7 Press Ctrl A to save your settings Creating a Link Aggregation Entry Link aggregation combines multiple network ports in parallel to increase link speed and to provide redundancy for high availability This feature enables you to aggregate the iSCSI data ports on your subsystem 234 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU
183. che Should a power failure occur the battery enables the cache to hold data up to 72 hours The battery recharges during normal VessRAID operation First try reconditioning the battery See page 139 WebPAM PROe or page 211 CLU If the battery does not respond installing a replacement battery will correct a marginal or failed condition See page 304 for instructions on replacing the battery 380 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Connection Problems When you install your Promise product following the instructions in the Quick Start Guide and this Product Manual you should have little trouble getting your equipment to work the first time But connection problems can arise that are not the User s or Installer s fault Every conceivable problem cannot be covered in the documentation but some guidelines could be helpful Connection problems cause a majority of failures in almost any electrical system While the installation of the cables and components was correct they don t function properly or at all because e A connector is dirty or corroded e Aconnector is loose or damaged e Acable looks OK outside but has an open circuit inside e The wrong cable was used VessRAIDs ship with a full set of new cables as required for each specific model Be sure to use these components because e They are the proper ones for your RAID subsystem e They are in brand new condition e You paid for them with the purchase of your
184. controller fails during migration the disk array goes critical and you can rebuild it Migration under DDF can take up to several hours depending on the number and size of the physical drives and data input output activity 376 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting You can set the VessRAID to migrate disk arrays under Non Volatile Random Access Memory NVRAM a much faster process because it writes data to the memory in the controller However if a physical drive or the controller fails during migration the logical drives will go offline and you will lose data See Incomplete Array on page 375 Because the setting for migration under NVRAM requires special access most users will not encounter this condition Physical Drive Fails during Transport Transport is the action of moving the physical drives of a disk array e To different slots in the same VessRAID enclosure From one VessRAID enclosure to another If a physical drive fails during a transport or you do not move all of the physical drives to their new locations WebPAM PROe will display an incomplete array See Incomplete Array on page 375 377 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Enclosure Problems WebPAM PROe displays yellow s red Xs X in Tree View to identify components that need attention When a yellow appears over a Subsystem in Tree View click the Enclosure amp icon The Enclosure screen will display below Fig
185. create the logical drive The table below correlates sector size with logical drive capacity Logical Drive Size Sector Size 8 to 16 TB 4096 bytes 4 KB 4 to 8 TB 2048 bytes 2 KB 2 to 4 TB 1024 bytes 1 KB 0 to 2 TB 512 bytes 512 B Because logical drives can be expanded you may encounter a situation where the usable capacity of your expanded logical drive is reduced by the addressing issue described above There are two alternatives e Limit your logical drive expansion to within the limits described in the chart e Back up your data then delete your existing logical drive and create a new one with a larger sector size Cache Policy As it is used with VessRAID the term cache refers to any of several kinds of high speed volatile memory that hold data moving from your computer to the physical drives or vice versa Cache is important because it can read and write data much faster than a physical drive There are read caches which hold data as it is read from a physical drive and write caches which hold data as it is written to a physical drive In order to tune the cache for best performance in different applications user adjustable settings are provided Cache settings are made in conjunction with logical drives e When you create a logical drive See Creating a Logical Drive on page 157 WebPAM PROe or page 225 CLU e Onan existing logical drive See Making Logical Drive Settings on
186. cription of the event in plain language Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log Checking a Reported Component In this example let us check disk array status 1 2 3 Open the CLU Highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Observe the status of your disk arrays Dald Alias OpStatus CfgCapacity FreeCapacity MaxContiguousCap 0 DAO OK 75 44GB 66 06GB 66 06GB 1 DAI Degraded 189 06GB 179 68GB 179 68GB 2 DA2 OK 73 57GB 64 20GB 64 20GB At this point you can highlight the Degraded array and press Enter to see more information See below Disk Array ID 1 Physical Capacity 189 06GB OperationalStatus Degraded MaxContiguousCapacity 11 18GB FreeCapacity 179 68 GB ConfigurableCapacity 179 68GB SupportedRAIDLevels 0 5 10 1E Disk Array Alias DAI MediaPatrol Enabled PDM Enabled Transport 352 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Rebuild Predictive Data Migration Transition Dedicated Spare Drives in the Array Physical Drives in the Array Logical Drives in the Array Locate Disk Array Save Settings CTRL A Restore Settings CTRL R Return to Previous Menu From this screen e Highlight Physical Drives in the Array and press Enter to identify the failed disk drive e Highlight Rebuild and press Enter to rebuild the array after you replace the failed disk drive For more information see Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 WebPAM PROe Reports a Problem
187. ctivities delete schedule 73 list of scheduled 72 running 71 scheduling 72 settings 70 249 view 70 backup change schedule 191 clear event log 193 delete schedule 191 now 188 191 progress 190 restore files 192 save event log 193 schedule 189 view event log 192 view schedule 191 battery checking 138 210 failure 380 LED 350 reconditioning 139 211 reported events 359 BBU reported events 361 blower reported events 360 boot the subsystem 129 271 browser does not connect 384 buzzer settings 139 274 281 silence 139 sounding 345 373 test 140 C cable RJ11 to DB9 34 198 cache battery replace 304 cancel alarm 139 274 281 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual capacity coercion defined 329 setting 133 206 capacity specify for logical drive 54 154 158 219 225 CE statement 9 change link aggregation 83 235 RAID level 159 223 331 check table logical drive 168 clear statistics 126 267 clear tab controller 133 CLU log out 201 online help 201 problem reporting 351 serial connection 198 Telnet connection 199 Command Line Utility CLU 387 command queuing physical drives 142 213 computer name 102 402 configuration script import 124 configuration status physical drive 143 connection power 35 problems 381 connector RJ11 34 RJ45 382 controller activity LED 35 346 alias 132 206 cache flush interval 133 206 clear tab 133 information 131 205 280 loca
188. d click its link Or enter the initiator s name in the Initiator Name field Note that the initiator name you input must match exactly in order for the connection to work In the LUN field enter the LUNs for each logical drive You must enter different LUN numbers for each logical drive Click the Submit button 114 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Managing Software Services Software Services include the following functions e Making Email Settings page 115 e Making SLP Settings page 116 e Making Web Server Settings page 117 e Making Telnet Settings page 118 e Making SNMP Settings page 119 e Making Netsend Settings page 120 Making Email Settings The Email sends notification messages to users See Setting up User Event Subscriptions page 77 To make Email service settings 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools BF icon Click the Email Setting link in Management View Enter the IP address for your SMTP server Enter server port number for your SMTP server 25 is the default Choose Yes to enable SMTP authentication or No to disable 7 If you chose Yes for SMTP authentication enter a Username and Password in the fields provided nA o N 8 Enter an Email sender address example RAIDmaster mycompany com 9 Enter an Email subject example VessRAID Status 10 Click the Submit button Sending a Test Message To send one test message to the User c
189. d Wide Node Name appears when connected to a switch Fabric WWPN World Wide Port Name appears when connected to a switch Current Speed 8 Gb s 4 Gb s or 2 Gb s Link Type Long wave laser short wave laser or electrical Link Speed 8 Gb s 4 Gb s 2 Gb s or Auto Topology NL Port N Port or Auto Hard ALPA Address can be 0 to 254 255 means this feature is disabled Alias WWPN Denotes items that you can change under Port Settings below Making Fibre Channel Port Settings To make Fibre Channel port settings 1 Oar wo N 7 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools IF icon Click the Fibre Channel Management icon Click the Port tab in Management View Click the Port1 or Port2 link in Management View Make the settings appropriate to your system See Port Setting Information on page 85 Configured Link Speed 8 Gb s 4 Gb s 2 Gb s or Auto self setting Configured Topology N Port Point to Point NL Port Arbitrated Loop or Auto self setting Hard ALPA Address can be 0 to 254 255 means this feature is disabled An ALPA identifies a port in an arbitrated loop Click the Submit button to save your settings Port Setting Information The table below shows the type of attached topology you will achieve based on your connection type and the configured topology you select 85 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual F
190. d in step 1 through the holes in the left bracket and into the threaded holes in the LCD panel as shown in Figure 2 Tighten the screws to secure the LCD panel to the bracket 12 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Figure 2 Attach the LCD panel to the VessRAID enclosure The LCD screen activates when the VessRAID boots See Connecting the Power on page 35 13 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Mounting VessRAID in a Rack Cautions e Atleast two persons are required to safely lift place and attach the VessRAID unit into a rack system e Do not lift or move the VessRAID unit by the handles power supplies or the controller units Hold the subsystem itself e Do not install the VessRAID unit into a rack without rails to support the subsystem e Only a qualified technician who is familiar with the installation procedure should mount and install the VessRAID unit e Be sure all switches are OFF before installing the VessRAID unit or exchanging components e Mount the rails to the rack using the appropriate screws and flange nuts fully tightened at each end of the rail e Do not load the rails unless they are installed with screws as instructed e The rails that ship with the Promise VessRAID unit are designed to safely support that Promise VessRAID unit when properly installed Additional loading on the rails is at the customer s risk e Promise Technology Inc cannot gu
191. dard Standard NIC aa KC cm NIC Ca GbE NIC T mi GENIC Host PCs or Servers Aaa Standard a lt Network 0000000000000000 N M e e A fr AP E Switch 0000000000000000 GbE Network Switch 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 Management Cables Data Cables VessRAID f Management Port iSCSI Data Ports 4 VessRAID 29 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual SAS Direct Attached Storage DAS This arrangement requires e Astandard network switch e Anetwork interface connector on the motherboard or network interface card NIC in the Host PC Configuring a Data Path The VessRAID controller has two 2 SFF 8088 SAS IN Port connectors and one 1 SFF 8088 SAS Expansion Port connector See page 31 Figure 15 To establish the data path 1 Attach one end of a SAS data cable to the SAS HBA card in the Host PC See page 31 Figure 16 2 Attach the other end of the SAS data cable to one of the SAS ports on the VessRAID subsystem See also SAS JBOD Expansion on page 32 Configuring a Management Path The VessRAID controller has one 1 Ethernet RJ 45 Management Port connector See page 31 Figure 15 To establish the management path 1 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to the network connector or standard NIC in the Host PC Attach the other end o
192. ddress IP address of the port e Associated Type iSCSI IF Name Port number e TCP port number 3260 is the default 242 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Viewing iSCSI Sessions To view a list of the current iSCSI sessions 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCS Sessions and press Enter The screen displays the following information Index VessRAID iSCSI session index number Device Name iSCSI initiator on the Host PC Port ID number of the port on the iSCSI HBA card in the Host PC Device IP Address IP Address of the port on iSCSI HBA card in the Host PC Status Active Inactive sessions are not listed Working with iSCSI iSNS The iSNS tab enables you to view and change the current iSNS settings on the iSCSI data ports Internet Storage Name Service iSNS is a protocol used to facilitate the automated discovery management and configuration of iSCSI devices on a TCP IP network View Settings To view iSNS settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI iSNS Options and press Enter The screen displays the following information iSNS status Enabled or disabled ESI status Enabled or disabled See Note below Get iSNS IP through DHCP Yes or No iSNS Server IP address iSNS physical port ID iSNS Server TCP Port number 3205 for most applications Change Settings To change iSNS settings
193. delete a scheduled activity for this subsystem Pio Oe Click the Subsystem icon Tree View From the dropdown menu on the Scheduler tab choose Delete Schedules Check the box to the left of the schedule you want to delete Click the Submit button 73 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Viewing Lock Status The lock prevents other sessions including by the same user from making a configuration change to the controller until the lock expires or a forced unlock is done To view the lock status for this subsystem 1 Click the Subsystem icon Tree View 2 Click the Lock tab in Management View The following information is displayed e Lock Status The User who set owns the current lock Expiration Time Amount of time left until the lock automatically releases Expire At Time The date and time when the lock will automatically release Setting the Lock The lock prevents other sessions including by the same user from making a configuration change to the controller until the lock expires or a forced unlock is done You can set the lock to last from one minute to one day To set the lock for this subsystem 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon Tree View 2 Click the Lock tab in Management View 3 Click the Lock option 4 Enter a time interval between 1 and 1440 minutes one day that you want the lock to stay active 5 Click the Submit button Renewing the Lock The lock prev
194. der name in the field provided Use A Z 0 9 and No spaces Choose a Volume for the Share Folder from the dropdown list Click the OK button Click the Yes button in the confirmation box The new folder appears in the Share Folder List Opening a Share Folder This feature opens share folders in the file browser and allows you to move files to and from the share folder To open a share folder 1 2 3 Click the Share Folder icon at the top of the window Click the Share Folder List icon at the bottom of the window Double click the share folder you want to open The share folder opens in your PC s file browser When the folder is open you can save copy and delete folders and files in it Viewing a List of Share Folders To view a list of Share Folders 1 2 Click the Share Folder icon at the top of the window Click the Share Folder List icon at the bottom of the window 194 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI The list of share folders displays Changing Share Folder Permissions The Admin user always has read and write permission All other users have read only permission by default To change permissions 1 2 3 4 Click the Share Folder icon at the top of the window Click the Share Folder Permission icon at the bottom of the window Click the share folder whose permissions you want to change For each user and group in the list click one of the following options O Deny access
195. detected or OK capacity controller Not installed below 72 cache hours Fan One fan Multiple Not k OK turning too fans turning detected slowly too slowly USB Ports No device Device pH Failed data Amber detected detected transfer Activity SAS OUT No Port _ Green Port connection connected Activity 350 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting If the Controller Status LED is amber restart the VessRAID See Restarting the Subsystem on page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU If the Controller Status LED continues to display amber after startup contact Promise Technical Support See page 389 The Dirty Cache LED flashes during input output operation If the LED shines amber and the power is off there is unsaved data in the cache Do NOT power down the VessRAID while this LED is on See Browser Does Not Connect to WebPAM PROe on page 384 for more information If the Battery LED is amber or red try reconditioning the battery See Reconditioning a Battery on page 139 or page 211 If the condition returns replace the battery If a Fan LED is amber or red 1 Identify the malfunctioning fan See Viewing Enclosure Information on page 136 or page 208 2 Replace the fan See Replacing a Cooling Fan on page 302 Also see Enclosure Problems on page 378 CLU Reports a Problem The CLU reports information passively you must determine which functions to check based on the sound of the V
196. dicated spare drive must be the same drive type HDD or SSD as the drives in the assigned array Press Ctrl A to save the spare drive Making Spare Drive Settings To change spare drive settings 1 4 5 6 From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter A list of the current spare drives appears including the following parameters Highlight the spare drive you want to change and press Enter Highlight the setting you want to change e Revertible A revertible drive can be returned to spare status after you replace the failed drive in a disk array See Transition on page 342 for more information e Type Dedicated means this spare drive can only be used with the specified disk array s Global means this spare drive can be used by any disk array Press the spacebar to toggle between the choices For dedicated spares type the array number the spare is assigned to Press Ctrl A to save your settings Running Spare Check To run Spare Check 1 From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter A list of the current spare drives appears Highlight the spare drive you want to check and press Enter Highlight Start Spare Check and press Enter The results appear next to Spare Check Status 228 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Deleting a Spare Drive Caution If the spare drive you delete is the only spare the controller will not rebuild a critical a
197. disk array The following discussion summarizes some advantages disadvantages and applications for each choice RAID 0 Advantages Disadvantages Implements a striped disk array the data is broken down into blocks and drive spreading the I O load across many channels and drives No parity calculation overhead is involved each block is written to a separate disk I O performance is greatly improved by Not a true RAID because it is not fault tolerant The failure of just one drive will result in all data in an disk array being lost Should not be used in mission critical environments Recommended Applications for RAID 0 Image Editing Pre Press Applications RAID 1 Any application requiring high bandwidth Advantages Disadvantages Simplest RAID storage subsystem design Can increase read performance by processing data requests in parallel since the same data resides on two different drives Very high disk overhead uses only 50 of total capacity Recommended Applications for RAID 1 Accounting Payroll Financial Any application requiring very high availability 322 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 1E Advantages Disadvantages Implemented as a mirrored disk array Very high disk overhead uses only whose segments are RAID 0 disk 50 of total capacity arrays High I O rates are achieved thanks to multiple stripe segments Can use an odd nu
198. e 1 Click the Stop button 2 Click OK in the confirmation box 116 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Starting or Restarting SLP service To start or restart the SLP service click the Start or Restart button Making Web Server Settings The Web Server service connects your browser to the WebPAM PROe GUI on the VessRAID subsystem To make Web Server settings 1 Pi SO iN 10 11 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Web Server Setting link in Management View Enter the HTTP Port number 80 is the default Enter Session Time Out interval This setting causes WebPAM PROe to time out after a period of inactivity 24 minutes is the default The range is 1 to 1440 minutes one day If you want to use a secure connection check the Enable SSL box If you checked the Enable SSL box enter a HTTPS Port number 443 is the default If you want to download a SSL Certificate check the Download Certificate box If you checked the Download Certificate box enter the Certificate filename or click the Browse button to locate it Click the Submit button Click OK in the confirmation box to restart the Web Server service with your changes Changing the Startup Setting 1 2 Under Startup Type e Click the Automatic option to start the service automatically during system startup Recommended e Click the Manual option to start the
199. e Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 and Running PDM on page 72 You can schedule Media Patrol to run automatically see Scheduling an Activity on page 72 To start Media Patrol 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays EB icon Click the Disk Array amp icon From the dropdown menu the Background Activities tab choose Start Media Patrol 5 Click the Start button Po N 161 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Running PDM on a Disk Array Predictive Data Migration PDM migrates data from the suspect physical drive to a spare physical drive similar to Rebuilding But unlike Rebuilding PDM acts before the disk drive fails and your Logical Drive goes Critical See Predictive Data Migration PDM on page 341 To start PDM 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View 2 Click the Disk Arrays E8 icon Click the Disk Array amp icon Click the Background Activities tab in Management View From the dropdown menu the Background Activities tab choose Start PDM oa Pr o In the next screen choose the Source and Target physical drives The suspect physical drive is the source The replacement physical drive is the target The available drives are either HDD or SSD depending on the type of drives in the array 7 Click the Start button Transitioning a Disk Array Transition is the process of replacing a revertible spare drive that is
200. e An Alias is optional iSCSI only For NAS enter a Mount Point name for the logical drive Maximum of 20 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore A Mount Point is required From the RAID Level dropdown list choose a RAID level for this logical drive All RAID levels supported by the disk array appear in the list See Choosing a RAID Level on page 322 RAID 50 and 60 only Specify the number of axles for your array For more information on axles see RAID 30 and 50 Axles on page 319 or RAID 60 Axles on page 321 Enter a capacity and choose unit of measure MB GB TB The default value is the available capacity of the disk array You can use this value or any lesser amount For NAS the logical drive must be 10 GB or larger From the Stripe dropdown menu choose a Stripe size for this logical drive The choices are 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB and 1 MB 64 KB is the default See Choosing Stripe Size on page 326 From the Sector dropdown menu choose a Sector size for this logical drive The choices are 512 B 1 KB 2 KB and 4 KB 512 B is the default See Choosing Sector Size on page 326 From the Read Policy dropdown menu choose a Read Cache policy for this logical drive The choices are Read Cache Read Ahead and No read Cache Read Ahead is the default See Cache Policy on page 327 154 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 10 1
201. e See the Figures below Figure 5 Disk Status LEDs Disk Status 211 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Figure 6 VessRAID enclosure LEDs Dirty Cache USB 1 Controller Status USB 2 Fan 2 Fan 1 Battery ES ma a aaa a i LUNA TITL F T F 8 O C 8 evere 020202020 20202020 Viewing Enclosure Topology Enclosure topology refers to the manner in which the data paths among the enclosures are connected e Individual Subsystem One VessRAID subsystem JBOD Expansion One VessRAID subsystem plus one or more VessJBOD expansion subsystems managed through the VessRAID or head unit The physical connections for these arrangements are discussed in Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation on page 11 To view enclosure topology 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Topology and press Enter 212 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Managing Physical Drives Physical Drive Management includes the following functions Making Global Physical Drive Settings page 213 Setting an Alias page 214 Viewing Advanced Information page 214 Viewing Physical Drive Statistics page 214 Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions page 214 Forcing a Physical Drive Offline or Online page 215 Locating a Physical Drive page 215 Making Global Physical Drive Settings All physical drive settings are made globally exc
202. e the disk array will begin to rebuild as soon as you replace the failed physical drive with an unconfigured physical drive of equal or greater size 6 Click the Submit button to save your settings Running Background Activities To run a background activity from the Background Activities tab 1 In Tree View click the Subsystem EF icon 2 In Management View click the Background Activities tab and choose one of the following from the dropdown menu Media Patrol See Running Media Patrol on page 71 Rebuild See Rebuilding a Disk Array on page 160 PDM See Running PDM on page 72 Transition See Transitioning a Disk Array on page 162 Initialization See Initializing a Logical Drive on page 166 Redundancy Check See Running Redundancy Check on page 167 3 In the next screen make the choices as requested 4 Click the Start button Running Media Patrol Media Patrol checks the magnetic media on physical drives When it finds the specified number of bad blocks it will trigger PDM See Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 and Running PDM on page 72 You can schedule Media Patrol to run automatically see Scheduling an Activity on page 72 To run Media Patrol 1 In Tree View click the Subsystem icon 2 From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab choose Start Media Patrol 3 Inthe next screen click the Start button 71 Vess
203. e 182 list 177 login 179 settings 181 find NAS 178 group create 185 list 185 group members add 185 delete 186 install 39 language 176 network drive disconnect 196 RAID volume create 187 list 187 status 187 restore files 192 share folder create 194 delete 195 host IP 195 list 194 mount 196 open 194 permissions 195 un mount 196 start 175 416 Index SmartNAVI cont user create 183 list 184 permissions 184 user name and password 180 SNMP service 120 264 settings 119 263 trap sinks 119 264 Software Services 115 Spare Check reported events 370 run 173 228 spare drive create 171 227 292 delete 172 229 293 description 330 in rebuild 373 locate 170 293 reported events 370 select physical drive 171 227 settings 172 228 Spare Check 173 228 transition 162 view 170 specifications VessRAID 6 stale condition 144 214 statistics clear 126 267 controller 132 205 Fibre Channel 86 237 physical drive 143 214 SAS port 111 248 status controller 131 205 fans 137 Fibre Channel 84 logical drive 164 230 290 physical drive 143 214 status cont power supply 137 208 spare drive 170 subsystem lock 74 203 Storage Network 65 stripe size defined 326 setting 54 154 158 219 226 285 subsystem alias 67 203 date and time 67 204 fully booted 387 information 66 lock 74 203 logging into 65 maintenance 295 management port settings 81 233 278 Media Patrol 203 restart 130 272 29
204. e 4 Figure 4 VessRAID optional LCD display 192 168 10 85 Check Event Press the M or W button to see the View Events menu Then press the a button to read the Events Controller LEDs Under normal conditions the Controller Status LED is green and the Dirty Cache LED icon is dark The battery and fan LEDs should display green See the figure and table below 348 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Figure 5 VessRAID FC Controller LEDs Controller Status FC Ports JBOD Expansion Fan2 Dirty Cache 1 2 16 and 12 bay Fan1 USB2 iSCSI PHDEJaleNme Battery USB 1 1 2 aw Figure 6 VessRAID iSCSI controller LEDs Controller Status JBOD Expansion Fan 2 Dirty Cache 16 and 12 bay subsystems Fan 1 USB2 iSCSI Ports Battery USB 1 349 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Figure 7 VessRAID SAS Controller LEDs Controller Status Fan 2 Fan 1 Battery Dirty Cache USB 2 USB 1 to SAS IN Port 2 SAS IN Port 1 JBOD Expansion 16 and 12 bay subsystems State LEDs Dark Green Amber Red Blinking Controller n power OK Error Malfunction Green Status p at start up Activity Amber No data in Hayag Unsaved Dirty Cache data cache r data in cache F in cache Battery Not Backup No power to
205. e Create tab in Management View From the Create tab dropdown menu choose Automatic PO N The following parameters display e Disk Arrays The number of physical drives in the disk array their slot numbers configurable capacity and the number of logical drives to be created e Logical Drives The ID number of the logical drive s their RAID level capacity and stripe size e Spare Drives The physical drive slot number of the dedicated hot spare assigned to this disk array A hot spare drive is created for all RAID levels except RAID 0 when five or more unconfigured physical drives are available 5 If you accept these parameters click the Submit button The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List the Information tab If you do NOT accept these parameters use the Advanced option to create your disk array Creating a Disk Array Express The Disk Array Express Creation option enables you to choose the parameters for a new disk array by specifying the characteristics you want With this method you can create multiple logical drives at the same time you create your disk array However all of the logical drives will be the same 151 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual If you prefer to specific the parameters directly use the Advanced option to create your disk array If you are uncertain about choosing parameters for your disk array use the Automatic option If you have both Hard Disk Drives HDD
206. e SNMP service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Managing SNMP Trap Sinks Creating a SNMP trap sink To create a trap sink 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight SNMP and press Enter Highlight Trap Sinks and press Enter A list of the current trap sinks appears Adding a trap sink To add a trap sink 1 6 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Create New Trap Sink and press Enter Highlight Trap Sink IP address and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new IP address in this field Highlight Trap Filter and press the spacebar to toggle through the severity levels The Severity Levels are lowest to highest Information Warning Minor Major Critical and Fatal Press Ctrl A to save the Trap Sink Deleting a trap sink To delete a trap sink 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight the trap sink you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing Highlight Delete Marked Entries and press Enter 264 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Making Netsend Settings By default Netsend service is set to
207. e Type dropdown list choose Configuration Script Oak wo N Enter the name of the file to be imported Or click the Browse button to search for the file Click the Submit button 8 Click the Next button If the imported file is a valid configuration script a warning will appear to inform you that it will overwrite the previous settings 9 In the Warning box click the OK button N 124 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe The new configuration is applied to this VessRAID subsystem Note The Decryption box is grayed out Decryption is disabled for configuration scripts Updating the Firmware See Chapter 8 Maintenance on page 295 for instructions Viewing Flash Image Information Flash image information refers to the package of firmware components running on your VessRAID controller or controllers including Component name Version number Build date Flash installation date Controller number 1 or 2 To view flash image information 1 e w R Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Software Management bs icon Click the Image Version tab The flash image information displays on the screen Running Image Info The firmware package currently running on the controllers Flashed Image Info The firmware package flashed to memory If the Running and Flashed Images do not match the VessRAID has not restarted since the f
208. e appears in the Schedule List Running a Scheduled Backup Now To run a scheduled backup immediately 1 2 3 4 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window Click the Schedule List icon at the bottom of the window Click the schedule you want to run now Click the Start button Deleting a Scheduled Backup To delete a scheduled backup 1 2 3 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window Click the Schedule List icon at the bottom of the window Click the schedule you want to delete 191 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual 4 5 Click the Delete button Click the Yes button in the confirmation box Restoring Backed up Files You can also choose to restore the files to their original location on your PC or an alternative location The original file structure is maintained during backup and restoration Caution If you restore to the original folders on your PC the restore function will overwrite the files in those folders Be careful which files you restore and where on your PC you direct the backup files To restore your backed up files from the VessRAID subsystem to your PC 1 2 3 4 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window Click the Restore icon at the bottom of the window Click the folder whose contents you want to restore Click an option button for e Restore to original folder The backup files will overwrite the files on your PC
209. e management RAID controller enclosure physical drives disk arrays logical drives and spare drives The figure below shows the components of Tree View 61 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Figure 4 WebPAM PROe Tree View a Home User administrator lt lt Name of logged in user Sub ems EB 192 168 50 200 VessRAID 1740s lt lt Subsystem IP address and model O Administrative Tools 2 User Management E5 Network Management T SAS Management Storage Services T Software Management Ng Controller 1 A Enclosures Enclosure 1 3 O Physical Drives BJ Slot 1 WDC WD1800Y5 01M E slot 2 5138001345 E Slot 3 WDC WD740GD 00FL Physical Drives DJ Sct 4 ST3800134s in this Enclosure D Slot 6 WDC WD1600Y5 01M Slot 7 WDC WD1600Y 5 01M EB Disk Arrays Disk Array 0 E Logical Drives Disk Array 1 R E Logical Drives G9 Spare Drives 5 amp Logical Drive Summary E Logical Drive 0 EE Logical Drive 1 E Logical Drive 2 Using Management View Management View provides the actual user interface with the VessRAID including creation maintenance deletion and monitoring of disk arrays and logical drives Function Tabs control specific actions and processes This window changes depending on which item you choose in Tree View and which tab you choose in Management View itself 62 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Click the Help button in Management View to acces
210. e maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives 332 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 1 A RAID 1 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E 3 or more physical drives Add 1 or more physical drives RAID 3 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 5 RAID 1 must have less than 32 physical drives Add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 physical drives minimum Even number of physical drives Add 2 or more physical drives RAID 30 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum RAID 50 Add 4 or more physical drives RAID 1E A RAID 1E Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E Add physical drives RAID 3 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 5 RAID 1E must have less than 32 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 physical drives minimum Even number of physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 30 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum RAID 50 333 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 3 A RAID 3 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements
211. e mixed in the same disk array 217 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Creating a Disk Array Express To create a disk array using the Express feature 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight Create New Array and press Enter Highlight Configuration Method and press the spacebar to toggle to Express Highlight Configuration Method and press to spacebar to choose each of the following characteristics for your disk array e Redundancy Capacity e Performance e Spare Drive Highlight Number of Logical Drives and press the backspace key to erase the current value Enter the number of logical drives you want Highlight Application Type and press the spacebar to toggle though the applications and choose the best one for your disk array e File Server e Video Stream e Transaction Data Transaction Log e Other Press Ctrl A to save your settings and move to the next screen Review the proposed configuration of disk array and logical drive s To accept the proposed configuration and create the disk array and logical drive s highlight Save Configuration and press Enter To reject the proposed configuration highlight Cancel Array Configuration and press Enter You will return to the Disk Arrays Summary screen To create a disk array with different characteristics highlight Create New Array and press Enter Repeat the steps above specifying dif
212. e the subsystem was started NVRAM Events A list of and information about most important events over multiple subsystem startups NVRAM events are stored in non volatile memory Working with the Event Viewer includes the following functions Viewing Runtime Events page 251 Clearing Runtime Events page 251 Viewing NVRAM Events page 251 Clearing NVRAM Events page 252 Viewing Runtime Events To display Runtime Events 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter The log of Runtime Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes e Sequence number Begins with O at system startup e Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number e Severity lowest to highest Information Warning Minor Major Critical and Fatal e Timestamp Date and time the event happened e Description A description of the event in plain language Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log Clearing Runtime Events To clear the Runtime Event log 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter Highlight Clear Runtime Event Log and press Enter Press Y to confirm Viewing NVRAM Events This screen displays a list of and information about 63 most important events over multiple subsystem startups 251 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual To display NVRAM events Ie 2 3 From the Main Menu high
213. ead and will not work on the VessRAID Replace the disk drive A physical drive page 0 1 settings have been changed Result of settings or user action Normal Physical disk is marked as dead due to removal failure of reassign sectors PFA condition forced offline state Replace the disk drive PSU Power Supply Units PSU is not inserted has been removed A power supply unit is missing from the VessRAID Reinstall the power supply unit PSU is off A power supply unit is present but turned off Turn on he power supply PSU is on Normal PSU is installed Normal operational and turned on PSU is installed operational and turned off A power supply unit is present but turned off Turn on the power supply PSU is malfunctioning and turned on off Replace the power supply unit PSU 12V 5V 3 3V power is out of the threshold range Replace the power supply unit 367 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Reported Event Corrective Action PSU 12V 5V 3 3V power is within the range Normal RAID Level Migration RAID Level migration is started Result of settings or user action Normal RAID Level migration is completed Normal RAID Level migration is paused Migration paused because of user intervention schedule or a higher priority background activity RAID Level migration is resumed Migration has
214. eck the Enable This Schedule box Select a start time 24 hour clock Select a Recurrence Pattern e Daily Enter the number of days between events e Weekly Enter the number of weeks between events and choose which days of the week 72 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 8 e Monthly Choose a calendar day of the month 1 31 If you choose a higher number than there are days in the current month the actual start date will occur at the beginning of the following month Or choose a day of the week and choose the first second third fourth or last occurrence of that day in the month Then choose the months in which you want the activity to occur Select a Range of Occurrence e Start from date The default is today s date End on date Select No End Date perpetual Or choose a number of occurrences for this activity Or choose a specific end date The default is today s date For Redundancy Check only e Choose the Auto Fix option This feature attempts to repair the problem when it finds an error Choose the Pause on Error option This feature stops the process when it finds an error e Check the boxes beside the logical drives all except RAID 0 to which this activity will apply Each logical drive can have only one scheduled Redundancy Check Note You can schedule only ONE Redundancy Check for each logical drive Click the Submit button Deleting a Scheduled Activity To
215. ecommended for all new logical drives Caution When you initialize a logical drive all the data the logical drive will be lost Backup any important data before you initialize a logical drive Initialize a Logical Drive Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Logical Drive Summary amp icon Click the amp icon of the logical drive you want to Initialize You can also start Initialization from the Subsystem E icon Background Activities tab 4 Click the Background Activities tab in Management View 5 From the Background Activities dropdown menu choose Initialization 6 To choose Quick Initialization check the box If you checked the box enter a value in the Quick Initialization Size field This value is the size of the initialization blocks in MB 7 you did not choose Quick Initialization enter a hexidecimal value in the Initialization Pattern in Hex field or use the default 00000000 value 8 Click the Submit button 9 In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided 10 Click the OK button To view the progress of the Initialization click the Background Activity tab To set Initialization priority see Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 Running Redundancy Check Redundancy Check is a routine maintenance procedure for fault tolerant logical drives those with redundancy that ensures all the data matches exactly Redundancy Check can also correct inconsiste
216. ed Storage NAS page 97 Managing SAS Connections page 110 Managing Storage Services page 112 Managing Software Services page 115 Exporting the User Database page 123 Importing a User Database page 123 Importing a Configuration Script page 124 Updating the Firmware page 125 Viewing Flash Image Information page 125 Restoring Factory Defaults page 126 Clearing Statistics page 126 Shutting Down the Subsystem page 127 Starting Up After Shutdown page 129 Restarting the Subsystem page 130 Managing the Controller page 131 Managing Enclosures page 135 Managing Physical Drives page 141 Managing UPS Units page 147 Managing Disk Arrays page 150 Managing Logical Drives page 164 Managing Spare Drives page 170 Working with the Logical Drive Summary page 174 For information about VessRAID s audible alarm and LEDs see Chapter 10 Troubleshooting on page 345 57 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Logging into WebPAM PROe 1 Launch your Browser 2 In the Browser address field type the IP address of the VessRAID subsystem See Setting up the Serial Connection on page 41 Note that the IP address shown below is only an example The IP address you type into your browser will be different Regular Connection e WebPAM PROe uses an HTTP connection http e Enter the VessRAID s IP address 192 168 10 85 Together your entry looks
217. ed as examples only Your values will be different Use yyyyy mm dd for the date and a 24 hour clock for the time 2 Type the following string to set the Management Port IP address and other settings then press Enter administrator cli gt net a mod t mgmt s primaryip 192 168 10 85 primaryipmask 255 255 255 0 gateway 192 168 10 1 In the above example the IP addresses and subnet mask are included as examples only Your values will be different If you prefer to let your DHCP server assign the IP address type the following string then press Enter administrator cli gt net a mod t mgmt s dhcp enable 3 To verify the settings type net and press Enter administrator cli gt net Cld Port Type IP Mask Gateway Link 1 1 Mgmt 192 168 10 85 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 1 Up 1 1 iSCSI 110 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Down 1 2 iSCSI 10 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Down 1 3 iSCSI 10 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Down 1 4 iSCSI 10 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Down 4 Type the following string to set the iSCSI Port IP address and other settings then press Enter administrator cli gt net a mod t iSCSI p 1 s primaryip 192 168 10 88 primaryipmask 255 255 255 0 gateway 192 168 10 1 If you prefer to let your DHCP server assign the IP address type the following string then press Enter administrator cli gt net a mod t iSCSI p 1 s dhcp enable 43 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 5 To verify the settings type net and
218. ed for it Adding an Initiator page 112 Deleting an Initiator page 112 Viewing the LUN Map page 113 Enabling LUN Masking page 113 Adding a LUN Map page 113 Editing a LUN Map page 114 Adding an Initiator You must add an initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list in order to use the initiator to create a LUN To add an initiator 1 Paro N 7 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools IF icon Click the Storage Services icon Click the Initiators tab in Management View From the Initiators tab dropdown menu choose Add Initiator Enter the initiator s name in the Initiator Name field An iSCSI initiator name is the iSCSI name of the initiator device and is composed of a single text string Obtain the initiator name from the initiator utility on your host system Note that the initiator name you input must match exactly in order for the connection to work Click the Submit button Deleting an Initiator To delete an initiator 1 m9 TO Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Storage Services W icon Click the Initiators tab in Management View From the Initiators tab dropdown menu choose Delete Initiators 112 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 6 7 Check the box to the left of the initiator you want to delete Click the Submit button Viewing the LUN Map To view the current LUN Map
219. ee Preparing a Disk Array for Transport on page 163 WebPAM PROe or page 222 CLU 287 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Locating a Disk Array This feature helps you identify the physical drives assigned to the disk array you are working with in the LCD panel To locate a disk array 1 Par on Press the or W button until the display says Physical Drive Management Press the button to display a list of disk arrays by ID number Press the or W button to scroll through the list of disk arrays Press the button choose a disk array Press the amp or W button until the display says Locate Disk Array Press the button The disk status LEDs for the physical drives in the disk array blink for one minute See Figure 3 Figure 3 Disk Status LED Disk Status Creating a Logical Drive You can create logical drives on existing disk arrays if there is available space in the array For more information on the choices below see Chapter 9 Technology Background on page 309 To create a logical drive from an existing disk array 1 NO a PF O N To Press the amp or W button until the display says Array Configure Press the 4 button and the display says Auto Configure Press the or W button until the display says Advanced Configure Press the 4 or W button until the display says Logical Disk Create Press the button again and the display says 000 Press the 4 button again a
220. eee 278 Making Management Port Settings 278 Managing the Controller 0 00 c eee eee 280 Viewing Controller Information a 280 Managing Enclosures 00 eee tee 281 Viewing the Enclosure 2 0 281 Making Buzzer Settings a 281 Managing Physical Drives 0 000 c cece ee 282 Viewing Physical Drive Information 282 Locating a Physical Drive 0 a 282 Managing Disk Arrays 2 283 Creating a Disk Array Automatic a 283 Creating a Disk Array Advanced 00005 284 Deleting a Disk Array 0 0 e ee 286 Viewing Disk Array Information 200 eee 287 Locating a Disk Array 0 eee 288 Creating a Logical Drive 0c 288 Deleting a Logical Drive 0 eee eee 289 Viewing Logical Drive Information 045 290 Locating a a Logical Drive a 291 Managing Spare Drives 2 2 292 Viewing Spare Drive Information 0000 292 Creating a Spare Drive an 292 Deleting a Spare Drive 0 0 0000 c eee eee 293 Locating a Spare Drive 02 000 e eee eee 293 Chapter 8 Maintenance 2002 e a eee eee 295 Updating the Firmware in WebPAM PROe 295 Downloading the Firmware Image File 295 Updating Firmware from TFTP Server 295 Updating Firmware from your
221. eee eee 135 Locating an Enclosure 0 0 0 135 Viewing Enclosure Topology eee eee 136 Viewing Enclosure Information 0 00000 0 136 Making Enclosure Settings 000e eee aeee 137 Viewing FRU VPD Information eee ee 137 Checking the Battery 020000 138 Reconditioning a Battery a 139 Silencing the Buzzer 00 c eee eee 139 Making Buzzer Settings cece eee 139 Testing the BUZZ6Pr aoe esd RE Napa whee Weds waa 140 Managing Physical Drives 0c eee eee eee 141 Viewing a List of Physical Drives 4 141 Identifying a Physical Drive a 141 Making Global Physical Drive Settings 142 Viewing Physical Drive Information 142 Viewing Physical Drive Statistics 143 Making Physical Drive Settings 143 Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions 144 Forcing a Physical Drive Offline or Online 144 Locating a Physical Drive a 145 Managing UPS Units 00 0000 c eee 147 Viewing a List of UPS Units 2 000005 147 Making UPS Settings 0 60 e eee eee ee 148 Viewing UPS Information cece eee 149 Managing Disk ArrayS 2 ee 150 Viewing Disk Arrays 0 150 Creating a Disk Array aana 150 Creating a Disk Array Automatic 05 151 vii
222. el and press the spacebar to toggle though a list of available RAID levels If you want to create multiple logical drives highlight Capacity press the backspace key to remove the current value then type a new smaller value Highlight Number of Axles and press the spacebar to choose the number of axles Applies to RAID 50 and 60 only Highlight Stripe and press the spacebar to toggle through stripe sizes and choose 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB or 1 MB Highlight Sector and press the spacebar to toggle through sector sizes and choose 512 B 1 KB 2 KB or 4 KB Highlight Write Policy and press the spacebar to toggle write cache policy between WriteBack and WriteThru write though Highlight Read Policy and press the spacebar to toggle read cache policy though ReadCache ReadAhead and NoCache 219 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 17 Highlight Save Logical Drive and press Enter 18 Review logical drive s you are about to create for your new array Then do one of the following actions e If you agree with the logical drive s as specified highlight Complete Disk Array Creation and press Enter A note will appear to remind you to set up LUN mapping for your new logical drive s Press any key to continue e If you specified less than the full capacity for the logical drive in the previous screen and you want to add another logical drive now highlight Create New Logical Drive and press Enter e If you do not
223. enable LUN mapping 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter A list of the current iSCSI initiators appears LUN Mapping must be enabled in order for VessRAID to recognize the initiator If LUN Mapping is currently disabled highlight Enable LUN Mapping and press Enter Creating an Initiator You must add an initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list in order to use the initiator to create a LUN To create add a new initiator 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter 3 Highlight Create New Initiator and press Enter 253 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 4 Type the name of the initiator An iSCSI initiator name is the iSCSI name of the initiator device and is composed of a single text string Obtain the initiator name from the initiator utility on your host system Note that the initiator name you input must match exactly in order for the connection to work 5 Press Ctrl A to save the initiator Note LUN Mapping must be enabled in order for VessRAID to recognize the initiator Mapping a LUN to an Initiator You must add an initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list in order to use the initiator to create a LUN See Creating an Initiator on page 253 To map a LUN to an initiator 1 From the Main Menu highlight Addi
224. ency and time of replication when this is the Primary e Status Synchronizing means the replication is in progress Setting up NAS Replication NAS replication uses one subsystem to backup the data on another NAS replication works in the background allowing you full access to your data Important The two subsystems must be on the same network To set up or schedule a NAS replication 1 Da a oO Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the NAS Replication 4 icon Click the Setup tab Choose a role for this subsystem Standalone Subsystem by itself no replication e Primary Server Source and managing server e Backup Server Target server Enter the IP address of the other server primary or backup in the Another Server IP field Choose an iSCSI port for NAS replication from the Host IP menu Make the following choices as needed e Disable Disables NAS replication Do it once Performs one NAS replication immediately e Time interval by hour Choose the number of hours from the dropdown menu e Daily Choose hours and minutes from the dropdown menus Uses a 24 hour clock e Weekly Choose day of the week hours and minutes from the dropdown menus Uses a 24 hour clock 108 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 10 Click the Submit button To view NAS replication progress click the Information tab Resolving Mou
225. end of an Ethernet cable to the network connector or standard NIC in the Host PC Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch See page 24 Figure 11 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to the Management Port on the VessRAID subsystem VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual If you have multiple VessRAID subsystems Host PCs or Servers repeat steps 1 and 2 as required Figure 11 FC SAN data and management connections of e NIC T ma FC card ii S PI KO om mae e loo0000000 Network 9 jo00000000 Switch Host PCs or Management Cables Servers Data Cables 0000000000000fjod NO 200006 500096000520000 0000 o FC Switch VessRAID Management Port FC Data Ports 2 24 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation iSCSI Direct Attached Storage DAS This arrangement requires A Gigabit Ethernet network interface card GbE NIC in the Host PC or Server with iSCSI support in hardware or in software A standard network switch A network interface connector on the motherboard or network interface card NIC in the Host PC Note These instructions also apply to
226. ent Port ort to JBOD lt _ lt oo a BB E m Ah O TO 8 2 Figure 13 iSCSI DAS data and management connections ole aaa Host PC Standard NIC C MB or Server Ca CO Management Cables Standard Network Switch 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 Data Cable Co sooo VessRAID Management Port iSCSI Data Ports 4 26 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation iSCSI Storage Area Network SAN This arrangement requires A Gigabit Ethernet network interface card GbE NIC in the Host PC or Server with iSCSI support in hardware or in software A GbE network switch A standard network switch A network interface connector on the motherboard or network interface card NIC in the Host PC Note These instructions also apply to the iSCSI Ports on VessRAID Fibre Channel subsystems Use this configuration if you plan to set up Network Attached Storage NAS See Installing SmartNAVI on page 39 Configuring a Data Path Depending on the model the VessRAID controller has two 2 or four 4 Ethernet RJ45 iSCSI Port connectors See page 26 Figure 12 To establish the data path 1 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to the GbE iSCSI NIC in the Host PC Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the GbE network switch See
227. ents other sessions including by the same user from making a configuration change to the controller until the lock expires or a forced unlock is done Renewing the lock extends the period of time the controller remains locked To renew an existing lock for this subsystem 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon Tree View 2 Click the Lock tab in Management View 3 Click the Renew option 74 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 4 Enter a time interval between 1 and 1440 minutes one day that you want the lock to stay active The renew time replaces the previous Expiration Time 5 Click the Submit button Releasing the Lock The lock prevents other sessions including by the same user from making a configuration change to the controller until the lock expires or a forced unlock is done When the user who locked the controller logs out the lock is automatically released You can also release the lock before the scheduled time To release the lock for this subsystem 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon Tree View 2 Click the Lock tab in Management View If you are the User who set the lock click the Unlock option If another User set the lock and you are a Super User click the Unlock option and check the Force Unlock box 3 Click the Submit button 75 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Users User Management includes all functions dealing with user accounts Functions include
228. ept for setting an alias which applies to individual drives To make global physical drive settings 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight Global Physical Drives Settings and press Enter Change the following settings as required For SATA drives e Highlight Write Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled e Highlight Read Look Ahead Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled e Highlight CmdQueuing and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled e Highlight DMA Mode and press the spacebar to toggle through UDMA 0 5 and MDMA 0 2 For SAS drives e Highlight Write Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled e Highlight Read Look Ahead Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled e Highlight CmdQueuing and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled e Highlight Read Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Press Ctrl A to save your settings 213 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Setting an Alias An alias is optional To set an Alias for a physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the physical drive of your choice and press Enter 3 Type an alias into the Alias field Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers s
229. er 302 Chapter 8 Maintenance Figure 4 RAID controller cover and attaching screw Attaching screw one each side 4 Remove the four attaching screws See Figure 5 5 Detach the fan s power connector and lift the old fan out of the controller Figure 5 RAID Controller cooling fan Power connectors Attaching screws 4 as 6 Place a new fan in the controller attach the power connector and install the four attaching screws 7 Attach the RAID controller cover and install the two attaching screws See Figure 4 303 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 8 Reinstall the RAID Controller See Replacing a RAID Controller on page 301 This completes the fan replacement procedure Replacing the Cache Battery A cache battery or Battery Backup Unit BBU is optional on VessRAID If your system has a cache battery it is located inside the RAID controller The battery assembly is replaced as a unit Cautions e Try reconditioning the battery before you replace it See page 139 or page 211 for more information e If power service has failed do not remove the RAID controller if the Dirty Cache LED is lighted See Figure 6 Wait until power service is restored e Only a qualified technician should perform this procedure e You must shut down the VessRAID subsystem before you can perform this procedure e Installing the wrong replacement battery can result in an ex
230. er has one SAS channel The SAS channel has two ports See Making Data and Management Connections on page 20 for information about how these ports are physically connected to the Host PC To view information about the SAS ports 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the SAS Management icon The port information appears the screen e Channel ID e Port Type e Link Status e Link Speed e SAS Address Cable Signal Strength adjustable under Port Settings Making SAS Port Settings The SAS Controller has one SAS channel The SAS channel has two ports See Making Data and Management Connections on page 20 for information about how these ports are physically connected to the Host PC To make settings to the SAS ports 1 of NN Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the SAS Management icon In Management View click the Port 1 or Port 2 link From the Cable Signal Strength dropdown menu choose a value 110 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe The range is 1 to 8 1 is the default Signal strength correlates to cable length in meters Example If you have a 2 m SAS cable set signal strength to 2 If performance is unsatisfactory see Viewing SAS Port Statistics on page 111 try settings of 1 and 3 then use the best setting for your system 6 Click the Submit button V
231. er log in To access the MAC address for VessRAID s management port 1 At the administrator cli gt prompt type menu and press Enter The CLU main menu appears 2 In the CLU Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter then highlight the management port and press Enter Figure 1 Viewing the management port s MAC address lox File Edit View Call Transfer Help De 2 3 14 CLU Management Port Info Port ID zal Active Controller Id 1 Port Status Enabled Link Status Up MAC Address 00 0C 0C 0C 6C 77 Max Supported Speed 100Mbps IP Type Pv DHCP Enabled IP Address 192 168 509 112 Gateway IP Address 192 168 59 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 8 DNSServer IP Address 192 168 1 11 MAC Address NetMgmt Ethernet Port Settings Return to Previous Menu ARROWS TAB Navi gate ENTER Select SPACE Toggle CTRL X Return CTRL E Help Connected 0 01 27 ANSIW 115200 8 N 1 SCRC CA Num Capture Print echo Default IP Addresses VessRAID ships from the factory a default Management Port IP address of 192 168 0 1 and default iSCSI Port IP addresses of 10 0 0 2 through 10 0 0 5 You must change these addresses to work with your network 42 Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup Setting up with the CLI 1 Type the following string to set the system date and time then press Enter administrator cli gt date a mod d 2009 01 25 t 14 50 05 In the above example the date and time are includ
232. erals connected to this UPS unit Add more UPS units or use a higher capacity UPS unit to protect your RAID systems 149 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Disk Arrays Disk Array Management includes the following functions e Viewing Disk Arrays page 150 e Creating a Disk Array page 150 e Deleting a Disk Array page 155 e Viewing Disk Array Information page 156 e Making Disk Array Settings page 156 e Creating a Logical Drive page 157 e Deleting a Logical Drive page 159 e Migrating a Disk Array page 159 e Rebuilding a Disk Array page 160 e Running PDM on a Disk Array page 162 e Transitioning a Disk Array page 162 e Preparing a Disk Array for Transport page 163 Viewing Disk Arrays To view the disk arrays in this enclosure plus any expanded or cascaded enclosures 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View 2 Click the Disk Arrays amp icon A list of disk arrays appears in Management View Click the DA link to view a specific disk array See Viewing Disk Array Information on page 156 Creating a Disk Array The CLU provides three methods of creating a disk array e Automatic Creates a new disk array following a default set of parameters Makes one logical drive automatically Also makes a hot spare drive for all RAID levels except RAID 0 if at least five unconfigured physical drives are available If you have multiple enclosures multiple disk array and logical
233. erase the current value Type in a new value DO O NS Press Ctrl A to save your settings 204 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Managing the Controller Controller Management includes the following functions e Viewing Controller Information page 205 e Clearing an Orphan Watermark page 205 e Making Controller Settings page 205 e Locating the Controller page 206 Viewing Controller Information Controller Management includes information settings and statistics To access Controller Management 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Controller Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the controller you want and press Enter Basic Controller information displays To access additional controller information highlight Advanced Information and press Enter To access controller statistics highlight Controller Statistics and press Enter Clearing an Orphan Watermark This condition is the result of a disk drive failure during an NVRAM RAID level migration on a disk array To clear an orphan watermark 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Controller Management and press Enter 3 Highlight one of the controllers and press Enter 4 Highlight Clear Orphan Watermark and press Enter The condition is cleared See Physical Drive Failed on page 376 for more information Making Controller Settings If your subsystem ha
234. erface To setup a network drive de 2 Open a terminal window Type mount the iSCSI port IP address Volume name Folder name and press Enter Example mount 192 168 1 204 VOLUME1 PUBLIC mount point and press Enter You will have a different IP address and possibly different Volume and Folder names Use the mount point you specified when you created the logical drive See Creating a Disk Array Advanced on page 153 or Creating a Logical Drive on page 157 Change to the public directory Type cd public and press Enter You can now copy files to and from the folder on the VessRAID When you are done with the public folder type cd umount PUBLIC and press Enter On the Linux PC with Graphic Desktop This procedure is for a RedHat Enterprise Linux 5 configuration If you runa different version of Linux you might have to adapt the procedure See your OS documentation To setup a network drive 1 2 3 From the Applications menu choose Network Servers In the Network window double click Windows Network Double click the VessRAID on your network On Linux the VessRAID is identified by its Computer Name See Making Windows Protocol Settings on page 101 402 Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives Windows Network workgroup on workgroup STOR B1 3 VESSRAID 616571 B VM2K3 17 a File Edit View Places Help 5 STOR_B1_5 a VESSRAID 890924 VM2K3_2
235. erial connector is located on the controller RJ11 Serial Connector Cl aa aaa a ee am hkkh fam ae o sodoto o o sodoto To set up a serial cable connection 1 Attach the RJ11 end of the serial data cable to the RJ11 serial connector on the controller 2 Attach the DB9 end of the serial data cable to a serial port on the Host PC or Server This completes the serial cable connection Go to Connecting the Power on page 35 34 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Connecting the Power Plug in the power cords and turn on the switches on both power supplies Important If you have a SAN DAS or Cascade with JBOD Expansion always power on the JBOD subsystems first When the power is switched on the LEDs and LCD screen light up Front Panel LEDs When boot up is finished and the VessRAID subsystem is functioning normally e Power Global Enclosure Status and Global RAID Status LEDs display green continuously e Controller Activity LED flashes green when there is controller activity e System Heartbeat LED blinks green seven times in three seconds goes dark for six seconds then repeats the pattern Figure 19 VessRAID front panel LED display Global RAID Status Controller Activity Reserved System Heartbeat Controller LEDs When boot up is finished and the VessRAID subsystem is functioning normally e Battery and Controller status
236. es If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 Even number of physical drives RAID 30 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 50 Add physical drives 32 per axle maximum RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 60 A RAID 60 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 6 16 physical drives maximum RAID 60 must have less than 32 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 60 Add physical drives 32 per axle maximum 338 Chapter 9 Technology Background Important The Target disk array may require more physical drives than the Source disk array e If the Target disk array requires an EVEN number of physical drives but the Source disk array has an ODD number ADD a physical drive as part of the migration process e You cannot reduce the number of physical drives in your disk array even if the Target disk array requires fewer physical drives than the Source disk array e RAID 1 mirroring works with two drives only Only a single drive RAID 0 disk array can migrate to RAID 1 Other RAID Levels use too many drives to
237. es 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View 2 Click the Drive Summary amp icon Viewing Individual Logical Drive Information 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View Click the Drive Summary amp icon Click the Logical Drive icon The information and location for the logical drive appear in Management View See Viewing Logical Drive Information page 165 174 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI e Starting SmartNAVI below e Working with the Device List page 177 e Managing Users and Groups page 183 Managing RAID Volumes page 187 e Managing Backups page 188 e Managing Share Folders page 194 Managing your NAS with SmartNAVI SmartNAVI software enables you to manage your VessRAID subsystem when it is configured as Network Attached Storage NAS The NAS option requires e AniSCSI SAN data connection see page 27 e Logical drives configured for NAS see page 54 If you have not installed SmartNAVI see Installing SmartNAVI on page 39 Also see Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives on page 397 Starting SmartNAVI During installation SmartNAVI is configured to start automatically when you boot your PC If you quit SmartNAVI without rebooting or you disable the autostart feature you must start SmartNAVI manually To start SmartNAVI manually go to the Start menu and choose All Programs gt Promise gt SmartNAVI and click the SmartNAVI icon m So Windows Catalog Gy Naa NG Wind
238. ess Ctrl A to save these settings and move to the RAID configuration screen Exiting the CLU In the CLU Main Menu highlight Return to CLI and press Enter This completes the Management Port setup 46 Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup Setting up with the LCD The LCD Panel displays the current IP address during normal operation If you did not install the LCD Panel see Installing the LCD Panel Optional on page 12 The LCD does not have a date and time function Figure 3 LCD Panel default view VessRAID 17361 192 168 18 85 Making Manual IP Settings To make Management Port settings manually 1 2 Press the amp or W button until the display says Management Port Press the button and the display says Link Status Up If it says Link Status Down reconnect to the network before preceding Press the or W button and the display says IP Address Press the button to make a change The current IP Address displays with the cursor under the first extreme left digit Press the 4 button to increment and the w button decrement Press the Esc button to move left and the a button move right To set an IP address with double or single digit octets for example 192 168 1 50 type zeros as placeholders 192 168 001 050 After you have set the last extreme right digit press the button The current Subnet Mask displays with the cursor under the first extreme left digit Make the needed changes the sa
239. ess field type the IP address of the recipient PC 2 Under Recipient filter choose the lowest level of Severity to be reported for each event See Setting up User Event Subscriptions on page 77 for an explanation of the Severity levels 3 Click the Update button to add the new recipient to the list 4 Click the Submit button 5 Click OK in the confirmation box Deleting Netsend Recipients To delete a Netsend recipient 1 Highlight the recipient you want to delete in the recipient list 2 Click the Delete button to remove the recipient from the list 3 Click the Submit button 4 Click OK in the confirmation box Changing the Startup Setting 1 Under Startup Type e Click the Automatic option to start the service automatically during system startup Recommended if you plan to use this feature e Click the Manual option to start the service manually the service does not start during system startup The default setting 2 Click the Submit button Stopping Netsend service To stop the Netsend service 1 Click the Stop button 2 Click OK in the confirmation box Starting or Restarting Netsend service To start or restart the Netsend service click the Start or Restart button Netsend Requirements In order to use Netsend e Netsend must be running the VessRAID e You must provide the IP address for each recipient PC e The Messenger service must be running on each recipient PC 121 VessRAID
240. essRAID s buzzer and any amber or red LEDs See page 345 through 349 Check the event logs first Then check the reported component Viewing Runtime Events To display Runtime Events 1 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter The log of Runtime Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes e Sequence number Begins with 0 at system startup e Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number e Severity lowest to highest Information Warning Minor Major Critical and Fatal e Timestamp Date and time the event happened e Description A description of the event in plain language Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log 351 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Viewing NVRAM Events This screen displays a list of and information about 63 most important events over multiple subsystem startups To display NVRAM events 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter Highlight NVRAM Events and press Enter The log of NVRAM Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes e Sequence number Begins with 0 at system startup e Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number e Severity lowest to highest Information Warning Minor Major Critical and Fatal e Timestamp Date and time the event happened e Description A des
241. ettings cee eee eee Making SLP Settings ccc eee eee eee Making Web Server Settings a Making Telnet Settings cece eee eee Making SNMP Settings cee eee eee Making Netsend Settings 0020 eae eaeee Exporting the User Database eee eee ee Importing a User Database 0 0 ce eee ee Importing a Configuration Script cee eee Updating the Firmware 0 00 c eee eee Viewing Flash Image Information 0 eee eee Restoring Factory Defaults eee eae Clearing Statistics 0 0 0 cee Shutting Down the Subsystem 00 e eee Monitoring the Shutdown 00 0c eee eee eee 105 vii VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe cont Starting Up After Shutdown a 129 Monitoring the Startup 0 2000 cee eee eee 129 Restarting the Subsystem 020 e eee eee eee 130 Monitoring the Restart 0 0 c ee eee eee 130 Managing the Controller 0 000 c cee eee 131 Viewing the Controller 00000 cece ee eee 131 Viewing Controller Information 02000000 131 Viewing Controller Statistics 0 Aa 132 Making Controller Settings a 132 Clearing an Orphan Watermark 0 eae 133 Managing Enclosures 0 0 00 eee 135 Viewing the Enclosure 0 cece
242. ettings 166 230 231 status 164 290 critical 164 290 offline 164 291 rebuilding 164 290 synchronizing 164 290 transport ready 165 291 logical drive cont Summary 174 synchronization 165 view list of all 174 LUN map add 113 254 edit 114 logical drive 169 view 113 LUN masking enable 113 253 M MAC address 42 Media Patrol 161 defined 340 enable 53 71 219 222 249 reported events 364 run 71 203 memory module replace 306 migrate disk array 159 223 physical drive failure 376 rate 70 250 reported events 368 mount point conflict 109 entering 54 154 157 UNIX Linux command line 402 N NAS computer name 102 402 device add 178 delete 182 login 179 settings 181 enter mount point 54 154 157 411 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual NAS cont file system create 106 delete 107 rebuild 106 status 106 groups add members 100 create 99 delete 100 delete members 101 list of 99 logical drive 54 154 155 157 management SmartNAVI 175 WebPAM PRO 97 109 mount point conflicts 109 network drive Linux 402 Unix 402 Windows 397 protocols FTP 102 status 101 Windows 101 replication set up 108 status 107 share folders create 103 delete 104 list 103 modify 104 sharing settings FTP 105 Linux 105 Unix 105 Windows 105 SmartNAVI 175 NAS cont users add 98 delete 99 list of 97 password 98 Netsend event reporting to Windows 389 recipients 121 26
243. ew Enclosure Topology 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View 2 Click the Enclosures icon 3 Click the Topology tab in Management View Enclosure topology refers to the manner in which the data paths among the enclosures are connected Individual Subsystem One VessRAID subsystem e JBOD Expansion One VessRAID subsystem plus one or more VessJBOD expansion subsystems managed through the VessRAID or head unit The logical connections for these arrangements are shown the Enclosure Topology tab The physical connections for these arrangements are discussed in Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation on page 11 Viewing Enclosure Information To view enclosure information 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View 136 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Click the Enclosures 4 icon Click the Enclosure icon Enclosure information appears the Information tab in Management View You can monitor power supplies fans enclosure temperatures and voltages and the battery Adjustable items You can set or adjust the following items e Enclosure Warning and Critical temperature thresholds e Controller Warning and Critical temperature thresholds See Making Enclosure Settings on page 137 For information on Enclosure problems see Chapter 10 Troubleshooting on page 345 Making Enclosure Settings To make Enclosure settings Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures icon C
244. ew Favorites Tools Help i Q O B JO seach NG Fods F i Address Se z4 O Picture Tasks 1 View as a slide show Order prints online Ay Print pictures Size Type Date Modified Date Picture File Folder 5 14 2010 9 41 PM File and Folder Tasks I Make a new folder Publish this Folder to the Web Nther Plares a When you double click the My Computer icon on your Windows desktop the public folder on the VessRAID appears as a network drive p My Computer Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help Bach E pe Search E Folders Ea 3 Address My Computer System Tasks 7 HA j cP Local Disk C B View system information KO Add or remove programs G Change a saang 9 CD Drive D cc The Archive E 9 public on VESSRAID Other Places 192 168 50 204 2 My Network Places C3 My Documents Public folder on g Control Panel the VessRAID a Nak il You can now copy files to and from the folder on the VessRAID 401 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Setting up a Network Drive Linux Before you can set up a network drive you must have NAS file system See Creating a NAS File System on page 106 Unix Linux Windows sharing enabled See Modifying a Share Folder on page 104 IP address of the Unix Linux host designated See Changing Sharing Settings for Unix and Linux on page 105 On the UNIX Linux PC with Command Line Int
245. f the Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch See page 31 Figure 16 2 Attach one end of an Ethernet cable to one of the ports on the standard network switch Attach the other end of the Ethernet cable to the Management Port on the VessRAID subsystem If you have multiple VessRAID subsystems Host PCs or Servers repeat steps 1 and 2 as required 30 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Figure 15 VessRAID SAS data and management poris SAS IN Port 2 Management port SAS IN Port 1 SAS Expansion Port to JBOD Figure 16 SAS DAS data and management connections Host PC or Server Network Switch Co ma a a a GN 3 3 Paes eee z SI Management Cables DO di SAS HBA card SAS IN Port 1 nG VessRAID Data Cable Management Port 31 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual SAS JBOD Expansion This arrangement requires e One 1 or more VessJBOD expansion subsystems e One 1 SFF 8088 to SFF 8088 SAS cable for each VessJBOD expansion subsystem Configuring the Data Path All 16 bay and 12 bay VessRAID subsystems have one 1 SFF 8088 SAS Expansion Port connector To expand the data path 1 Attach one end of a SFF 8088 to SFF 8088 SAS cable to the SAS Expansion Port on the VessRAID subsystem See page 33 Figure 17 2 Attach the other end of
246. f the following actions e Click the Download Flash File from Local File through HTTP option then click the Next button From the Firmware Update tab dropdown menu choose Download from Local File 296 Chapter 8 Maintenance Enter the filename of the Firmware Update file in the field provided Or click the Browse button and choose the Firmware Update file in the Open dialog box Click the Submit button When the download is completed click the Next button A popup message appears to warn you not to reboot the VessRAID during the firmware update procedure In the popup message click the OK button The update progress displays Then a popup message appears to tell you to reboot the VessRAID In the popup message click the OK button Restart the VessRAID See Restarting the Subsystem on page 297 Note After you click the Submit button if WebPAM PROe displays this message error transferring image you entered an incorrect file name or an incorrect location Check the information and try again Restarting the Subsystem Warning Do not restart the VessRAID during a firmware upgrade procedure Wait until the upgrade is done and you are prompted to restart To restart the VessRAID subsystem 1 oN Oo NI Os OW Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Shutdown link in Management View A Shutdown or Restart tab appears On
247. ferent parameters If you have both Hard Disk Drives HDD and Solid State Drives SSD separate disk arrays will be created for your HDDs and for your SSDs Each array will have the number of logical drives that you specified 218 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Creating a Disk Array Advanced For more information on the choices below see Chapter 9 Technology Background on page 309 To create a disk array 1 2 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight Create New Array and press Enter Highlight Configuration Method and press the spacebar to toggle to Advanced Choose whether to enable Media Patrol and PDM If you want to specify an alias to the disk array highlight Alias and type a name Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Highlight Save Settings and Continue and press Enter Highlight a physical drive you want to add to your array and press the spacebar to choose it Repeat this action until you have selected all the physical drives for your array Note that you cannot mix HDDs and SSDs in the same disk array Highlight Save Settings and Continue and press Enter If you want to specify an alias to the logical drive highlight Alias and type a name Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Highlight RAID Lev
248. formation about a subsystem click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Management View displays the subsystem information Saving System Service Report To save a System Service Report as a text file on your Host PC di 2 3 In Tree View click the Subsystem amp icon On the Information tab click the Save button Direct your browser where to save the configuration and status file 66 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Setting an Alias for the Subsystem An alias is optional To set an alias for this subsystem 4 In Tree View click the Subsystem FF icon In Management View click the Settings tab Enter a name into the Alias field Maximum of 48 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Click the Submit button Setting Subsystem Date and Time To set a Date and Time for this subsystem 6 In Tree View click the Subsystem FF icon In Management View click the Settings tab dropdown menu and choose Date and Time Settings Under Subsystem Date choose the Month and Day from the dropdown menus Type the current year into the Year field Under Subsystem Time choose the Hour Minutes and Seconds from the dropdown menus Click the Submit button Viewing the Runtime Event Log Runtime Events lists information about the 1023 most recent runtime events recorded since the system was started To view runtime events iis 2 In Tree View click the Subsystem
249. g 35 3 Ib without drives 24 0 kg 52 9 Ib with 16 drives 18301 12 8 kg 28 2 Ib without drives 18 8 kg 41 4 Ib with 12 drives 1830s 13 0 kg 28 7 Ib without drives 17 0 kg 37 5 Ib with 12 drives 1820i 12 6 kg 27 8 Ib without drives 16 6 kg 36 6 Ib with 8 drives 17401 13 2 kg 29 1 Ib without drives 21 2 kg 46 7 Ib with 16 drives 1740s 14 0 kg 30 1 Ib without drives 22 0 kg 48 5 Ib with 16 drives 1730i 11 0 kg 25 6 Ib without drives 17 0 kg 37 5 Ib with 12 drives 1730s 11 0 kg 25 6 Ib without drives 17 0 kg 37 5 Ib with 12 drives 1720i 10 8 kg 23 8 Ib without drives 14 8 kg 32 6 Ib with 8 drives Assuming 0 5 kg 1 1 Ib per drive Carton Dimensions H x W x D All models 28 5 x 57 2 x 75 2 cm 11 2 x 22 5 x 29 6 in Carton Weight 1840f 20 4 kg 45 0 Ib 1840i 20 4 kg 45 0 Ib 1840s 20 8 kg 45 9 Ib 1830i 18 2 kg 40 1 Ib 1830s 18 0 kg 39 7 Ib 1820i 18 0 kg 39 7 Ib 1740i 18 6 kg 41 0 Ib 1740s 19 2 kg 42 3 Ib 1730i 16 4 kg 36 2 Ib 1730s 16 0 kg 35 3 Ib 1720i 16 2 kg 35 7 Ib Safety BSMI CB CCC CE FCC Class A MIC VCCI UL cUL TUV Environmental RoHS China RoHS Chapter 1 Introduction to VessRAID Warranty and Support Warranty Three year limited warranty on all components except the optional battery backup unit which has a one year warranty Support 24x7 email and phone support English only 24x7 access to Prom
250. g WebPAM PROe over the Internet page 55 Logging into WebPAM PROe 1 Launch your Browser 2 In the Browser address field type the IP address of the VessRAID subsystem Use the IP address you obtained in Task 7 see page 43 Note that the IP address shown below is only an example The IP address you type into your browser will be different Regular Connection e WebPAM PROe uses an HTTP connection http e Enter the VessRAID s IP address 192 168 10 85 Together your entry looks like this http 192 168 10 85 Secure Connection e WebPAM PROe uses a secure HTTP connection https e Enter the VessRAID s IP address 192 168 10 85 Together your entry looks like this https 192 168 10 85 Note Whether you choose a regular or a secure connection your login to WebPAM PROe and your user password are always secure 49 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 3 When the log in screen appears e Type administrator in the User Name field e Type password in the Password field e Click the Login button The User Name and Password are case sensitive Figure 4 WebPAM PROe log in screen 3 Promise WebPAM PROe Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back a LA D search Favorites GI 7 CO as Address http 192 168 10 65 Bo Links PROMIS TECHNOLOGY INC pa Po a Na Internet
251. gement and press Enter Highlight Create New User and press Enter Highlight each field and type in the appropriate information e User name no spaces e Password Optional Maximum 31 characters Use letters numbers and underscore e Display name Optional Highlight Privilege and press the space bar to toggle though the options For definitions of each privilege level see the List of User Privileges below Highlight Status and press the space bar to toggle between the options Enabled Allows the user to log in to the system e Disabled Prevents the user from logging in to the system Press Ctrl A to save the user 258 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU List of User Privileges View Allows the user to see all status and settings but not to make any changes Maintenance Allows the user to perform maintenance tasks including Rebuilding PDM Media Patrol and Redundancy Check Power Allows the user to create but not delete disk arrays and logical drives change RAID levels change stripe size change settings of components such as disk arrays logical drives physical drives and the controller Super Allows the user full access to all functions including create and delete users and changing the settings of other users and delete disk arrays and logical drives The default administrator account is a Super User Changing a User s Password Each user can change their own password A Super user can
252. gement with WebPAM PROe 8 9 Enter a new password of 1 to 31 characters no spaces in the New Password field Enter the new password in the Retype Password field Click the Submit button Creating a User To create a user 1 NOOR P 10 11 12 Log into WebPAM PROe as the Administrator or a Super User Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the User Management amp icon Click the Create tab in Management View Enter a user name of 1 to 31 characters no spaces in the User Name field Enter a password of 1 to 31 characters no spaces in the New Password and Retype Password fields A password is optional If you do not specify a password log into WebPAM PROe with the User Name and leave the password field blank Enter a display name in the Display Name field A display name is optional Enter the user s email address in the Email Address field An email address is required in order to receive email event notification Select a privilege level from the Privilege dropdown menu For definitions of each privilege level see the List of User Privileges below Check the Enabled box to enable this user on this subsystem Click the Submit button List of User Privileges View Allows the user to see all status and settings but not to make any changes Maintenance Allows the user to perform maintenance tasks including Rebuilding PDM Media Patrol
253. gical drives Press the button choose a logical drive Press the M or W button to scroll through the list of items e Logical Drive ID Number Capacity e RAID Level e Write Cache e Stripe Size e Sector Size e Disk Array ID Number e Status Logical Drive Status OK The normal state of a logical drive For RAID Levels other than RAID 0 Striping the logical drive has full redundancy Synchronizing When you first create a logical drive the logical drive synchronizes During that time your data is available However access will be slower until synchronizing is done Rebuilding This condition is temporary When a physical drive has been replaced the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore redundancy fault tolerance Your data is still available However access will be slower until rebuilding is done Critical This condition results from a physical drive failure Your data is still available However the logical drive has lost redundancy fault tolerance 290 Managing Disk Arrays You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it See Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 Offline This condition arises as the result of a second physical drive failure An Offline logical drive is not accessible but some or all of your data may remain intact You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it See Critical amp Offline Disk Array
254. hannel models Functions include Viewing Fibre Channel Node Information page 84 Viewing Fibre Channel Port Settings page 84 Making Fibre Channel Port Settings page 85 Viewing Fibre Channel Port Statistics page 86 Viewing SFP Information page 87 Viewing Fibre Channel Logged in Devices page 88 Viewing Fibre Channel Initiators page 88 Viewing Fibre Channel Node Information To view Fibre Channel node information 1 Po N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools amp icon Click the Fibre Channel Management icon Click the Node tab in Management View The current node data port settings the Controller are shown including WWNN World Wide Node Name e Supported Features Class of service Maximum Frame Size 2048 bits Supported Speeds 8 Gb s 4 Gb s or 2 Gb s Viewing Fibre Channel Port Settings To view the current Fibre Channel port settings 1 po N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Fibre Channel Management icon Click the Port tab in Management View The current data port settings the Controller are shown including e State Online Offline Unknown e Port Identifier A hexadecimal name for this port Topology Attached See the table on page 86 WWNN World Wide Node Name sx WWPN World Wide Port Name 84 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Fabric WWNN Worl
255. he Administrative Tools icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the iSNS tab in Management View Click the iSNS link in Management View 93 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 6 Make the following changes as needed e Check the box to enable iSNS e Enter the iSNS server IP address Enter a iSNS TCP Port number 3205 for most applications 7 Click the Submit button Note Edge Side Includes ESI is a markup language that enables dynamic assembly of web page elements in servers across a network This feature enables automatically if iSNS is enabled and an iSNS server is present Working with iSCSI CHAPs Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP is an authentication mechanism used to authenticate iSCSI sessions between initiators and targets The authenticator sends the peer a challenge message to request authentication consisting of a sequence number and a random number Both the sender and peer share a predefined secret or password The peer concatenates the sequence number the random value and the secret and calculates a hash using a one way hash algorithm such as MD5 The peer sends the hash value back to the authenticator which in turn builds that same string on its side calculates the hash and compares the result with the value received from the peer If the values match the peer is authenticated The authenticator then initiates CHAP sessions at random time intervals incrementi
256. he devices currently logged into the VessRAID 1 PO N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 8 icon Click the Fibre Channel Management icon Click the Logged In Device tab in Management View One of the devices in the list will be the port itself If there is no other device this notification will appear There is no logged in device If a Fibre Channel switch is attached it will also appear in this list Viewing Fibre Channel Initiators You must add an initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list in order to use the initiator to create a LUN for your logical drive To view a list of recognized initiators 1 PO N Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 4 icon Click the Fibre Channel Management icon Click the Initiators on Fabric tab in Management View A Fibre Channel switch will also display as an initiator in the list If your Host PC s Fibre Channel HBA is connected to the VessRAID directly not though a Fibre Channel switch the initiator will NOT display in the initiator list 88 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Adding an Initiator To add an initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list 1 Check the box to the left of the initiator 2 Click the Add to Initiator List button The initiator appears under Storage Services See page 112 You can then use the initiator to create a LUN See Adding a LUN Map
257. he user who locked the controller logs out the lock is automatically released Setting the Lock To set the lock 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Lock Management and press Enter In the Lock Time field type a lock time in minutes 1440 minutes 24 hours 203 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 4 Highlight Lock and press Enter Resetting the Lock To reset the lock with a new time 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Lock Management and press Enter 3 In the Lock Time field type a lock time in minutes 1 to 1440 minutes 24 hours 4 Highlight Renew and press Enter Releasing the Lock 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Lock Management and press Enter 3 Highlight Unlock and press Enter Releasing a Lock set by another user To release somebody else s lock 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Lock Management and press Enter 3 Highlight Force Unlock and press the Spacebar to change to Yes 4 Highlight Unlock and press Enter Setting Subsystem Date and Time Use this screen to make Date and Time settings From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Modify System Date and Time and press Enter Highlight the System Date or System Time setting Press the backspace key to
258. hieved thanks to multiple stripe segments 5 Very high disk overhead uses only 0 of total capacity Recommended Applications for RAID 10 Imaging applications e Database servers General file server RAID 30 Advantages Disadvantages Good for large files with high transfer rates where extra fault tolerance is also required Random write performance only fair Disk failure has a medium impact on throughput Recommended Applications for RAID 30 File and Application server Multimedia production Video editing 324 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 50 Advantages Disadvantages High Read data transaction rate Medium Write data transaction rate Good aggregate transfer rate High reliability Supports large volume sizes Higher disk overhead than RAID 5 Recommended Applications for RAID 50 e File and Application servers e Transaction processing e Office application with many users accessing small files RAID 60 Advantages Disadvantages High Read data transaction rate Medium Write data transaction rate Good aggregate transfer rate Safest RAID level High disk overhead equivalent of two drives used for parity Slightly lower performance than RAID 50 Recommended Applications for RAID 60 e Accounting and Financial e Database servers e Any application requiring very high availability 325 VessRAID 10
259. hysical drives minimum Even number of physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 30 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives 335 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 6 A RAID 6 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 6 Add physical drives 32 maximum RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 A RAID 10 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E None RAID 3 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 5 RAID 10 must have less than 32 physical drives RAID 6 4 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 10 must have less than 32 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 Add physical drives Even number of physical drives RAI
260. i Contents Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe cont Managing Disk Arrays cont Creating a Disk Array Express naa Creating a Disk Array Advanced a Deleting a Disk Array eee Viewing Disk Array Information a Making Disk Array Settings aa Creating a Logical Drive 0000 e eae eee Deleting a Logical Drive a Migrating a Disk Array EAO eee Rebuilding a Disk Array 0 0 eee eee Running Media Patrol on a Disk Array Running PDM on a Disk Array 000 aa Transitioning a Disk Array 0 0 0 e eee Preparing a Disk Array for Transport Managing Logical Drives 0 0 cee eee Viewing Information for All Logical Drives Viewing Logical Drive Information aaa Viewing Logical Drive Statistics Making Logical Drive Settings 00005 Initializing a Logical Drive a Running Redundancy Check 00200e ee eeee Viewing the Logical Drive Check Table Making Logical Drive LUN Settings Managing Spare Drives cece eee eee Viewing a List of Spare Drives 0a Locating a Spare Drive 0 200 c eee eee Creating a Spare Drive 00 e eee eee Deleting Spare Drive 0002 e ee eee Making Spare Drive Settings
261. ibre Channel Attached Topology Configured Topology Connection Type N Port NL Port Switch Fabric Direct Fabric Direct Direct Point to Point Private Loop Example 1 If you connect the VessRAID to a Fibre Channel switch and choose NL Port topology you will create a Fabric Direct attached topology Example 2 If you have a Point to Point attached topology you made a direct connection no switch and selected N port topology Note In some cases HBA settings to N Port only work if connected to the switch Refer to your HBA manual for more information Viewing Fibre Channel Port Statistics To view statistics for the Fibre Channel ports 1 Po N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 9 icon Click the Fibre Channel Management icon Click the Statistic tab in Management View The statistics for all Fibre Channel ports are shown Property Definitions Definitions of the properties for which statistical information is reported appears in the list below Time Since Last Reset Time in minutes since the system has been running Number of Frames Sent Number of frames sent since last reset Number of Frames Received Number of frames received since last reset Number of Words Sent Number of words sent since last reset Number of Words Received Number of words received since last reset LIP Count Loop Initialization Primitive Sequence
262. ical Drive To set an alias for a logical drive 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter To set an alias for this disk array highlight Alias and type an alias into the field Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional Press Ctrl A to save your settings Setting Write Cache Policy To set write cache policy on a logical drive 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter 230 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU 3 4 To set write cache policy for this logical drive highlight WritePolicy and press the spacebar to toggle between WriteBack and WriteThru write though Press Ctrl A to save your settings Setting Read Cache Policy To set read cache policy on a logical drive ii 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter To set read cache policy for this logical drive highlight ReadPolicy and press the spacebar to toggle though ReadCache ReadAhead and None Press Ctrl A to save your settings Initializing a Logical Drive This function sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero Caution When you initialize a logical drive you delete all the dat
263. ically selects folders on your PC including My Documents Favorites and Desktop folders with all their contents To add additional files click the Add Folders Icon right This action opens the My Documents folder Click a folder you Ma want to backup MW Drag folders from your PC desktop and drop them into the Backup your data from window 188 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI 7 VessRAID 1740i 192 168 2 w PUBLIC Backup your data from Click the Backup button The backup begins immediately The amount of time required depends on the size and number of files being backed up Scheduling a Backup A scheduled backup runs automatically The files on you PC are backed up to the VessRAID You can create multiple schedules To set a backup schedule 1 2 3 Click the SmartSYNC icon at the top of the window Click the Backup icon at the bottom of the window Under Backup your data to from the dropdown menus choose e A VessRAID subsystem e Destination folder Check the Backup My Data box This action automatically selects folders on your PC including My Documents Favorites and Desktop folders with all their contents To add more files e Click the Add Folders Icon right to open the My a Documents folder Click the folders you want to backup e Drag folders from your PC desktop and drop them into the Backup your data from window 189 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual
264. ick the Disk Array amp icon Click the Create LD tab in Management View iSCSI only If you plan to use this logical drive for NAS click the NAS option beside LD Type Do one of the following actions e For DAS and SAN enter an Alias name for the logical drive An Alias is optional Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An Alias is optional iSCSI only For NAS enter a Mount Point name for the logical drive Maximum of 20 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore A Mount Point is required From the RAID Level dropdown list choose a RAID level for this logical drive All RAID levels supported by the disk array appear in the list See Choosing a RAID Level on page 322 RAID 50 and 60 only Specify the number of axles for your array For more information on axles see RAID 30 and 50 Axles on page 319 or RAID 60 Axles on page 321 157 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Enter a capacity and choose unit of measure MB GB TB The default value is the available capacity of the disk array You can use this value or any lesser amount For NAS the logical drive must be 10 GB or larger From the Stripe dropdown menu choose a Stripe size for this logical drive The choices are 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB and 1 MB 64 KB is the default See Choosing Stripe Size on page 326
265. ick the Subsystem EF icon In Management View click the Background Activities tab and choose Settings from the dropdown menu Click the dropdown menu to choose a priority of Low Medium and High for the following functions e Rebuild Rebuilds the data from a failed drive in a disk array e Synchronization Checks the data integrity on disk arrays e Initialization Sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero e Redundancy Check Checks reports and can correct data inconsistencies in logical drives e Migration Change RAID level or add physical dries to disk arrays e PDM Looks for bad blocks the physical drives of disk arrays e Transition Returns a revertible spare drive to spare status The rates are defined as follows e Low Fewer resources to activity more to data read write e Medium Balance of resources to activity and data read write e High More resources to activity fewer to data read write Highlight the following PDM trigger settings and type a value into the corresponding field 70 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Reassigned Block Threshold 1 to 512 blocks Error Block Threshold 1 to 1024 blocks 5 Check to enable or uncheck to disable the following functions Media Patrol Checks the magnetic media on physical drives Auto Rebuild If there is a spare drive of adequate capacity a critical disk array will begin to rebuild automatically If not spare drive is availabl
266. icon in Tree View 2 Click the Administrative Tools icon 3 Click the Clear Statistics link The Clear Statistics tab appears in Management View Click the Submit button 5 Inthe confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided 6 Click the OK button 126 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Shutting Down the Subsystem You can only do part of this function in WebPAM PROe Additional action is required as described below Important If you have a JBOD Expansion always power off the RAID subsystem first Then power off the JBOD subsystems To shutdown the subsystem 1 2 3 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools MF icon Click the Shutdown link in Management View A Shutdown or Restart tab will appear Do one of the following actions e On the Shutdown or Restart tab choose Shutdown from the dropdown menu On the Shutdown or Restart tab choose Poweroff from the dropdown menu Click the Submit button In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided Click the OK button When the controller shuts down your WebPAM PROe connection will be lost Wait for no less than two minutes Do one of the following actions e If you chose the Shutdown Option manually turn off the power supply switch both switches with redundant power supplies on the back of the subsystem e If you chose the Poweroff Option the subsyste
267. ied level Because data would be lost if written to a bad sector when a bad sector is detected the disk drive creates a map around it These maps are saved in the bad sector remapping table which has a capacity of 512 reassigned blocks and 1024 error blocks When the table fills to a specified percentage of its capacity PDM triggers a migration of data from the suspect drive the disk drive with the bad sectors to a spare disk drive During data migration you will have access to the Logical Drive but it will respond more slowly to read write tasks because of the additional operation The time required for data migration depends on the size of the disk drive See Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 WebPAM PROe or page 249 CLU 341 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Transition The Transition feature enables you to specify permanent spare drives for your VessRAID subsystem Transition is the process of replacing a revertible spare drive that is currently part of a disk array with an unconfigured physical drive or a non revertible spare The revertible spare drive returns to its original status Transition happens automatically when the following sequence of events takes place You create a revertible spare drive See page 171 WebPAM PROe or page 227 CLU e Aphysical drive assigned to your disk array fails and the array goes critical or degraded e VessRAID automatically reb
268. ies tab choose Start Migration 5 Highlight physical drives you want in the disk array from the Available list and press the gt gt button to move them to the Selected list You can also double click them to move them The available drives are either HDD or SSD depending on the type of drives in the array When you are done click the Next button Select a new RAID Level if desired To expand the disk array s capacity check the Expand Capacity box If you checked the Expand Capacity box enter a number into the Capacity field and choose the appropriate unit of measure MB GB TB 10 Under Capacity Usage highlight the logical drive whose RAID level you want to change or whose capacity you want to expand 11 Click the Update button The logical drive changes to reflect your choices oon 12 Update other logical drives using the same method 13 When you are done making the changes click the Next button 14 Click the Submit button to begin Migration To set Migration priority see Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 Rebuilding a Disk Array When you rebuild a disk array you are actually rebuilding the data on a replacement physical drive Rebuilding Automatically Normally a disk array would rebuild itself using a hot disk drive after going Critical However if the Auto Rebuild function is disabled or no spare drives are available you must initiate the procedure To enable Auto Rebuild
269. iewing SAS Port Statistics The SAS Management Statistics tab displays statistical information about the SAS ports on the VessRAID subsystem 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 8 icon Click the SAS Management J icon In Management View click the Statistic tab The statistics for the selected port appear the screen PO N Clearing Statistics To clear statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 126 Viewing SAS Initiators You must add an initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list in order to use the initiator to create a LUN for your logical drive To view a list of recognized initiators 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the SAS Management icon In Management View click the Initiators tab A list of all currently logged in initiators appears the screen PO N Adding an Initiator To add an initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list 1 Check the box to the left of the initiator 2 Click the Add to Initiator List button The initiator appears under Storage Services See page 112 You can then use the initiator to create a LUN See Adding a LUN Map on page 113 111 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Storage Services Storage services deal with initiators and LUN mapping LUN masking is the process of applying a LUN Map so that each initiator can only access the LUNs specifi
270. igured physical drive or a non revertible spare drive For more information see Transition on page 342 In order to run Transition e The spare drive must be Revertible e You must have an unconfigured physical drive of the same or larger capacity and the same type HDD or SSD to replace the spare drive To run Transition on a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Background Activities and press Enter Highlight Transition and press Enter OB DO Specify the source and target physical drives The available drives are either HDD or SSD depending on the type of drives in the array 6 Highlight Start and press Enter Locating a Disk Array This feature helps you identify the physical drives assigned to the disk array you are working with in the CLU 224 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU To locate a disk array ie 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Locate Disk Array and press Enter The disk status LEDs for the physical drives in the disk array blink for one minute Figure 8 Disk Status LED Disk Status Creating a Logical Drive You can create logical drives on existing disk arrays if there is available space in the array For more information on the choices below see Chapter 9
271. ile and click the Save button Clearing the Runtime Event Log To clear the runtime event log 1 In Tree View click the Subsystem EF icon 2 In Management View click the Events tab dropdown menu and choose Runtime Events 3 Click the Clear Event Log button 4 Inthe Confirmation dialog box type confirm and click the OK button Viewing NVRAM Events NVRAM Events lists information about the 63 most recent important events NVRAM events are stored in non volatile memory To view runtime events In Tree View click the Subsystem FF icon 2 In Management View click the Events tab dropdown menu and choose System Events in NVRAM Events are displayed by 68 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Item Number A consecutive decimal number assigned to a specific event e Device Battery controller logical drive physical drive port etc Event ID The hexadecimal number that identifies the specific type of event e Severity Information Warning Minor Major Critical and Fatal The severity level is user specified See Setting up User Event Subscriptions on page 77 e Time Time and date of the occurrence e Description A brief description of the event Click the link at the top of the column by which you want to sort the events After you click the item a triangle icon appears e Ifthe triangle points upward the column is sorted low to high or old to new e Ifthe triangle points d
272. ill interface without problems with your computer system It is your responsibility to back up or otherwise save important data before installing any product and continue to back up your important data regularly No other document statement or representation may be relied on to vary the terms of this limited warranty Promise s sole responsibility with respect to any product is to do one of the following a replace the product with a conforming unit of the same or superior product b repair the product Promise shall not be liable for the cost of procuring substitute goods services lost profits unrealized savings equipment damage costs of recovering reprogramming or reproducing of programs or data stored in or used with the products or for any other general special consequential indirect incidental or punitive damages whether in contract tort or otherwise notwithstanding the failure of the essential purpose of the foregoing remedy and regardless of whether Promise has been advised of the possibility of such damages Promise is not an insurer If you desire insurance against such damage you must obtain insurance from another party Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages for consumer products so the above limitation may not apply to you This warranty gives specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state This limited warranty i
273. in Management View From the dropdown menu choose the Group from which you want to delete a User From the Members list highlight a User to delete from the Group and click the lt lt button The User moves to the Users list Click the OK button to acknowledge Viewing Protocol Status Protocols enable NAS service on your Host or PC s operating system To view the Protocol status 1 Po IS Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS icon Click the Protocol Control icon The list of Protocols and their respective status appears under the Information tab in the Management Window Making Windows Protocol Settings Protocols are disabled by default Enable the protocols appropriate for your Windows Hosts or PCs To make Protocol settings 1 Po N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the Protocol Control icon 101 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 10 11 12 13 Click the Windows tab Choose the Enable option button to enable the Windows protocol Optional Accept the current Computer VessRAID subsystem Name or type a new name into the field provided Choose the Enable option button to enable the Recycle Bin function Enabled Deleted files to the Recycle Bin You must empty the Recycle Bin to remove them from the VessRAID Uses m
274. ine However once the disk array goes critical the disk array has lost its fault tolerance and performance may be adversely affected If the fault was caused by a failed drive that was removed the drive must be replaced by another drive either identical or larger in order for the RAID system to rebuild and restore optimal configuration If your fault tolerant disk array RAID 1 1E 5 6 10 50 and 60 goes offline contact Promise Technical Support See page 389 Warning Take no further corrective action until you have consulted with Promise Technical Support A non fault tolerant disk array RAID 0 goes offline when a disk drive is removed or fails Since the disk array is not fault tolerant the data stored in the disk array is no longer accessible If one disk drive fails all of the data on the disk array is lost You must replace the failed drive Then if the disk array had more than one disk drive delete the disk array and re create it Restore the data from a backup source When a Physical Drive Fails VessRAID provides both audible and visual indicators to alert you of a disk drive failure The following will occur when a disk drive fails or goes offline e The Global RAID Status LED changes from green to amber Figure 15 VessRAID front panel LEDs E Global Enclosure Status Global RAID Status 372 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting e The Disk Status LED changes from green to red Figure 16 VessR
275. ional Status OK is normal Can also show Rebuilding Transition Running PDM Running or Offline e Physical Drive ID The ID number of the physical drive in the subsystem enclosure e Capacity The data storage capacity of this spare drive e Revertible Yes or No A revertible spare drive automatically returns to its spare drive assignment after the failed physical drive in the disk array is replaced e Type Global can be used by any disk array Dedicated can only be used by the assigned disk array e Dedicated to Array For dedicated spares the disk array to which it is assigned Global spares show N A Locating a Spare Drive To locate a physical drive assigned as a spare drive in the VessRAID subsystem enclosure 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View 2 Click the Spare Drives icon 170 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 3 Click the Spare Drive icon In Management View the Enclosure Front View diagram appears with the location of the spare drive highlighted Creating a Spare Drive Important There must be an unconfigured physical drive available for selection as a spare drive See Viewing a List of Physical Drives on page 141 Be sure the unconfigured physical drive has adequate capacity to replace the largest drive in the disk array To create a spare drive 1 POON a Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Spare Drives amp ic
276. irect Attached Storage DAS 30 SAS JBOD Expansion 2 32 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation cont Setting Up Serial Cable Connections 34 Connecting the Power 0 cee eee eee 35 Front Panel LEDs 0c 35 Controller LEDS sae syed AA KAG NN NA PANLABAN dt Oe 35 Disk Drive LEDS si ait ged Ana NAB Ma ee ee bias 38 ECD Panek tat de saaan fae sha Shales baka has 38 Installing SmartNAVI 2 0 0 00 cee eee 39 Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup 0 020 ce eee eee eee eee 41 Setting up the Serial Connection a 41 Choosing DHCP or a Static IP Address 42 Default IP Addresses c cee ee 42 Setting up with the CLI 1 0 00 nee 43 Setting up with the CLU 2 ene 45 Setting system date and time 0 a 45 Making Manual IP Settings a 45 Making Automatic IP Settings a 46 Configuring the RAID cece eee 46 Viewing IP Address and Settings 46 Exiting the GLU 2a 22 asivs ade aaa ees pea ee na 46 Setting up with the LCD 0 ee ees 47 Making Manual IP Settings 002 00 e ace 47 Making Automatic IP Settings a 48 Creating Disk Arrays with WebPAM PROe 49 Logging into WebPAM PROe 000 000 eeu 49 Choosing a Language 00 e cece eee eee eee 51
277. irm The display shows the new IP address you set 278 Managing the Network Connection Automatic IP Settings To make Management Port settings automatically 1 2 OY OE XA u Press the a or W button until the display says Management Port Press the J button and the display says Link Status Up If it says Link Status Down reconnect to the network before preceding Press the or W button and the display says DHCP Disable Press the button to make a change Press the button to Enable Press the button to confirm The display shows the new IP address set by the DHCP server 279 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing the Controller The RAID controller is the heart of the VessRAID subsystem To view Controller statistics or to make Controller settings see Managing the Controller on page 131 WebPAM PROe or page 205 CLU Viewing Controller Information To view information about the controller 1 Pressthe 4 or W button until the display says View Controller 2 Press the button and the display says Vendor 3 Press the or W button to scroll through the list of items Vendor Name WWN World Wide Name Memory Size Firmware Version IP Address MAC Address LCD UI Version To change memory size or update the firmware see Chapter 8 Maintenance on page 295 To change the IP address see Managing the Network Connection on page 278 280 Ma
278. irmware was last updated Restart the VessRAID to run the Flashed firmware package See Restarting the Subsystem on page 130 Note that all of these components are upgraded together in a package See Updating the Firmware in WebPAM PROe on page 295 125 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Restoring Factory Defaults VessRAID includes a function to restore the default settings to its Firmware and Software settings Caution The action of restoring default settings can disrupt your VessRAID functions Use this feature only when necessary and only the settings that must reset to default in order to set them correctly To access the Restore Defaults feature 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View 2 Click the Administrative Tools amp icon The Administrative Tools list appears 3 Click the Restore Factory Defaults link at the bottom of the list in Management View The Restore Factory Defaults screen appears 4 Check the Firmware and Software functions you want to restore to default settings 5 Click the Submit button 6 In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided 7 Click the OK button The functions you selected will be automatically restored to their default settings Clearing Statistics The Clear Statistics function clears statistical data on controllers physical drives and logical drives To clear statistical data 1 Click the Subsystem amp
279. ise support site for drivers firmware and compatibility CE Statement Warning This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures FCC Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation KCC Statement FH 7 7 0 eu 7 Hp2poj Ger MESA k0 l0 Hu VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual 10 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation This chapter covers the following topics Unpacking the VessRAID below Installing the LCD Panel Optional page 12 Mounting VessRAID in a Rack page 14 Installing Disk Drives page 17 Making Data and Management Connections page 20 Setting Up Serial Cable Connections page 34 Connecting the Power page 35 Unpacking the VessRAID The VessRAID box contains the following items VessRAID Unit 1 5m 4 9 ft Power cords Quick Start Guide printed 1700i models 1 1800i models 2 RJ11 to DB9 serial data cable CD with SNMP files Product S for disk dri Manual and Quick Start Guide in crews for disk drives PDF format 70 pieces for 16 bay 50 pieces for 12 and 8 bay A Battery Backup Unit BBU is optional on the
280. isplay shows the default stripe size The choices are 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB and 1 MB Press the 4 or W button until the display shows the stripe size you want Press the e button to choose the stripe size shown on the screen The display shows the default sector size The choices are 512 B 1 KB 2 KB and 4 KB Press the or W button until the display shows the sector size you want The display shows the default read policy The choices are ReadCache ReadAhead and None Press the 4 or W button until the display shows the read policy you want Press the 1 button to choose the read policy shown on the screen The display shows the default write policy The choices are WriteBack and WriteThru write though Press the 4 or W button until the display shows the write policy you want Press the e button to choose the write policy shown on the screen 285 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 15 Press the button again to confirm The display shows the logical drive creation process When the creation is finished the LCD returns to Logical Disk Create Creating a Spare Drive This function creates a non revertible global spare drive If you want a revertible or a dedicated spare drive see Creating a Spare Drive on page 171 or page 227 To create a spare drive for your new disk array 1 Press the button and the display says Spare Drive Create 2 Press the button again to display the avai
281. itiator list 248 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Managing Background Activity Background activity refers to any of several functions that take place in the background while normal operation of the VessRAID continues Background activities work in conjunction with disk arrays and logical drives See Managing Disk Arrays on page 216 and Managing Logical Drives on page 230 for more information about how and when to use background activities Background Activity Management includes the following functions Viewing Current Background Activities page 249 Making Background Activity Settings page 249 Viewing Current Background Activities From the Main Menu highlight Background Activity and press Enter A count of current background activities appears including Rebuild PDM Predictive Data Migration Synchronization Redundancy Check Migration Transition Initialization Media Patrol Making Background Activity Settings 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Background Activity and press Enter Highlight Background Activity Settings and press Enter Highlight following and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled e Media Patrol Checks the magnetic media on physical drives Auto Rebuild If there is a spare drive of adequate capacity a critical disk array will begin to rebuild automatically If not spare drive is available the disk array will begin to rebuild as so
282. ive amp icon Click the Check Table tab in Management View Click the option for the table you want to see The default is All tables If there are entries they are listed as follows NGO Oe O Entry Number A number assigned to each block of entry Table Type Read Check Write Check or Inconsistent Block see below e Start Logical Block Address LBA of the first block for this entry Count Number of continuous blocks starting from this LBA 168 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Table Definitions e Read Check Table Contains a list of read errors for this logical drive e Write Check Table Contains a list of write errors for this logical drive e Inconsistent Block Table Contains a list of inconsistent blocks for this logical drive Mirror data for RAID Levels 1 1E and 10 or Parity data for RAID Levels 5 6 50 and 60 identified by the Redundancy Check a background function Making Logical Drive LUN Settings LUN Masking is the process of applying a LUN Map so that each initiator can only access the LUNs specified for it Before you can specify an initiator for your LUN map you must add the initiator to the VessRAID s initiator list See Adding an Initiator on page 112 You must enable LUN Masking in order apply a LUN map See Enabling LUN Masking on page 113 To specify a LUN Map 1 2 NG a Ab o Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Disk
283. ive carrier Disk drive mounting screw mounting screw This completes disk drive installation Caution VessRAID supports disk drive hot swapping To avoid hand contact with an electrical hazard do not remove more than one drive carrier a time VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Making Data and Management Connections You can configure your VessRAID for e Fibre Channel Direct Attached Storage DAS see below Fibre Channel Storage Area Network SAN page 23 iSCSI Direct Attached Storage DAS page 25 iSCSI Storage Area Network SAN page 27 e SAS Direct Attached Storage DAS page 30 e SAS JBOD Expansion page 32 Important For a list of supported FC HBAs Switches and SFPs download the latest compatibility list from the Promise support website VessRAID does not support cascading of multiple RAID subsystems Cascading is planned for a future release Fibre Channel Direct Attached Storage DAS This arrangement requires A Fibre Channel FC interface card in the Host PC e Atleast one FC transceiver for each VessRAID subsystem e A network interface card NIC in the Host PC Astandard network switch Note VessRAID Fibre Channel subsystems also have two 2 Ethernet RJ45 iSCSI Port connectors See iSCSI Direct Attached Storage DAS on page 25 for connection instructions Data Path The VessRAID controller has two 2 FC Port connectors and one 1
284. ked position 6 Attach the RAID controller cover and install the two attaching screws See page 303 Figure 4 7 Reinstall the RAID Controller See Replacing a RAID Controller on page 301 This completes the memory module replacement procedure 307 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 308 Chapter 9 Technology Background This chapter covers the following topics Introduction to RAID below Choosing a RAID Level page 322 Choosing Stripe Size page 326 Choosing Sector Size page 326 Cache Policy page 327 Capacity Coercion page 329 Initialization page 329 Hot Spare Drive s page 330 Partition and Format the Logical Drive page 330 RAID Level Migration page 331 Media Patrol page 340 Predictive Data Migration PDM page 341 Transition page 342 Introduction to RAID RAID Redundant Array of Independent Disks allows multiple physical drives to be combined together in a disk array Then all or a portion of the disk array is formed into a logical drive The operating system sees the logical drive as a single storage device and treats it as such The RAID software and controller manage all of the individual drives The benefits of a RAID can include Higher data transfer rates for increased server performance Increased overall storage capacity for a single drive designation such as C D E etc Data redundancy fault tolerance for ensuring continuous system opera
285. l Ports High availability DAS NAS SAN and cluster friendly platforms e Dual 8 Gb s FC host ports plus dual GbE iSCSI host ports e Four GbE iSCSI host ports e Dual 3 Gb s SAS x4 host ports e 3 Gb s SAS x4 JBOD expansion port on 16 and 12 bay models 10 100Mb RJ45 Ethernet management port RJ11 serial port supports RS232 protocol via adapter cable USB 2 0 external ports for subsystem management RAID Support Automatic Express and Advanced RAID configuration options Supports RAID levels 0 1 1E 5 6 10 50 and 60 Supports any combination of RAID levels at the same time Configurable stripe sizes 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB and 1 MB Multiple global or dedicated hot spare drives with reversion option Up to 256 LUNs per subsystem Up to 32 logical drives LUNs per disk array Out of order logical drive deletion and re creation LUN masking and mapping Extensive SCSI command set 16 byte CDB for 64 bit LBA addressing Predictive Data Migration PDM replaces un healthy disk member in array and maintains I O activity during the transition Hard soft reset to recover HDD from bad status Power control to recover HDD from hung status Write Hole Table to prevent RAID 5 6 inconsistent data Read Write Check Table to prevent data content errors VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual NVRAM event logging Management Tools WebPAM PROe browser based embedded out of band OS independent locali
286. l drive has been deleted LD1 0x00120008 Info Synchronization is stopped internally LD1 0x00120002 Info Event Frame Synchronization is paused LD1 0x00120003 Info Dec 28 2008 17 40 02 Synchronization is resumed LDO 0x00090001 Info Dec 28 2008 17 40 01 Logical drive has been deleted LD1 0x00120002 Info Dec 28 2008 17 40 01 Synchronization is paused internet 60 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe There are four major parts to the graphic user interface Header see below Tree see page 61 Management View see page 62 Event Frame see page 63 Using the Header The Header contains the following items Language To change languages see Choosing a Language on page 59 View To view the Event Frame see Viewing the Event Frame on page 63 Storage Network To view all of the VessRAID subsystem enclosures currently accessible the network see Working with the Storage Network on page 65 Contact Us Click Contact Us for a list of contact information including Technical Support Also see Contacting Technical Support on page 389 Logout To log out of WebPAM PROe see page 63 Help Click Help in the Header to access the main online help menu About Click About in the Header to display the WebPAM PROe software version and build date Using Tree View Tree View enables you to navigate around all components of the Subsystem including iSCSI management network and servic
287. l drives of this logical drive and move them to another enclosure or to different drive slots in the same enclosure After you relocate the physical drives the logical drive status will show OK To create a logical drive see Creating a Logical Drive on page 157 To delete a logical drive see Deleting a Logical Drive on page 159 For a Degraded or Offline logical drive see Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 Viewing Logical Drive Information To view information for a single logical drive 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View 2 Click the Disk Arrays amp icon 3 Click the Disk Array amp icon 4 Click the Logical Drives amp icon 5 Click the Logical Drive icon To specify an Alias or set the Read and Write Policies click the Settings tab Logical Drive Status See Logical Drive Status on page 164 Logical Drive Synchronization Synchronization is an automatic procedure applied to logical drives when they are created Yes means the logical drive was synchronized Adjustable Items e Alias optional e Read Policy e Write Policy e Preferred Controller ID See Making Logical Drive Settings on page 166 165 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Viewing Logical Drive Statistics To view information for a single logical drive 1 2 3 4 5 6 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays E icon Click the Disk Array amp
288. lable physical drives by number 3 Press the W button to move through the list Press the button to choose a physical drive for your spare drive Note that your spare drive must be the same type of drive HDD or SSD as the drives in your disk array 4 Press the 4 button again to confirm The display shows the spare drive creation process When the creation is finished the LCD returns to Spare Drive Create Deleting a Disk Array Caution When you delete a disk array you delete all the logical drives and the data they contain Back up all important data before deleting a disk array To delete a disk array 1 Press the a or W button until the display says Array Configure Press the button and the display says Auto Configure Press the or W button until the display says Advanced Configure Press the or W button until the display says Disk Array Delete Press the button again to display a list of disk arrays Press the 4 or W button choose a disk array for deletion Press the e button and the display says Delete Disk Array X Oo Al SO 201 oe NO Press the button again and the display says Are you sure NO 286 Managing Disk Arrays 9 Press the W button to change the answer to YES then press the button 10 Press the J button again to confirm The chosen disk array is deleted Viewing Disk Array Information To view disk array information 1 nb o N Press the 4 o
289. ler management includes the following functions Viewing Controller Information page 131 Viewing Controller Information page 131 Viewing Controller Statistics page 132 Making Controller Settings page 132 Clearing an Orphan Watermark page 133 Viewing the Controller To view information about the controller 1 2 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Controllers icon The controller information appears under the Information tab in Management View Controller information includes e Controller ID 1 e Alias if assigned e Model if applicable e Status OK means normal Viewing Controller Information To view Controller information 1 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Controllers icon Click the Controller W icon The controller information appears the Information tab in Management View Adjustable items You can set or adjust the following items Alias if assigned Coercion enable or disable Coercion Method SMART Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting System for physical drives SMART Polling Interval 131 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Write Back Cache Flush Interval Enclosure Polling Interval See Making Controller Settings on page 132 Upgradable items You can upgrade the following items Boot loader Version Firmware Version number Software Version number Memory Size See Chapter 8 Maintenance o
290. lick the Enclosure icon Click the Settings tab in Management View Enter a value in the following fields as necessary a Pe GN Enclosure Warning Temperature Threshold e Enclosure Critical Temperature Threshold e Controller Warning Temperature Threshold e Controller Critical Temperature Threshold 6 Click the Submit button The changes take effect immediately Viewing FRU VPD Information FRU VPD refers to Vital Product Data VPD information about Field Replaceable Units FRU in the enclosure The screen lists the battery backup unit optional and backplane To view FRU VPD information 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View 2 Click the Enclosures 4 icon 137 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 3 Click the Enclosure icon 4 Click the FRU VPD tab in Management View Use this information when communicating with Technical Support and when ordering replacement units For contact information see Contacting Technical Support on page 389 Checking the Battery A cache backup battery or Battery Backup Unit BBU is optional on VessRAID To check the battery 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View 2 Click the Enclosures icon 3 Click the Enclosure icon 4 Click the Battery tab in Management View Battery Notes Each battery works with a controller If the battery is present in the subsystem but the corresponding controller is not present the battery will no
291. light Event Viewer and press Enter Highlight NVRAM Events and press Enter The log of NVRAM Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes Sequence number Begins with O at system startup Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number Severity lowest to highest Information Warning Minor Major Critical and Fatal Timestamp Date and time the event happened Description A description of the event in plain language Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log Clearing NVRAM Events To clear the Runtime Event log From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter Highlight NVRAM Events and press Enter Highlight Clear NVRAM Event Log and press Enter Press Y to confirm 1 2 3 4 252 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Working with LUN Mapping LUN Mapping includes the following functions e Viewing a List of Initiators page 253 Enabling LUN Mapping page 253 e Creating an Initiator page 253 e Mapping a LUN to an Initiator page 254 e Deleting an Initiator page 254 Viewing a List of Initiators LUN Mapping must be enabled in order for VessRAID to recognize an iSCSI initiator To view a list of initiators 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter A list of the current initiators appears Enabling LUN Mapping To
292. ly and voltage Physical Drive Management View PD ID model interface capacity location enclosure and slot number configuration array and sequence number firmware version status Locate physical drive Logical Disk Management View LD ID capacity RAID level write cache stripe size sector size disk array ID status Locate logical drive Limitations The LCD panel does not perform the following functions Setting enclosure date and time Clearing a Stale or PFA condition from a physical drive Creating a revertible spare drive or a dedicated spare drive Running background activity such as Media Patrol PDM Rebuild or RAID level migration Making FC iSCSI or SAS settings Viewing event logs Shutting down or restarting the VessRAID Refer to Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe on page 57 and Chapter 6 Management with the CLU on page 197 when you need to perform these functions Viewing Events The LCD panel reports events with a severity of Warning Minor Major Critical or Fatal See Setting up User Event Subscriptions on page 77 for a description of the severity levels To view events 1 2 Press the or W button until the display says View Events Press the button and the display the first critical event e Press the button to display more information about the event e Press the amp or W button to scroll through any additional events 277 VessRAID 1000f 1000i
293. m powers down automatically On subsystems with redundant power supplies unplug the power cords and plug them back in to activate the power switches Caution After you power off the subsystem wait at least 10 seconds before you power on the subsystem again 127 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Monitoring the Shutdown To monitor a shutdown you must use the Command Line Interface CLI though a serial connection to the VessRAID Turn off both power supply switches when the following this message appears Shutdown complete It is now safe to power off the subsystem 128 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Starting Up After Shutdown Important If you have a JBOD Expansion always power on the JBOD subsystems first Then power on the RAID subsystem To start the RAID subsystem 1 Manually turn on the power supply switches on the back of the subsystem If the switches are ON but the subsystem is OFF turn the switches off and on again On subsystems with redundant power supplies if the power switches do not respond unplug the power cords and plug them back in Try the power switches again 2 Wait about two minutes 3 Open your browser and log into WebPAM PROe See Logging into WebPAM PROe on page 58 If you cannot log in wait 30 seconds and try again Monitoring the Startup To monitor a startup you must use the Command Line Interface CLI though a serial connec
294. mber of physical drives in the logical drive The chart below shows RAID 30 and 50 logical drives with 6 to 16 physical drives the available number of axles and the resulting distribution of physical drives on each axle RAID 30 and 50 Logical Drive No of No of Drives per No of No of Drives per Drives Axles Axle Drives Axles Axle 6 2 3 3 14 2 7 7 7 2 3 4 3 4 5 5 8 2 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 9 2 4 5 15 2 7 8 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 10 2 5 5 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 5 3 3 3 3 3 11 2 5 6 16 2 8 8 3 3 4 4 3 5 5 6 12 2 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 13 2 6 7 3 4 4 5 4 3 3 3 4 319 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 60 Striping of Double Parity RAID 60 combines both RAID 6 and RAID 0 features Data is striped across disks as in RAID 0 and it uses double distributed parity as in RAID 6 RAID 60 provides data reliability good overall performance and supports larger volume sizes Figure 9 RAID 60 is a combination of RAID 6 and RAID 0 Data Stripes Figure 10 RAID 60 Striping of Double Distributed Parity disk arrays Double Distributed Parity Disk Drives The total capacity of a RAID 60 logical drive is the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives minus four RAID 60 also provides very high reliability because data is still available even if multiple physical drives fail two in each
295. mber of disks Recommended Applications for RAID 1E e Imaging applications e Database servers e General file server RAID 3 Advantages Disadvantages Good for large files with high transfer Random write performance only fair rates where fault tolerance is also Disk failure has a medium impact on required throughput Recommended Applications for RAID 3 e Video editing e Multimedia production e File and Application server RAID 5 Advantages Disadvantages High Read data transaction rate Disk failure has a medium impact on Medium Write data transaction rate throughput Good aggregate transfer rate Recommended Applications for RAID 5 e File and Application servers e Intranet servers WWW E mail and News servers Most versatile RAID level 323 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 6 Advantages Disadvantages High Read data transaction rate Medium Write data transaction rate Good aggregate transfer rate High disk overhead equivalent of two drives used for parity Slightly lower performance than RAID 5 RAI Safest RAID level except for RAID 60 Recommended Applications for RAID 6 Accounting and Financial Database servers Any application requiring very high availability D 10 Advantages Disadvantages Implemented as a mirrored disk array whose segments are RAID 0 disk arrays High I O rates are ac
296. me as in step 5 After you have set the last extreme right digit press the button The current Gateway displays with the cursor under the first extreme left digit 47 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Make the needed changes the same as in step 5 After you have set the last extreme right digit press the a button The display says Save Network Setting Press the e button to confirm The display shows the new IP address you set Making Automatic IP Settings To make Management Port settings automatically 1 2 D GB OO Press the amp or W button until the display says Management Port Press the button and the display says Link Status Up If it says Link Status Down reconnect to the network before preceding Press the or W button and the display says DHCP Disable Press the button to make a change Press the 4 button to Enable Press the button to confirm The display shows the new IP address set by the DHCP server This completes the Management Port setup You can also make network settings for the iSCSI ports with the LCD screen however that task is easier using CLU or WebPAM PROe 48 Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup Creating Disk Arrays with WebPAM PROe Setting up WebPAM PROe consists of the following actions e Logging into WebPAM PROe below e Choosing a Language page 51 e Creating a Disk Array page 51 e Logging out of WebPAM PROe page 55 Usin
297. migrate e You cannot migrate a disk array when it is Critical or performing activities such as Synchronizing Rebuilding and PDM e For RAID 6 or RAID 60 you can only migrate between these two RAID levels Destination RAID 60 axles can have up to 32 physical drives Other limitations might apply Ranges of Disk Array Expansion The Windows 2000 and Windows XP 82 bit operating systems support a 10 byte LBA format As a result these OSes can only recognize 4 billion addresses If you create a logical drive using the default 512 B sector size the logical drive will be limited to 2 TB of data even if there is more space available on your disk drives This limitation does not apply to Windows XP 64 bit 2003 Server Vista and Linux OSes with the 2 6 kernel Linux OSes with the 2 4 kernel do not support variable sector sizes therefore you cannot apply the solution described here to those OSes Note that once you create your logical drive you cannot change the size of the sectors Nor can you increase the number of address blocks that the OS recognizes You can direct WebPAM PROe to expand a logical drive beyond the maximum expansion size When the expansion is finished e WebPAM PROe will show the logical drive in the desired size e Your operating system might show the logical drive at the maximum size listed in the table below e Additional capacity might appear as unpartitioned and unformatted 339 VessRAID 1000f
298. model s SAS SATA ATA ATAPI drives amp devices and other controllers 389 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Technical Support Services Promise Online Web Site http Awww promise com support support_eng asp technical documents drivers utilities etc United States E mail Support e Support On Line Fax Support 1 408 228 1100 Attn Technical Support Phone Support 1 408 228 1400 option 4 If you wish to write us for Promise Technology Inc support 580 Cottonwood Drive Milpitas CA 95035 USA The Netherlands E mail Support e Support On Line Fax Support 31 0 40 256 9463 Attn Technical Support Phone Support 31 0 40 235 2600 If you wish to write us for Promise Technology Europe B V support Science Park Eindhoven 5542 5692 EL Son The Netherlands Germany E mail Support e Support On Line Fax Technical Support 49 0 2 31 56 76 48 29 Attn Technical Support Phone Technical Support 49 0 2 31 56 76 48 10 If you wish to write us for Promise Technology Germany support Europaplatz 9 44269 Dortmund Germany 390 Chapter 11 Support Italy E mail Support e Support On Line Fax Support 39 0 6 367 124 00 Attn Technical Support Phone Support 39 0 6 367 126 26 If you wish to write us for support Taiwan E mail Support Promise Technology Italy Piazza del Popolo 18 00187 Roma Italia e Support On Line Fa
299. n Click the Delete tab in Management View Check the box to the left of the disk array you want to delete Click the Submit button In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided 155 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 7 Click the OK button The selected disk array disappears from the Disk Array List the Information tab Viewing Disk Array Information To view Disk Array information 1 2 3 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays EB icon Click the Disk Array amp icon The disk array information is shown in Management View Disk Array Operational Status OK The normal state of a disk array For RAID Levels other than RAID 0 Striping the disk array has full redundancy Synchronizing When you first create a disk array the disk array synchronizes During that time your data is available However access will be slower until synchronizing is done Critical Degraded This condition results from a physical drive failure Your data is still available However the disk array has lost redundancy fault tolerance You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it See Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 Rebuilding This condition is temporary When a physical drive has been replaced the disk array automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore redundancy fault tolerance Your data is still available
300. n Recoverable error or failure has occurred e None Deactivates this event for notification purposes Click the Submit button The user s account must have an email address See Making User Settings on page 76 For information about the email service see Making Email Settings on page 115 To send a test message to the email address in the listed under General Info click the Test Email button Changing Another User s Password To change a user s password 1 mm NO 8 9 Log into WebPAM PROe as the Administrator or a Super User Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the User Management 2 icon In the list of users click the link of the user whose settings you want to change The Settings screen for the selected user displays Click the Password tab in Management View Enter a new password of 1 to 31 characters no spaces in the New Password field Enter the new password in the Retype Password field Click the Submit button Changing Your Own Password To set or change your own password 1 Pap wo N Log into WebPAM PROe under your own user name Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the User Management amp icon Click the Password tab in Management View Enter the current password in the Old Password field If you do not have a password leave this field blank 78 Chapter 4 Mana
301. n page 295 Viewing Controller Statistics To view controller statistics 1 Pw N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Controllers icon Click the Controller icon Click the Information tab in Management View and choose Statistics from dropdown menu Clearing Statistics To clear statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 126 Making Controller Settings To make Controller settings 1 a Bio N Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Controllers icon Click the Controller ew icon Click the Settings tab in Management View Make the following settings as needed Enter a name into the Alias field Maximum of 48 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional e Check the SMART Log box to enable the Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting System SMART 132 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe e Enter a polling interval 1 to 1440 minutes in SMART Polling Interval field e Check the Coercion Enabled box to enable disk drive capacity coercion When disk drives of different capacities are used in the same array coercion reduces the usable capacity of the larger disk drive s in order to match the smallest capacity drive For more information see Capacity Coercion on page 329 e Select a coercion method from the Coercion Method dropdown menu The choices are GB Truncate Default
302. nabled logical drives See page 51 or page 157 Also see Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives on page 397 The Device List shows NAS devices as Blue icon bold type Currently selected e Blue icon Detected and available e Gray icon Previously detected but not currently available The version number of the SmartNAVI software is listed under System Information 5 SmartNAYI SmartSYNC Sele Meard Click here to refresh Selected gt vriza0i VessRAID 984245 192 168 20 Available EJ vR1840f vessRAID 307400 1921682 Not available f vR1830i VessRAID 307534 Unknown 1 SmartNAVI version number Product Version v1 7 0 12 177 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Adding NAS Devices To be recognized as a NAS device a VessRAID subsystem must have a logical drive with the NAS feature enabled See page 51 or page 154 for more information SmartSYNC Setup Wizard Kc Smart NavI Also see Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives on page 397 Ga Find NAS over WWW p When SmartNAVI starts it checks the network for NAS devices SmartNAVI automatically detects NAS when they are added to the network To add a NAS devices to the SmartNAVI Device list 1 Under the Device List right click Click here to refresh and choose Find NAS over WWW The IP dialog box opens 2 Inthe IP dialog box type the IP address of the VessRAI
303. nagement includes information status settings and location To access Enclosure Management 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter To access FPU VPD information vital product data on field replaceable units highlight FPU VPD Information and press Enter This function lists the battery backup unit and backplane Viewing Power Supply Status To view the status of the power supplies 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter 3 Highlight Power Supply Units and press Enter The screen displays the status of VessRAID s power supply If any status differs from Powered On and Functional there is a power supply malfunction See Replacing a Power Supply on page 300 208 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Locating a Power Supply To locate a power supply 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight Power Supplies and press Enter Highlight Locate Power Supply and press Enter The LED on the selected power supply blinks for one minute Viewing Cooling Unit Status To view the status of the blowers 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight Cooling Units and pre
304. naging Enclosures Managing Enclosures The LCD panel provides information on the main VessRAID subsystem or Head Unit only For a JBOD as well as other Enclosure functions see Managing Enclosures on page 135 WebPAM PROe or page 208 CLU Viewing the Enclosure This function requires the LCD to be in Advanced mode See page 276 To view enclosure information 1 2 3 Press the or W button until the display says View Enclosure Press the J button and the display says Enclosure Status Press the button again and the display says Temperature Status This is the item list It includes e Temperature status e Fan status e Power Supply status e Voltage status Press the or W button to scroll through the list of items Press the 1 button to display the reported value for the item Then press the ESC button to return to the item list Making Buzzer Settings The buzzer sounds to inform you that the VessRAID needs attention See VessRAID is Beeping on page 345 for more information To make buzzer settings 1 2 3 Press the amp or W button until the display says Misc Management Press the button and the display says Buzzer Configure Press the button again and the display shows the current Buzzer setting Press the M or W button to toggle between Enable and Disable Press the button make the new buzzer setting Press the button again to confirm 281 VessRAID 1000f
305. nch the CLI 198 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Making a Telnet Connection A Telnet connection requires a network connection between the Host PC and VessRAID controller s Management Ethernet port Figure 2 Management port on the controller Management port E a ee ee es ee l MAU SS na k hee o sototo o o s0lo2o To start the telnet program 1 2 3 Go to the command line prompt Windows or click the terminal icon Linux Type telnet 192 168 1 56 2300 and press Enter The IP address above is only an example Use your VessRAID s Management port IP address 2300 is the Telnet port for the VessRAID Press Enter once to launch the CLI Logging In 1 At the Login prompt type the user name and press Enter The default user name is administrator At the Password prompt type the password and press Enter The default password is password The CLI screen appears At the administrator cli gt prompt type menu and press Enter The CLU Main Menu appears 199 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Figure 3 CLU main menu aif x De ot Yew Cal asie tpp Ds 213 ca o CLU Main Menu Quick Setup Sul vsten Ma agement Physical Drive Management Disk Array Management Spare Drive Managenent Logical Drive Management Network Manageme iSCSI Manageme a B Fy f B Return to CLI ARROWS TAB Navigate E
306. ncies You can also schedule a Redundancy Check See Scheduling an Activity on page 72 Redundancy Check a Logical Drive 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View 2 Click the Logical Drive Summary amp icon 167 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 3 Click the B icon of the logical drive you want to Initialize You can also start Redundancy check from the Subsystem icon Background Activities tab 4 From the dropdown menu on the Background Activities tab choose Redundancy Check 5 To choose Auto Fix check the box This feature attempts to repair the problem when it finds an error 6 To choose Pause On Error check the box This feature stops the process when it finds an error If Auto Fix is also checked the process stops only when it finds a non repairable error 7 Click the Submit button To view the progress of the Redundancy Check click the Background Activity tab To set Redundancy Check priority see Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 Viewing the Logical Drive Check Table The Logical Drive Check Table displays errors related to a logical drive Use this information to evaluate the integrity of the logical drive and to determine whether corrective action is needed To View the tables 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View 2 Click the Disk Arrays B amp icon Click the Disk Array amp icon Click the Logical Drives amp icon Click the Logical Dr
307. nd the display says RAID Level Press the amp or W button until the display shows the RAID level you want Note that the available RAID levels depend on the number of physical drives in your disk array Press the button to choose the RAID level shown on the screen The display shows the maximum available capacity 288 Managing Disk Arrays 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Press the or W button until the display shows the capacity you want Press the button to choose the capacity shown on the screen The display shows the default stripe size The choices are 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB and 1 MB Press the 4 or W button until the display shows the stripe size you want Press the 1 button to choose the stripe size shown on the screen The display shows the default sector size The choices are 512 B 1 KB 2 KB and 4 KB Press the or W button until the display shows the sector size you want The display shows the default read policy The choices are ReadCache ReadAhead and None Press the 4 or W button until the display shows the read policy you want Press the e button to choose the read policy shown on the screen The display shows the default write policy The choices are WriteBack and WriteThru write though Press the 4 or W button until the display shows the write policy you want Press the 4 button to choose the write policy shown on the screen Press the e button again t
308. ng techniques where the workload is distributed in the most efficient manner Whichever drive is not busy and is positioned closer to the data will be accessed first With RAID 1 if one physical drive fails or has errors the other mirrored physical drive continues to function Moreover if a spare physical drive is present the spare drive will be used as the replacement drive and data will begin to be mirrored to it from the remaining good drive Figure 2 RAID 1 Mirrors identical data to two drives Data Mirror mmm Physical Drives The logical drive s data capacity equals the smaller physical drive For example a 100 GB physical drive and a 120 GB physical drive have a combined capacity of 100 GB in a mirrored logical drive If physical drives of different capacities are used there will be unused capacity on the larger drive RAID 1 logical drives on VessRAID consist of two physical drives If you want a mirrored logical drive with more than two physical drives see RAID 1E Enhanced Mirror on page 312 and RAID 10 Mirror Stripe on page 316 311 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 1E Enhanced Mirror RAID 1E offers the security of mirrored data provided by RAID 1 plus the added capacity of more than two physical drives It also offers overall increased read write performance plus the flexibility of using an odd number of physical drives With RAID 1E each data stripe is mirrored o
309. ng the sequence number each new challenge session to protect against replay attacks With Promise subsystems CHAP secrets cannot be assigned to individual LUNS Use LUN mapping and masking to restrict LUN access to a unique initiator A single target CHAP secret should not be shared among multiple initiators Note Enable CHAP Authentication under iSCSI Node settings See page 90 Viewing CHAPs To view a list of current CHAPs 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View 2 Click the Administrative Tools icon 94 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 3 4 Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the CHAP tab in Management View The CHAP tab displays the list of current CHAPs Adding CHAPs To add a CHAP 1 O NO ON PG TO 9 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the CHAP tab dropdown menu and chose Add CHAP Enter a name in the Name field Enter a secret of 12 to 16 characters in the Secret field Enter the secret again in the Retype Secret field Choose the CHAP type Peer to peer is one way authentication Local is bi directional authentication Click the Submit button Editing CHAPs To edit a CHAP 1 Oar wo LP Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the CHAP tab in Management View Click the CHAP name li
310. nk Make changes as required e Highlight the current name press the backspace key to erase it then type a new name e Highlight the current secret press the backspace key to erase it then type a new secret of 12 to 16 characters e Type the new secret again in the Retype Secret field e Change the CHAP type Peer to peer is one way authentication Local is bi directional authentication Click the Submit button 95 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Deleting CHAPs To delete a CHAP 1 DAAN Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the CHAP tab dropdown menu and choose Delete CHAP Check the box to the left of the CHAP you want to delete Click the Submit button Using iSCSI Ping You can send a ping through VessRAID s iSCSI data ports to verify a network connection To send a ping 1 NO Dao N Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Ping tab in Management View Enter the IP address you want to ping in the IP Address field Choose an iSCSI data port from the Ping Through Port dropdown menu Click the Submit button After a few moments the result displays in the iSCSI Ping Operation header 96 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Managing Network Attached Storage NAS The Network Attached Sto
311. nsaction Data e Other e Video Stream e Transaction Log 4 Click the Update button Or check the Automatic Update box and updates will occur automatically The following parameters display e Disk Arrays The number of physical drives in the disk array their ID numbers configurable capacity and the number of logical drives to be created Logical Drives The ID number of the logical drives their RAID level capacity and stripe size e Spare Drives The physical drive ID number of the dedicated hot spare assigned to this disk array If you have both Hard Disk Drives HDD and Solid State Drives SSD separate disk arrays will be created for your HDDs and for your SSDs Each array will have the number of logical drives that you specified If you accept these parameters proceed to the next step If NOT review and modify your selections in the previous steps 5 When you are done click the Submit button The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List on the Information tab Advanced Step 1 Disk Array Creation 1 Optional Enter a name for the disk array in the field provided Maximum of 31 characters letters numbers space between characters and underline Uncheck the boxes if you want to disable Media Patrol or PDM Promise recommends leaving these features enabled Highlight physical drives you want in the disk array from the Available list and press the gt gt button to move them to the Selected list
312. nt Point Conflicts A mount point conflict can occur when a NAS Volume is transported from one subsystem to another resulting in two NAS Volumes with identical mount points When the system detects a mount point conflict it automatically changes one of the mount points to XXX 0 Conflict where XXX is the original mount point name This action enables the two NAS volumes to co exist in the same system It also saves the time and effort needed to delete and recreate a logical drive and NAS volume If you do not want to use the system assigned mount point name you have the option of changing the mount point from the name assigned by the system To change a assigned mount point name 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View 2 Click the Administrative Tools icon 3 Click the NAS F icon 4 Click the Mount Point Conflict amp icon The system assigned mount point name appears in the field 5 Type anew mount point name in the field 6 Click the Submit button The new mount point name appears under the File System Status tab See Viewing File System Status on page 106 109 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing SAS Connections SAS connections deal with the VessRAID s two host data ports Viewing iSCSI Node Information page 90 Making iSCSI Node Settings page 90 Viewing SAS Port Statistics page 111 Viewing SAS Initiators page 111 Viewing SAS Port Information The SAS Controll
313. nt View Identifying a Physical Drive To identify physical drive in the VessRAID subsystem enclosure OV GN A Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Physical Drives icon In Management View click the physical drives in the graphic The location of the physical drive is highlighted in the Enclosure Front View diagram 141 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Making Global Physical Drive Settings Global settings apply to all of the physical disk drives installed in the VessRAID subsystem enclosure To make global physical drive settings DB any gt Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Physical Drives icon Click the Global Settings tab in Management View Make the settings as needed For SATA drives check the boxes to enable e Write Cache e Read Look Ahead Cache Command Queuing for disk drives that support Command Queuing From the DMA Mode dropdown menu choose a DMA mode For SAS drives check the boxes to enable e Write Cache e Read Look Ahead Cache Command Queuing for disk drives that support Command Queuing e Read Cache Click the Submit button The functions you enable here depend on whether the physical drives support those functions See Viewing Physical Drive Information on page 142 to determine which functions a pa
314. ntinue The screen goes blank Wait for no less than two minutes Re establish your Telnet connection to the VessRAID CLU If you cannot re establish a connection wait 30 seconds then try again Restarting VessRAID Serial Connection This function enables you to restart the VessRAID subsystem on a serial connection You can only do part of this procedure in the CLU Additional action is required as described below To restart the VessRAID 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Restart 272 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Highlight Submit and press Enter A warning message appears Press Y to continue The screen will display shutdown and startup functions When the Login prompt appears log into the CLU again 273 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Making Buzzer Settings This function enables the buzzer on the controller When you first power up the VessRAID it beeps twice to show normal operation To change buzzer settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Buzzer and press Enter A list of Controllers appears with the current buzzer setting and status 2 Highlight the Controller whose buzzer you want to set and press Enter 3 Highlight Enabled and press the spacebar to toggle between Yes and No 4 Press Ctrl A to save your settings The b
315. nto two physical drives If one drive fails or has errors the other drives continue to function providing fault tolerance Figure 3 RAID 1E can mirror data over an odd number of drives Enhanced Data Mirrors Physical Drives The advantage of RAID 1E is the ability to use an odd number of physical drives unlike RAID 1 and RAID 10 You can also create a RAID 1E Logical Drive with an even number of physical drives However with an even number of drives you obtain somewhat greater security with comparable performance using RAID 10 RAID 1E logical drives consist of three or more physical drives You can create an array with just two physical drives and specify RAID 1E But the resulting logical drive is actually a RAID 1 312 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 3 Block Stripe and Dedicated Parity RAID 3 organizes block data across multiple physical drives and parity data on a dedicated drive Generally RAID Level 3 tends to exhibit lower random write performance due to the heavy workload of parity recalculation for each I O Heavy I O loads with a large number of writes tends to work the parity drive harder in proportion to the other drives in the logical drive Promise implements RAID 3 with block level striping rather than byte level striping RAID 3 stripes data across multiple drives with parity on a dedicated drive Dedicated Parity Data 8 E g E Physical Drives The capacity of a RAID 3 logical d
316. o confirm NO Pp O N Note If a physical drive has both a Stale and a PFA condition click the Clear tab once to clear the Stale condition then click again to clear the PFA condition Forcing a Physical Drive Offline or Online The Physical Drive Force Offline Online tab enables you to force an e Online physical drive to go Offline e Offline physical drive to go Online The Force Offline Online tab appears only for physical drives that are assigned to disk arrays 144 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Caution Forcing a physical drive offline or online is likely to cause data loss Back up your data before you proceed Use these functions only when required Important Forcing a physical drive offline will cause your logical drives to become degraded If Auto Rebuild is enabled and a spare drive is available the disk array will begin rebuilding itself automatically To force a physical drive offline or online O 109 TA OF OT G0 ANON ES Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures 4 icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Physical Drives icon Click a Physical Drive 9 icon Click the Force Offline Online tab in Management View Click the Submit button In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided Click the OK button Locating a Physical Drive To locate a physical drive Dom o Ne Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click
317. o confirm The display shows the logical drive creation process When the creation is finished the LCD returns to Logical Disk Create Deleting a Logical Drive Caution When you delete a logical drive you delete all the data it contains Back up all important data before deleting a logical drive To delete a logical drive from a disk array 1 Do an Press the or W button until the display says Array Configure Press the button and the display says Auto Configure Press the 4 or W button until the display says Advanced Configure Press the or W button until the display says Logical Drive Delete Press the 1 button again to display a list of logical drives Press the or W button choose a logical drive for deletion 289 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 10 Press the e button and the display says Delete Logical Drive X Press the button again and the display says Are you sure NO Press the W button to change the answer to YES then press the e button Press the button again to confirm The chosen logical drive is deleted Viewing Logical Drive Information This function requires the LCD to be in Advanced mode See page 276 To view logical drive information 1 a di Press the amp or W button until the display says Logical Disk Management Press the 4 button and the display a list of logical drives by ID number Press the 4 or W button to scroll through the list of lo
318. om the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter Highlight the port you want and press Enter Highlight Fibre Channel Port Settings and press Enter Highlight the following parameters and press the spacebar to toggle though the choices e Configured Link Speed 8 Gb s 4 Gb s 2 Gb s or Automatic selection 236 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Configured Topology NL Port Arbitrated Loop N Port Point to Point or Automatic selection 6 Highlight Hard ALPA and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value The range is 0 to 255 255 disables this feature 7 Press Ctrl A to save your settings The table below shows the type of attached topology you will achieve based on your connection type and the configured topology you choose Fibre Channel Attached Topology Configured Topology Connection Type N Port NL Port Switch Fabric Direct Fabric Direct Direct Point to Point Private Loop Example 1 If you connect the VessRAID to a Fibre Channel switch and choose NL Port topology you will create a Fabric Direct attached topology Example 2 If you have a Point to Point attached topology you made a direct connection no switch and chose N port topology Note In some cases HBA settings to N Port only work if connected to the switch Refer to your HBA manual for more information
319. on Click the Create tab in Management View Choose a spare type Global or Dedicated Global can be used by any disk array Dedicated can only be used by the assigned disk arrays Click the Next button To make a revertible spare drive check the Revertible box A revertible spare drive can be returned to spare drive status after it replaces a failed drive in a disk array See Transition on page 342 for more information To enable Media Patrol on this spare drive check the Enable Media Patrol box Dedicated spares only From the Media Type dropdown menu choose the physical drive type used in the array HDD Hard Disk Drives e SSD Solid State Drives The drive type you selected appears in the list of Physical Drives You cannot mix HDDs and SSDs in the same disk array In the Physical drives field highlight the physical drive you want to assign as a spare drive in the Available list and press the 55 button to move the drive to the Selected list You can also double click drives to move them 171 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 10 If you selected a Dedicated spare drive in the Dedicated to Disk Arrays field 11 highlight disk arrays to which you want assign the spare drive from the Available list and press the gt gt button to move the array to the Selected list You can also double click arrays to move them Click the Update button Your choices are displayed under New Hot Spare Drive
320. on terminated The battery was disconnected or removed during reconditioning Reinstall the battery See page 304 Blowers Blowers have started Normal Blowers have stopped Verify that the fans are properly installed If they still does not turn replace the fan See page 302 Blower speed is increased Check the VessRAID for overheating See page 378 Blower speed is decreased Temporary overheat condition was corrected Blowers are NOT functioning Replace the fans See page 302 Blowers have been inserted Normal Blowers have been removed Reinstall the fan If the fan does not turn replace it See page 302 360 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Reported Event Corrective Action Blowers are functioning normally Normal Blowers are NOT installed Reinstall the fan If the fan does not turn replace it See page 302 Blower status is unknown Check for airflow out of the cooling unit If there is none check for proper installation Cache BBU flushing has started VessRAID s cache is being flushed BBU flushing has ended VessRAID s cache has been flushed BBU flushing has failed VessRAID s cache could not be flushed Check your cache flush interval setting See page 132 WebPAM PROe or page 205 CLU Controller The controller parameter s changed by user The user successfully changed cont
321. on as you replace the failed physical drive with an unconfigured physical drive of equal or greater size 249 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 4 Highlight following and press the spacebar to toggle through Low Medium and High rates e Rebuild Checks the data integrity on disk arrays e Migration Change RAID level or add physical dries to disk arrays e PDM Looks for bad blocks on the physical drives of disk arrays e Transition Returns a revertible spare drive to spare status e Synchronization Checks the data integrity on disk arrays Initialization Sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero e Redundancy Check Checks reports and can correct data inconsistencies in logical drives The rates are defined as follows e Low Fewer resources to activity more to data read write e Medium Balance of resources to activity and data read write e High More resources to activity fewer to data read write Highlight the following PDM trigger settings and press the backspace key to erase the current value e Reassigned Block Threshold 1 to 512 blocks e Error Block Threshold 1 to 2048 blocks Press Ctrl A to save your settings 250 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Working with the Event Viewer The Event Viewer displays log of subsystem events Events are classified as Runtime Events A list of and information about the 1023 most recent runtime events recorded sinc
322. on does not automatically create a hot spare drive After you create the disk array you should create a hot spare drive See Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe on page 57 Logging out of WebPAM PROe There are two ways to log out of WebPAM PROe e Close your browser window e Click Logout on the WebPAM PROe banner Figure 7 Clicking Logout on the WebPAM PROe banner Language View Storage Network ContactUs Logout Help About Clicking Logout brings you back to the Login Screen See page 30 After logging out you must enter your user name and password in order to log in again Using WebPAM PROe over the Internet The above instructions cover connections between VessRAID and your company network It is also possible to connect to a VessRAID from the Internet 55 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Your MIS Administrator can tell you how to access your network from outside the firewall Once you are logged onto the network you can access the VessRAID using its IP address 56 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe This chapter covers the following topics Logging into WebPAM PROe page 58 Perusing the Interface page 60 Working with the Storage Network page 65 Working with Subsystems page 66 Managing Users page 76 Managing the Network Connection page 81 Managing Fibre Channel Connections page 84 Managing iSCSI Connections page 90 Managing Network Attach
323. on page 113 89 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing iSCSI Connections iSCSI connections deal with the VessRAID s four host data ports e Viewing iSCSI Node Information below e Making iSCSI Node Settings below e Viewing iSCSI Target Ports page 91 e Viewing the iSCSI Portal page 92 e Viewing iSCSI Sessions page 92 e Working with iSCSI iSNS page 93 e Working with iSCSI CHAPs page 94 e Using iSCSI Ping page 96 A detailed explanation of iSCSI functions how and when they are used and their relationship to one another is beyond the scope of this document For more information contact the Internet Engineering Task Force at http www ietf org Viewing iSCSI Node Information The iSCSI node is the VessRAID controller The iSCSI Node has four ports See Making Data and Management Connections on page 20 for information about how these ports are physically connected to the Host PC To view information about the iSCSI node 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the iSCSI Management icon Node information appears on the iSCSI Node tab Making iSCSI Node Settings The iSCSI Node has four ports Node settings affect all four ports See Making Data and Management Connections on page 20 for information about how these ports are physically connected to the Host PC To make settings to the iSCSI node 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon
324. onnections iSCSI connections deal with the VessRAID s four host data ports e Viewing iSCSI Node Information below e Making iSCSI Node Settings below e Viewing iSCSI Target Ports page 241 Viewing iSCSI Target Port Statistics page 242 e Viewing the iSCSI Portal page 242 e Viewing iSCSI Sessions page 243 e Working with iSCSI iSNS page 243 e Working with iSCSI CHAPs page 244 e Using iSCSI Ping page 246 A detailed explanation of iSCSI functions how and when they are used and their relationship to one another is beyond the scope of this document For more information contact the Internet Engineering Task Force at http www ietf org Viewing iSCSI Node Information There are four iSCSI data ports on the controller To view information about the iSCSI ports 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCS Node and press Enter The node information appears on the screen Making iSCSI Node Settings The iSCSI Node has four ports Node settings affect all four ports See Making Data and Management Connections on page 20 for information about how these ports are physically connected to the Host PC To make settings to the iSCSI node 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCS Node and press Enter 3 Highlight iSCSI Node Settings and press Enter 240 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Highlight press the back
325. or W button until the display says Locate Spare Drive Press the button The disk status LED for the physical drive blinks for one minute See Figure 5 Figure 5 Disk Status LED Disk Status 294 Chapter 8 Maintenance This chapter covers the following topics Updating the Firmware in WebPAM PROe below Updating the Firmware in the CLU page 298 Replacing a Power Supply page 300 Replacing a RAID Controller page 301 Replacing a Cooling Fan page 302 Replacing the Cache Battery page 304 Replacing the Memory Module page 306 Updating the Firmware in WebPAM PROe A firmware update consists of the following actions Downloading the Firmware Image File page 295 Updating the Firmware from one of these sources e TFTP Server page 295 e The Host PC or Server page 296 Restarting the Subsystem page 297 Downloading the Firmware Image File Go to the Promise website at htip www promise com support support eng asp and download the latest firmware image img file to your TFTP server or your PC The firmware update image file includes all of the files for the VessRAID including e Redboot ROM e Ramdisk Kernel SEP Firmware e Firmware e OEM Customization e Software e Other files Updating Firmware from TFTP Server To update the firmware from a TFTP server 1 PO R Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 4 icon Click the Software Management
326. or new messages e Check for yellow s red Xs X in Tree View see page 353 e Check the event log See page 63 or page 251 When a continuous tone sounds there are multiple alarm patterns sounding at the same time To make alarm settings or cancel an alarm see Making Buzzer Settings on page 139 or page 274 LEDs Display Amber or Red Front Panel LEDs When boot up is finished and the VessRAID subsystem is functioning normally e Power Global Enclosure Status and Global RAID Status LEDs display green continuously e Controller Activity LED flashes green when there is controller activity e System Heartbeat LED blinks green seven times in three seconds goes dark for six seconds then repeats the pattern Figure 2 VessRAID front panel LEDs Power Global Enclosure Status Global RAID Status Controller Activity Reserved System Heartbeat See the table below 346 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting State LEDs z Dark Steady Flashing Amb r Red Green Green Power System Off Normal Global RAID Logical Logical Status System Off Normal _ Drive Critical Drive Offline Global Locatinothe Fan battery power Enclosure System Off Normal 9 supply temperature or Enclosure x Status voltage problem System Off Controller or no iSCSI One ormore A iSCSI ports Activity Activity ports connected connected Controller Heartbeat System Off Normal
327. or no less than two minutes Do one of the following actions e If you chose the Shutdown Option manually turn off the power supply switch both switches with redundant power supplies on the back of the subsystem e If you chose the Poweroff Option the subsystem powers down automatically On subsystems with redundant power supplies unplug the power cords and plug them back in to activate the power switches Caution After you power off the subsystem wait at least 10 seconds before you power on the subsystem again 269 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Shutting down the VessRAID Serial Connection This function enables you to shutdown the VessRAID subsystem on a serial connection Additional action is required as described below To shutdown the VessRAID 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter Do one of the following actions e Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Shutdown e Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Poweroff Highlight Submit and press Enter A warning message appears Press Y to continue When you see the following message Shutdown complete It is now safe to power off the subsystem Do one of the following actions e If you chose the Shutdown Option manually turn off the power supply switch both switches with redundant power supplies on the back of the sub
328. ore space e Disabled Default Deleted files are immmediately removed from the VessRAID Saves space but has no change of file recovery Accept the current Workgroup Name or type a new name into the field e An Active Directory AD Domain e A Workgroup Optional If you chose and AD Domain enter the following information in the fields provided e Domain Name e Domain Controller e Administrator Name e Administrator Password See your Network Administrator for help with this information Optional If you chose a Workgroup enter the Workgroup name into the field provided Click the Submit button Click the OK button to acknowledge Note If you enable an AD Domain when you log into SmartNAVI you must include the domain name See page 179 Making FTP Sharing Settings FTP sharing is disabled by default Enable the FTP sharing to run the FTP protocol on your NAS system To make FTP sharing settings 1 2 3 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 8 icon Click the NAS F icon 102 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 7 8 Click the Protocol Control icon Click the FTP Sharing tab Do the following actions as required Choose the Enable option button to enable the FTP service e Accept the current Command Port number or type a new number into the field provided Port 21 is the default and recommended value e Accept the current range of Passive Port
329. ort dropdown menu choose another iSCSI port number Click the Submit button 82 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Viewing Link Aggregation Entries To view the current Link Aggregation entries 1 Po N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools IF icon Click the Network Management 8 icon Click the Link Aggregation tab in Management View Changing a Link Aggregation Entry To change a link aggregation entry 1 OD NGO ARA O N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Network Management icon In Management View click the Link Aggregation tab Click the ID link of the link aggregation you want to change From the Master Port dropdown menu choose an iSCSI port number From the Slave Port dropdown menu choose another iSCSI port number Click the Submit button Deleting a Link Aggregation Entry To delete a link aggregation entry 1 Po N D o Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 4 icon Click the Network Management icon In Management View from the dropdown menu on the Link Aggregation tab choose Delete Link Aggregation Entry Check the box to the left of the link aggregation entry you want to delete Click the Submit button 83 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Fibre Channel Connections This feature pertains to VessRAID Fibre C
330. osures that are connected through expansion Enclosure Management includes the following functions e Viewing the Enclosure page 135 e Locating an Enclosure page 135 e Viewing Enclosure Topology page 136 e Viewing Enclosure Information page 136 e Making Enclosure Settings page 137 e Viewing FRU VPD Information page 137 e Checking the Battery page 138 e Reconditioning a Battery page 139 e Silencing the Buzzer page 139 e Making Buzzer Settings page 139 e Testing the Buzzer page 140 Viewing the Enclosure To view information about the enclosures Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View 2 Click the Enclosures icon The following information is shown e Enclosure ID number e Enclosure Type e Operational Status e Status Description specific components in need of attention if any Locating an Enclosure To locate an enclosure subsystem Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View 2 Click the Enclosures 4 icon 3 Click the Locate Enclosure button The disk status LEDs and the LEDs on the back of the enclosure blink for one minute See the Figures below 135 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Figure 6 Disk Status LED Disk Status Figure 7 VessRAID enclosure LEDs Dirty Cache USB 1 Controller Status USB 2 Fan 2 Fan 1 N Battery NA EE EE CA fam aa 0 CP 8 e2020 o 8 00 0 nofetetete nofetete Viewing Enclosure Topology To vi
331. ough the list of physical drives Press the 4 button choose a physical drive ar Bs o O Press the a or W button until the display says Locate Physical Drive 282 Managing Disk Arrays 6 Press the button The disk status LED for the physical drive blinks for one minute See Figure 2 Figure 2 Disk Status LED Disk Status Managing Disk Arrays Disk Array Management in the LCD includes the following functions e Creating a Disk Array Automatic page 283 e Creating a Disk Array Advanced page 284 e Deleting a Disk Array page 286 e Viewing Disk Array Information page 287 e Locating a Disk Array page 288 Creating a Logical Drive page 288 e Deleting a Logical Drive page 289 e Viewing Logical Drive Information page 290 e Locating a a Logical Drive page 291 For other disk array functions see Managing Disk Arrays on page 150 WebPAM PROe or page 216 CLU For other logical drive functions see Managing Logical Drives on page 164 WebPAM PROe or page 230 CLU Creating a Disk Array Automatic The Disk Array Automatic Creation option enables you to create a new disk array following a default set of parameters One logical drive will be made automatically when you create the disk array If you have multiple enclosures a separate disk array and logical drive set will be created for each enclosure If you have both Hard Disk Drives HDD and Solid State Drives SSD separate
332. our proof of purchase to USA and Canada Promise Technology Inc Customer Service Dept Attn RMA 47654 Kato Road Fremont CA 94538 Other Countries Return the product to your dealer or retailer Contact them for instructions before shipping the product You must follow the packaging guidelines for returning products Use the original shipping carton and packaging Include a summary of the product s problem Write an attention line on the box with the RMA number Include a copy of proof of purchase 395 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual You are responsible for the cost of insurance and shipment of the product to Promise Note that damage incurred due to improper transport or packaging is not covered under the Limited Warranty When repairing returned products Promise may replace defective parts with new or reconditioned parts or replace the entire unit with a new or reconditioned unit In the event of a replacement the replacement unit will be under warranty for the remainder of the original warranty term from purchase date or 30 days whichever is longer Promise will pay for standard return shipping charges only You will be required to pay for any additional shipping options such as express shipping 396 Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives This appendix covers the following topics Setting up a Network Drive Windows page 397 Setting up a Network Drive Linux page
333. ownward the column is sorted high to low or new to old Click the link a second time to change to flip the triangle and reverse the sort sequence Saving NVRAM Events To save the NVRAM event log as a text file 1 2 In Tree View click the Subsystem FF icon In Management View click the Events tab dropdown menu and choose System Events in NVRAM Click the Save Event Log button In the File Download dialog box click the Save button In the Save dialog box name the file navigate to the folder where you want to save the log file and click the Save button Clearing NVRAM Events To clear the NVRAM event log ik 2 In Tree View click the Subsystem FF icon In Management View click the Events tab dropdown menu and choose System Events in NVRAM Click the Clear Event Log button In the Confirmation dialog box type confirm and click the OK button 69 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Viewing Current Background Activities To view the current background activities In Tree View click the Subsystem amp icon In Management View click the Background Activities tab A list of current background activities appears including e Rebuild e PDM Predictive Data Migration e Synchronization e Redundancy Check e Migration e Transition e Initialization e Media Patrol Making Background Activity Settings To make settings for background activities 1 2 In Tree View cl
334. ows Update kasarian Qe Bomer C Administrative Tools Eras CI Moost OCSI miter gt 12 Katas tome E Startup gt 2k Bb vert Dghorer A woes O Sy cuttockEnrvess oS n Biot O sna tom Stat B t The SmartNAVI screen appears on your desktop 175 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual User Manage nari Veluma Contigurabon Backup your data from KJ Product verson vi 7 0 12 Choosing a SmartNAVI Language SmartNAVI chooses the display language automatically based on your OS language setting Closing SmartNAVI SmartNAVI is designed to be available at all times on your PC Pan However you can close SmartNAVI Hi To close SmartNAVI right click the SmartNAVI icon in the San Windows tray and choose Close from the popup menu SmartNAVI starts automatically the next time you reboot your PC If you want to start SmartNAVI without rebooting your PC go to the Start menu See Starting SmartNAVI on page 175 176 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI Working with the Device List e Adding NAS Devices page 178 e Logging Into a NAS Device page 179 e Changing NAS Device Settings page 181 e Deleting a NAS Device page 182 The SmartNAVI Device List shows the NAS devices on your network A NAS device is a logical drive with the NAS feature enabled The NAS device is listed by the unit number and IP address of the VessRAID subsystem For information about how to create NAS e
335. pace between words and underscore 4 Press Ctrl A to save your settings Viewing Advanced Information To view advanced information about the selected physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the physical drive of your choice and press Enter 3 Highlight Advanced Information and press Enter Viewing Physical Drive Statistics To view the statistics for the selected physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the physical drive of your choice and press Enter 3 Highlight Physical Drive Statistics and press Enter Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions The Clear Stale and Clear PFA functions only appear when those conditions exist on the physical drive To clear a Stale or PFA condition on a physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the physical drive of your choice and press Enter 3 Highlight Clear Stale or Clear PFA and press Enter If a physical drive is still online and shows a PFA error but Clear PFA does not appear use PDM to copy the data to a new physical drive Go to Disk Array Info and Settings If a physical drive is offline and shows a PFA error rebuild the disk array Go to Disk Array Info and Settings After rebuilding the drive will show Stale Run Clear Stale then run Clear PFA If the physical drive with a PFA error is a sp
336. pe EE 2 Data Mirror Disk Drives The data capacity RAID 10 logical drive equals the capacity of the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives divided by two In some cases RAID 10 offers double fault tolerance depending on which physical drives fail RAID 10 arrays require an even number of physical drives and a minimum of four For RAID 10 characteristics using an odd number of physical drives choose RAID 1E 316 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 30 Striping of Dedicated Parity RAID 30 combines both RAID 3 and RAID O features Data is striped across physical drives as in RAID O and it uses dedicated parity as in RAID 3 RAID 30 provides data reliability good large file read and high transfer rate performance Figure 7 RAID 30 is a combination of RAID 3 and RAID 0 Dedicated Parity Data Stripes Disk Drives The data capacity RAID 30 logical drive equals the capacity of the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives minus two RAID 30 also provides very high reliability because data is still available even if multiple physical drives fail one in each axle The greater the number of axles the greater the number of physical drives that can fail without the RAID 30 logical drive going offline Component Minimum Maximum Number of Axles 2 16 Physical Drives per Axle 3 32 Physical Drives per Logical Drive 6 256 See RA
337. plosion e Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions that come with the battery To replace the cache battery 1 Verify that the Battery LED is amber or red See Figure 6 Figure 6 VessRAID enclosure LEDs Status LED Dirty Cache LED Battery LED EF a A M p BC a bm a EF o 6082820 5 08222 2 Shut down the VessRAID See Shutting Down the Subsystem on page 127 or page 269 3 Shut down the VessRAID and remove the RAID controller See Replacing a RAID Controller on page 301 304 Chapter 8 Maintenance 4 Lay the RAID Controller on a non static surface and remove the cover attaching screws one on each side then remove the cover See page 303 Figure 4 5 Remove the battery assembly attaching screw on the outside of the RAID controller housing 6 Detach the battery connector and remove the battery assembly Figure 7 RAID Controller cache battery Attaching gt screw on controller housing Battery Battery assembly CT Connector p Slot 7 Attach the connector of the new battery assembly Be careful to line up the connector pins correctly See Figure 8 Figure 8 Battery connector pins Row A Row B 305 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 10 Put the battery assembly into place and install the attaching screw Replace the RAID controller cover and install the two attaching scre
338. r User can change another user s password See Changing Another User s Password on page 78 for more information Making Your Own User Settings To change your own user settings 1 Log into WebPAM PROe under your own user name Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the User Management 2 icon Click the Settings tab in Management View Enter or change the display name or mail address Click the Submit button NOOR P Setting up User Event Subscriptions An event subscription enables a user to receive email messages about events taking place in the VessRAID subsystem To make or change user event subscriptions 1 Click the Subsystem amp icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the User Management amp icon Click the Event Subscription tab in Management View Check the box to enable event notification Under the subheadings choose the lowest level of Severity to be reported for each event The selected level plus all higher levels of Severity will be reported Information Information only no action is required DAAN e Warning User can decide whether or not action is required e Minor Action is needed but the condition is not a serious at this time e Major Action is needed now e Critical Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are serious 77 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual T Fatal No
339. r W button until the display says Disk Array Management Press the button and the display a list of disk arrays by ID number Press the 4 or W button to scroll through the list of disk arrays Press the 1 button choose a disk array Press the or W button to scroll through the list of items ID Number e Configured Capacity e Free Capacity e Number of Physical Drives e Number of Logical Drives e Status Press the e button to view physical drive or logical drive information from this point Disk Array Status OK The normal state of a disk array For RAID Levels other than RAID 0 Striping the disk array has full redundancy Synchronizing When you first create a disk array the disk array synchronizes During that time your data is available However access Will be slower until synchronizing is done Critical Degraded This condition results from a physical drive failure Your data is still available However the disk array has lost redundancy fault tolerance You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it See Critical 8 Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 Rebuilding This condition is temporary When a physical drive has been replaced the disk array automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore redundancy fault tolerance Your data is still available However access will be slower until rebuilding is done Transport Ready This function is not supported in the LCD panel S
340. rage NAS feature supports up to 32 logical drives of any RAID level and uses the iSCSI ports as the network connection Viewing a List of NAS Users page 97 Adding NAS Users page 98 Changing a NAS User s Password page 98 Deleting NAS Users page 99 Viewing the List of NAS Groups page 99 Creating NAS Groups page 99 Deleting a NAS Group page 100 Adding Group Members page 100 Deleting Group Members page 101 Viewing Protocol Status page 101 Making Windows Protocol Settings page 101 Making FTP Sharing Settings page 102 Viewing the Share Folders List page 103 Creating a Share Folder page 103 Modifying a Share Folder page 104 Deleting a Share Folder page 104 Changing Sharing Settings for Windows MacOS and FTP page 105 Changing Sharing Settings for Unix and Linux page 105 Viewing File System Status page 106 Rebuilding a NAS File System page 106 Creating a NAS File System page 106 Deleting a NAS File System page 107 Viewing the NAS Replication Configuration page 107 Setting up NAS Replication page 108 Resolving Mount Point Conflicts page 109 See also Chapter 5 SmartNAVI on page 175 and Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives on page 397 Viewing a List of NAS Users To view a list of NAS users 1 2 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools amp icon 97 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Click
341. resumed again after a pause RAID Level migration is stopped Migration stopped because of user intervention schedule or the logical drive was deleted or went critical or offline RAID Level migration has encountered a physical disk error Bad block found on a disk drive Migration will finish Check the disk drive check table after migration and replace disk drive as needed RAID Level migration is aborted due to an internal error System resources are low Reduce system load or restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU RAID Level migration is queued Migration has been set manually or by schedule Migration has detected cleared stale NV Watermark Watermarks are progress markers left as the result of interrupted RAID migrations If the watermark was cleared migration should finish Array was incomplete due to missing NV Watermark RAID migration was interrupted by a shutdown If array is online try migration again See page 159 WebPAM PROe or page 223 CLU If array is offline delete and recreate array See page 155 and page 150 WebPAM PROe or page 220 and page 216 CLU Rebuild Rebuild is started Result of settings or user action Normal Rebuild is completed Normal Rebuild is paused Rebuild paused because of user intervention schedule or a higher priority background activity 368 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting
342. rive equals the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives minus one Hence a RAID 3 logical drive with four 100 GB physical drives will have a capacity of 300 GB A RAID 3 logical drive with two 120 GB physical drives and one 100 GB physical drive will have a capacity of 200 GB A RAID 3 on VessRAID consists of 3 to 32 physical drives 313 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 5 Block and Parity Stripe RAID 5 organizes block data and parity data across the physical drives Generally RAID Level 5 tends to exhibit lower random write performance due to the heavy workload of parity recalculation for each I O RAID 5 is generally considered to be the most versatile RAID level It works well for file database application and web servers Figure 4 RAID 5 stripes all drives with data and parity information Distributed Parity Data o g 6 8 Physical Drives The capacity of a RAID 5 logical drive equals the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives minus one Hence a RAID 5 logical drive with four 100 GB physical drives will have a capacity of 300 GB A RAID 5 logical drive with two 120 GB physical drives and one 100 GB physical drive will have a capacity of 200 GB RAID 5 is generally considered to be the most versatile RAID level A RAID 5 on VessRAID consists of 3 to 32 physical drives 314 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 6 Block and Double Parity
343. rogram such as Microsoft HyperTerminal This procedure uses the serial cable connection you made in Chapter 2 page 34 You must use the CLI or CLU to assign an IP address to the VessRAID to enable a network connection for WebPAM PROe 1 Change your terminal emulation program settings to match the following specifications e Bits per second 115200 e Data bits 8 e Parity None e Stop bits 1 e Flow control none Start your PC s terminal VT100 or ANSI emulation program Press Enter once to launch the CLI At the Login prompt type administrator and press Enter AB Ge 9 At the Password prompt type password and press Enter At this point you are in the CLI You can continue using the CLI to make network settings or you can switch to the CLU Go to e Setting up with the CLI page 26 Setting up with the CLU page 27 41 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Choosing DHCP or a Static IP Address When you setup your VessRAID you have the option of e Enabling DHCP and letting your DHCP server assign the IP address to the VessRAID s management port e Specifying a static IP address for the VessRAID s management port If you choose to enable DHCP have your Network Administrator dedicate an IP address for the VessRAID linked to the VessRAID s MAC address This action will prevent the DHCP server from assigning a new IP address when the VessRAID restarts with the result that users can no long
344. roller settings See page 132 WebPAM PROe or page 205 CLU The controller has new crash information Check the event logs See page 67 and 68 WebPAM PROe or page 251 CLU Controller temperature is above the threshold warning threshold The VessRAID controller is overheating Check for airflow around and through the controller and verify that all fans are working Replace fans as needed Controller temperature is above the critical threshold The VessRAID controller is seriously overheating Check for airflow around and through the controller and verify that all fans are working Replace fans as needed Disk Array New disk array has been created Result of settings or user action Normal Disk array has been deleted Result of settings or user action Normal Disk array has been added Result of settings or user action Normal Disk array has been removed The physical drives of the disk array were removed from the enclosure Disk array settings have been changed The user successfully disk array settings See page 156 WebPAM PROe or page 221 CLU 361 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Reported Event Corrective Action Drive Interface Controller Drive interface controller Normal found Drive interface controller Restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM is NOT found PROe or page 272 CLU If this me
345. rom the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCS CHAPs and press Enter 3 Highlight the CHAP in the list and press Enter 4 Doone or both of the following actions e Highlight Name press the backspace key to erase the current name then type a new name e Highlight Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Peer and Local Peer to peer is one way authentication Local is bi directional authentication e Highlight Current Secret and type the current secret then highlight New Secret and type a new secret of 12 to 16 characters then highlight Retype Secret and type the new secret again 5 Press Ctrl A to save your settings 245 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Deleting CHAPs To delete a CHAP 1 Oh PO From the Main Menu highlight iSCS Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI CHAPs and press Enter Highlight the CHAP you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it Highlight Delete Marked Entries and press Enter Press Y to confirm Using iSCSI Ping You can send a ping through VessRAID s iSCSI data ports to verify a network connection To send a ping 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight iSCS Management and press Enter Highlight Ping and press Enter Highlight P Address and type the IP address you want to ping Highlight Ping Through and press the spacebar to toggle though port numbers to choose an iSCSI data port Highlight Ping
346. rray 1 akon From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Background Activities and press Enter Highlight Rebuild and press Enter Specify the source and target physical drives 222 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU 6 The available drives are either HDD or SSD depending on the type of drives in the array Highlight Start and press Enter Migrating a Disk Array In order to migrate RAID level you may have to add physical drives For more information see RAID Level Migration on page 331 To migrate a disk array 1 nb o N 10 11 12 13 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Background Activities and press Enter Highlight Migration and press Enter Highlight the physical drive you want to add and press the spacebar to choose it The available drives are either HDD or SSD depending on the type of drives in the array Repeat this action to add more physical drives Notes e You can add physical drives to a RAID 50 or 60 array but you cannot change the number of axles e If you add an odd number of physical drives to a RAID 10 array it will become a RAID 1E array by default Highlight Save Settings and Continue and press Enter To change RAID level Highlight the logical drive in the list and pres
347. rray until you provide a new spare drive To delete a spare drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter A list of the current spare drives appears Highlight the spare drive you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing Highlight Delete Marked Spare Drives and press Enter Press Y to confirm the deletion 229 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Logical Drives The Logical Drive Management function deals with settings and functions of existing logical drives To create or delete a logical drive see Managing Disk Arrays on page 216 Logical drive management includes Viewing Logical Drive Information page 230 Setting an Alias for a Logical Drive page 230 Setting Write Cache Policy page 230 Setting Read Cache Policy page 231 Initializing a Logical Drive page 231 Running Redundancy Check page 232 Locating a Logical Drive page 232 Viewing Logical Drive Information To view logical drive information 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter The information and settings screen appears Highlight any of the following and press Enter to view more information e Check Table Read Check Write Check and Inconsistency Check Tables Logical Drive Statistics Setting an Alias for a Log
348. rrier the Power Activity LED displays Green If not the Power Activity LED remains dark The Power Activity LED flashes during drive activity The Disk Status LED displays Green when a drive is configured LCD Panel The LCD panel activates approximately 35 seconds after you switch on the VessRAID s power supply At first the LCD screen displays System is Initializing When the VessRAID is fully booted and running under normal conditions the LCD screen shows the VessRAID model number and IP address as shown in Figure 24 Figure 24 VessRAID optional LCD display VessRAID 1746s 192 168 18 85 A list of LCD panel functions and instructions for using them is included in the VessRAID Product Manual on the CD This completes the power and start up For setup instructions see Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup on page 41 38 Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Installing SmartNAVI SmartNAVI software enables you to manage your VessRAID subsystem when it is configured as Network Attached Storage NAS The NAS option requires An iSCSI SAN data connection see page 27 Logical drives configured for NAS see page 54 To install SmartNAVI 1 o Open the software CD find the SmartNAVI install icon right Peter and drag it to your PC s desktop 7_0_xx exe Double click the SmartNAVI Install icon to begin installation In the Welcome screen click the Next button In the License screen choose the ac
349. rs Promise Technology assumes no liability for any error in this publication and for damages whether direct indirect incidental consequential or otherwise that may result from such error including but not limited to loss of data or profits Promise Technology provides this publication as is without warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose The published information in the manual is subject to change without notice Promise Technology reserves the right to make changes in the product design layout and driver revisions without notification to its users This version of the Product Manual supersedes all previous versions Recommendations In this Product Manual the appearance of products made by other companies including but not limited to software servers and disk drives is for the purpose of illustration and explanation only Promise Technology does not recommend endorse prefer or support any product made by another manufacturer Contents Chapter 1 Introduction to VessRAl 0a 1 About This Manuals ma aaa PANA LARA NA cee aaa 1 VessRAID Overview 0000 cette 2 Disk Drive Support 00 cee 4 Controller Features 0000 e cece eee ee 4 Exterrial POMS wef ae r beck ewe bai eae eRe tae es ce bee at 5 RAID SUppor wres ganun Aga paa 24 abe Dha Dhan 5 Management Tools
350. rs repeatedly contact Technical Support See page 389 Host interface controller settings have changed Result of user action Normal Logical Drive Logical drive initialization has started Result of user action Normal Logical drive initialization has completed Logical drive is ready to use Normal Logical drive initialization has paused Initialization paused because of user intervention schedule or a higher priority background activity Logical drive initialization has resumed Initialization has resumed again after a pause 363 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Reported Event Corrective Action Logical drive initialization has stopped Initialization stopped because of user intervention schedule or the logical drive was deleted or went critical or offline Logical drive initialization marks the logical drive offline Initialization failure due to a failed disk drive Replace the disk drive delete and recreate the logical drive See page 150 WebPAM PROe or page 216 CLU Logical drive initialization is aborted due to an internal error System resources are low Reduce system load or restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM PROe or page 272 CLU Logical drive initialization is queued Initialization has been set manually or by schedule A new logical drive has been created Result of user action Normal
351. rticular drive supports Viewing Physical Drive Information To view physical drive information Oo ON Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Physical Drives j icon Click a Physical Drive icon Useful information provided here includes The location of the physical drive is highlighted in the Enclosure Front View diagram 142 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Operational Status OK is normal Can also show Rebuilding Forced Online Forced Offline Transition Running PDM Running Media Patrol Running Stale PFA Offline or Dead Configuration Status The array to which the drive is assigned or its spare designation including Unconfigured Stale PFA Global Spare Dedicated Spare Revertible Global Spare Revertible Dedicated Spare Adjustable Items Write Cache Read Look Ahead Cache Read Cache SAS drive only Command Queuing DMA Mode SATA drives only See Making Global Physical Drive Settings on page 142 Viewing Physical Drive Statistics To view physical drive statistics DN Bb o NN a Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures 4 icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Physical Drives j icon Click a Physical Drive icon From the dropdown menu on the Information tab choose Statistics Clearing Statistics To clear statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 126
352. s 12 If you agree with the proposed choices click the Submit button Deleting Spare Drive Note If an existing spare drive has the wrong parameters for your needs click the Settings tab to change the parameters rather than delete the spare drive and create a new one To delete a spare drive 1 nA o N 6 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Spare Drives icon Click the Delete tab in Management View Check the box to the left of the spare drive you want to delete Click the Submit button In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided Click the OK button Making Spare Drive Settings The Spare Drive Settings tab enables you to change the settings of an existing spare drive To change spare drive settings 1 nk o N Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Spare Drives amp icon Click the Spare Drive icon Click the Settings tab in Management View Choose a spare type Global or Dedicated Global can be used by any disk array Dedicated can only be used by the assigned disk arrays To make a revertible spare drive check the Revertible box A revertible spare drive automatically returns to its spare drive assignment after the failed physical drive in the disk array is replaced 172 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 8 If you selected a Dedicated spare drive in the Dedicated to Disk Arrays field highlight the disk arr
353. s on page 372 Transport Ready This function is not supported in the LCD panel See Preparing a Disk Array for Transport on page 163 WebPAM PROe or page 222 CLU Locating a a Logical Drive This function requires the LCD to be in Advanced mode See page 276 This feature helps you identify the physical drives assigned to the logical drive To locate a logical drive 1 2a Press the amp or W button until the display says Logical Disk Management Press the 4 button to display a list of logical drives by ID number Press the or W button to scroll through the list of logical drives Press the button choose a logical drive Press the 4 or W button until the display says Locate Logical Drive Press the 4 button The disk status LEDs for the physical drives in the logical drive blink for one minute See Figure 4 Figure 4 Disk Status LED Disk Status 291 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Spare Drives Spare Drive Management on the LCD includes e Viewing Spare Drive Information page 292 e Creating a Spare Drive page 292 e Deleting a Spare Drive page 293 e Locating a Spare Drive page 293 For other spare drive functions see Managing Spare Drives on page 170 or Managing Spare Drives on page 227 Viewing Spare Drive Information To view spare drive information 1 Press the a or W button until the display says Spare Drive Management Press the
354. s Enter Highlight RAID Level and press the spacebar to toggle through the available RAID levels Optional If you want to increase capacity highlight Expand Capacity and press the spacebar to toggle to Yes Optional If you want to increase capacity highlight Capacity press the backspace key to erase the current logical drive capacity and type in the new value The new value must be equal or larger than the current capacity Highlight Save Logical Drive and press Enter The screen returns to Disk Array Migration Logical Drives Highlight Complete Disk Array Migration and press Enter In the confirmation message press Y to confirm 223 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual The screen jumps to Disk Arrays Summary Running PDM Be sure PDM must be enabled See Enabling PDM on a Disk Array on page 222 To run Predictive Data Migration on a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Background Activities and press Enter Highlight Predictive Data Migration and press Enter AB IN Specify the source and target physical drives The available drives are either HDD or SSD depending on the type of drives in the array 6 Highlight Start and press Enter Running Transition on a Disk Array Transition is the process of replacing a revertible spare drive that is currently part of a disk array with an unconf
355. s Enter Highlight a User in the list and press Enter Highlight Display Name and press Enter Highlight Privilege and press the space bar to toggle though the options For definitions of each privilege level see List of User Privileges on page 259 Highlight Status and press the space bar to toggle between the options e Enabled Allows the user to log in to the system e Disabled Prevents the user from logging in to the system Press Ctrl A to save the settings Deleting a User To delete a user 1 2 Log in under a user name other than the one you want to delete From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Management and press Enter Highlight the user you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing Highlight Delete Marked Users and press Enter Press Y to confirm the deletion 260 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Working with Software Management Software Management includes the following functions Making Email Settings page 261 Making SLP Settings page 262 Making Web Server Settings page 262 Making Telnet Settings page 263 Making SNMP Settings page 263 Managing SNMP Trap Sinks page 264 Making Netsend Settings page 265 Managing Netsend Recipients page 265 Making Email Settings By default Email service is set to Automatic and its normal status is Started
356. s Series Product Manual Physical Drive Problems Physical Drive Offline Check the drive for PFA Condition Caused by a bad block or sector See Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions on page 144 WebPAM PROe or page 214 CLU Stale Configuration Caused by obsolete array information on the physical drive Identify the disk array to which the physical drive belongs Then delete the disk array See Deleting a Disk Array on page 155 WebPAM PROe or page 220 CLU If the error condition remains on the physical drive clear the error condition See Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions on page 144 WebPAM PROe or page 214 CLU Physical Drive Not Usable This condition occurs when you have a missing or defective SAS cable between the VessRAID subsystem and a VessJBOD enclosure Physical Drive Failed When physical drive status shows failed the physical drive cannot be repaired You must replace the failed drive Caution VessRAID supports disk drive hot swapping To avoid hand contact with an electrical hazard do not remove more than one drive carrier a time Physical Drive Fails during Migration VessRAID has two methods for migrating a disk array e DDF The default setting Slower but reliable NVRAM An optional setting that requires special access Faster but risks data loss Normally RAID level migration is done under the default Disk Data Format DDF setting If a physical drive or the
357. s governed by the State of California Your Responsibilities You are responsible for determining whether the product is appropriate for your use and will interface with your equipment without malfunction or damage You are also responsible for backing up your data before installing any product and for regularly backing up your data after installing the product Promise is not liable for any damage to equipment or data loss resulting from the use of any product 394 Chapter 11 Support Returning the Product For Repair If you suspect a product is not working properly or if you have any questions about your product contact our Technical Support Staff through one of our Technical Services making sure to provide the following information Product model and serial number required Return shipping address Daytime phone number Description of the problem Copy of the original purchase invoice The technician will assist you in determining whether the product requires repair If the product needs repair the Technical Support Department will issue an RMA Return Merchandise Authorization number Important Obtain an RMA number from Technical Support before you return the product and write the RMA number on the label The RMA number is essential for tracking your product and providing the proper service Return ONLY the specific product covered by the warranty do not ship cables manuals diskettes etc with a copy of y
358. s online help for the function that is currently displayed Viewing the Event Frame To view the Event Frame Click View in the Header 2 Click the Show Event Frame popup option The VessRAID user interface will display the Event Frame below Management View 3 Click View again to hide the Event Frame In the event frame events are listed and sorted by Item Number A consecutive decimal number assigned to a specific event e Device Battery controller logical drive physical drive port etc e EventID The hexadecimal number that identifies the specific type of event e Severity Information Warning Minor Major Critical and Fatal The severity level is user specified See Setting up User Event Subscriptions on page 77 e Time Time and date of the occurrence e Description A brief description of the event Sorting Events You can sort the events by Item Number Device Event ID Severity Time and Date or Description Click the link at the top of the column by which you want to sort the events After you click the item a triangle icon appears e If the triangle points upward the column is sorted low to high or old to new e If the triangle points downward the column is sorted high to low or new to old Click the link a second time to change to flip the triangle and reverse the sort sequence Logging out of WebPAM PROe There are two ways to log out of WebPAM PROe e Close your browser window
359. s or type new values into the fields provided 1024 to 65535 is the default and recommended value e Unicode is the only supported encoding Click the Submit button Click the OK button to acknowledge Viewing the Share Folders List To view the Share Folders list 1 PF oN Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the File Sharing B icon Creating a Share Folder Share folders are created on NAS volumes NAS volumes are created when you create a NAS file system on a new logical drive See Creating a NAS File System on page 106 To create a Share Folder 1 Pak wD Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the File Sharing B icon Click the Create tab Do the following actions as required Choose the Volume you want from the dropdown menu Type a name for the share folder in the Folder name field e Check the box to enable each service for the share folder The choices are Windows Unix Linux and FTP All services are disabled by default 103 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 7 8 Click the Submit button Click the OK button to confirm Important By default all users have full Read Write access to all NAS share folders To change permissions click the Sharing Setup icon Modifying a Share Folder To modify a Share Folder
360. s two controllers any settings you make to one controller will automatically apply to the other controller To make Controller settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Controller Management and press Enter 205 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 6 Highlight the controller you want and press Enter Highlight Controller Settings and press Enter Make the following settings as required Type and alias into the Alias field Maximum of 48 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional Highlight Coercion and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight Coercion Method and press the spacebar to toggle through GB Truncate Reduces the capacity to the nearest 1 GB boundary 10 GB Truncate Reduces the capacity to the nearest 10 GB boundary Grp group Rounding Uses an algorithm to determine truncation Results in the maximum amount of usable drive capacity Table Rounding Applies a predefined table to determine truncation Highlight Cache Flush Interval and press the backspace key to erase the current value Type a new interval value 1 to 12 seconds Highlight SMART and press the spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable Highlight SMART Poll Interval and press the backspace key to erase the current value Type a new interval value 1 to 1440 minutes Highlight Poll Interv
361. sRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight the recipient whose settings you want to change and press Enter Type the recipient s IP address into the field provided Highlight Message Event Severity Filter and press the spacebar to change severity levels onan 4 Press Ctrl A to save your settings Deleting a Recipient To delete a recipient 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Software Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the recipient you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing 4 Highlight Delete Marked Entries and press Enter Netsend Requirements In order to use Netsend NetSend must be running the VessRAID e You must provide the IP address for each recipient PC e The Messenger service must be running on each recipient PC If your Netsend and Messenger service settings are correct but the recipient PC does not receive event messages check the recipient PC s Firewall settings Refer to your OS documentation for more information 266 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Flashing through TFTP See Chapter 8 Maintenance on page 295 for instructions Viewing Flash Image Information Flash image information refers to the package of firmware components running on your VessRAID controller including Component name
362. see Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 To create a spare drive see Creating a Spare Drive on page 171 For more information see Hot Spare Drive s on page 330 Rebuilding Manually If a physical drive has failed identify and replace the drive then rebuild the disk array as described below 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View 160 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe 2 Click the Disk Arrays amp icon 3 Click the Disk Array amp icon If there are multiple disk arrays choose the icon with the yellow 4 From the dropdown menu the Background Activity tab choose Start Rebuild 5 Select the Source physical drive This is a remaining functional physical drive in the disk array 6 Select the Target physical drive This is the replacement physical drive The available drives are either HDD or SSD depending on the type of drives in the array 7 Click the Submit button The Disk Array Background Activity tab shows the rebuild progress on the replacement target physical drive Depending the size of the physical disk involved this process will take some time To view more information click the Rebuild on PDx link To set Rebuild priority see Making Background Activity Settings on page 70 Running Media Patrol on a Disk Array Media Patrol checks the magnetic media on physical drives When it finds the specified number of bad blocks it will trigger PDM Se
363. service manually the service does not start during system startup Click the Submit button Stopping Web Server service To stop the Web Server service 1 Click the Stop button 117 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 2 Click OK in the confirmation box Starting or Restarting Web Server service To start or restart the Web Server service click the Start or Restart button Making Telnet Settings VessRAID s Telnet service enables you to access VessRAID s Command Line Interface CLI through a network connection To make Telnet settings 1 PO NO Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Telnet Setting link in Management View Enter the Telnet Port number 2300 is the default Enter the Maximum Number of Connections 4 is the default Enter the Session Time Out interval 24 minutes is the default Click the Submit button Click OK in the confirmation box to restart the Telnet service with your changes Changing the Startup Setting 1 2 Under Startup Type e Click the Automatic option to start the service automatically during system startup Recommended e Click the Manual option to start the service manually the service does not start during system startup Click the Submit button Stopping Telnet service To stop the Telnet service 1 2 Click the Stop button Click OK in the confirmation box
364. settings or user action Normal Transition is completed Normal Transition is paused Transition paused because of user intervention schedule or a higher priority background activity Transition is resumed Transition has resumed again after a pause Transition is stopped Transition stopped because of user intervention or the logical drive was deleted Transition was switched to rebuild Transition changed to rebuild because the logical drive went critical Watermark Migration has detected cleared stale NV Watermark Watermarks are progress markers left as the result of interrupted RAID migrations If the watermark was cleared migration should finish Array was incomplete due to missing NV Watermark RAID migration was interrupted by a shutdown If array is online try migration again See page 159 WebPAM PROe or page 223 CLU If array is offline delete and recreate array See page 155 and page 150 WebPAM PROe or page 220 and page 216 CLU 371 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays A fault tolerant disk array RAID 1 1E 5 10 and 50 goes critical when a disk drive is removed or fails A RAID 6 or 60 disk array goes degraded when a disk drive is removed or fails and critical when two disk drives are removed of fail Due to the fault tolerance of the disk array the data is still available and onl
365. shooting cont LCD Panel Reports a Problem a 357 Viewing a Report from OPAS cee eee eee 357 Event Notification Response cee eee eee 359 Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays 0000 0c eee eee 372 When a Physical Drive Fails a 372 With a Hot Spare Drive 0c eee eee 373 Without a Hot Spare Drive 0c 373 Rebuild Operation 00 cece eee 374 Incomplete Array T AE ee eee 375 Physical Drive Problems 0 00 e eee eee 376 Physical Drive Offline 0 000 eee eee 376 Physical Drive Not Usable 0 0000 e eee 376 Physical Drive Failed 0 0 00 ETERA ee 376 Enclosure Probleme 224 paga serre noei a a Eo ne eee a 378 Connection Problems 0000 aaaea 381 Serial Connections 0 anaa 381 Network Connections sussa ananena eae 382 Browser Does Not Connect to WebPAM PROe 384 Unsaved Data in the Controller Cache 386 Chapter 11 Support e eee eee ees 387 Frequently Asked Questions cece eee nee eee 387 Contacting Technical Support 0000 e eee eee 389 Limited Warranty 0 cee eee 393 Returning the Product For Repair 00 e eee eee 395 Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives 397 Setting up a Network Drive Windows 204 397 Setting up a Network Drive Linux 2 0
366. sk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Accept Incomplete Array and press Enter 221 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Enabling Media Patrol on a Disk Array Media Patrol checks the magnetic media on physical drives To enable or disable Media Patrol 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Media Patrol and press the spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable Press Ctrl A to save your settings Enabling PDM on a Disk Array This function enables and disables Predictive Data Migration PDM To enable or disable PDM 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight PDM and press the spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable Press Ctrl A to save your settings See Running PDM on page 224 Preparing the Disk Array for Transport To run the Transport function on a disk array 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Transport and press Enter Press Y to confirm Rebuilding a Disk Array Before you can rebuild you must have a replacement physical drive of adequate capacity or your disk array To rebuild a disk a
367. space key to erase the current value and type a new value for each of the following items Node Name An iSCSI node is identified by its name Node Alias Optional Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Max Burst Length Maximum length of a solicited data sequence 512 b to 16 Mb Default Time to Wait After a dropped connection the number of seconds to wait before attempting to reconnect Default Time to Retain Number of seconds after time to wait above before reassigning outstanding commands Highlight then press the space bar to enable or disable the following features Header Digest Enables use of Header Digest CRC See note below Data Digest Enables use of a Data Digest CRC See note below Uni directional CHAP Authentication Enables Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol Bi directional CHAP Authentication Press Ctrl A to save your settings Notes e Header Digest and Data Digest work best with initiators equipped with a TCP Offload Engine TOE Refer to your iSCSI HBA user manual for more information e ForiSCSI network settings on the Data Ports see Making iSCSI Port Settings on page 234 e For CHAPs see Working with iSCSI CHAPs on page 244 Viewing iSCSI Target Ports You can see the target port settings but none of these values are user adjustable in the current version of the software To view the iSCSI target port
368. spare drive Array Drives 1 2 3 4 5 6 When the rebuild is complete the spare drive has replaced the failed drive In this example failed drive 3 was replaced by spare drive 6 The disk array now consists of physical drives 1 2 4 and 6 343 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual There is no spare drive at this moment Even if physical drive 5 is of adequate capacity it has not been designated as a spare therefore the controller cannot use it as a spare Automatic Transition At this juncture you would replace the failed drive in slot 3 with a new one of the same or greater capacity Array Drives Spare Banaag When the VessRAID controller detects the new drive in slot 3 it will e Automatically transition the data on drive 6 to drive 3 e Return drive 6 to spare status When the Automatic Transition is finished physical drives 1 2 3 and 4 belong to the disk array and physical drive 6 is a revertible spare drive The original configuration is restored Manual Transition If you wanted to use the drive in slot 5 as a member of the disk array rather than the drive in slot 3 you would run the Transition function manually See page 162 WebPAM PROe or page 224 CLU Array Drives Spare NANANA When the Manual Transition is finished physical drives 1 2 4 and 5 belong to the disk array and physical drive 6 is a revertible spare
369. ss Enter The screen displays the status and speed of VessRAID s cooling fans If the speed is below the Healthy Threshold there is a fan malfunction See Replacing a Cooling Fan on page 302 Viewing Voltage Sensor Status To view the status of the voltage sensors 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight Voltage Sensors and press Enter If any voltage is outside the Healthy Threshold values there is a voltage malfunction in the enclosure See Chapter 10 Troubleshooting on page 345 Viewing Temperature Sensor Status To view the status of the temperature sensors 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight Temperature Sensors and press Enter If any temperature exceeds the Healthy Threshold value there is an overheat condition in the enclosure See Setting Temperature Thresholds on page 210 and Chapter 10 Troubleshooting on page 345 209 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Setting Temperature Thresholds To change temperature thresholds From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Settings and press Enter Highlight the Temperature Warning threshold you want to change Press the backspace key to erase
370. ssage appears repeatedly contact Technical Support See page 389 Drive interface Normal diagnostics has passed Drive interface Restart the VessRAID See page 130 WebPAM diagnostics has failed PROe or page 272 CLU If this message appears repeatedly contact Technical Support See page 389 Drive interface controller Drive to controller parity error If this message has generated a general appears repeatedly contact Technical Support See data parity error page 389 Enclosure Enclosure temperature is The VessRAID is overheating Check for airflow above the threshold around and through the VessRAID and verify that all warning threshold fans are working Replace fans as needed Enclosure temperature is The VessRAID is seriously overheating Check for above the critical airflow around and through the VessRAID and verify threshold that all fans are working Replace fans as needed Enclosure temperature is Normal within the normal range Event Log Event logging is enabled Event logging has been successfully enabled Event logging is disabled Event logging has been disabled Event log buffer is cleared The event log was cleared in RAM Event log buffer is cleared The non volatile RAM event log was cleared in NVRAM Event log buffer is cleared The MDD disk drive event log was cleared in MDD Host Interface Controller Host interface controller The initiator sent
371. system e If you chose the Poweroff Option the subsystem powers down automatically On subsystems with redundant power supplies unplug the power cords and plug them back in to activate the power switches Caution After you power off the subsystem wait at least 10 seconds before you power on the subsystem again 270 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Starting Up After Shutdown There are two methods for shutting down the subsystem Choose one e Starting up the VessRAID Telnet Connection page 271 e Starting up the VessRAID Serial Connection page 271 Important If you have a JBOD Expansion always power on the JBOD subsystems first Then power on the RAID subsystem Starting up the VessRAID Telnet Connection To start the RAID subsystem 1 Manually turn on the power supply switches on the back of the subsystem If the switches are ON but the subsystem is OFF turn the switches off and on again On subsystems with redundant power supplies if the power switches do not respond unplug the power cords and plug them back in Try the power switches again 2 Wait about two minutes 3 Establish a Telnet connection to the VessRAID See Making a Telnet Connection on page 199 If you cannot log in wait 30 seconds and try again 4 Type menu and press Enter to open the CLU Starting up the VessRAID Serial Connection To start the RAID subsystem 1 Manually turn on the power supply switches on
372. t Port Settings When you log into the VessRAID over your network you use the VessRAID s management port Before you change settings please see Choosing DHCP or a Static IP Address on page 42 Making Automatic Settings 1 af oN 6 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight the management port and press Enter Highlight NetMgmt Ethernet Port Settings and press Enter Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Enable Highlight TCP Port Number to change the entry 3260 is the default and recommended for most applications Press Ctrl A to save your settings Making Manual Settings 1 Or PO NO From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight the management port and press Enter Highlight NetMgmt Ethernet Port Settings and press Enter Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Disable Highlight each of the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e IP Address Subnet Mask e Default Gateway IP Address e DNS Server IP Address Highlight TCP Port Number to change the entry 3260 is the default and recommended for most applications 233 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 7 Press Ctrl A to save your settings Making iSCSI Port Settings VessRAID iSCSI models have four iSCSI ports VessRAID FC models have two iSCSI ports You must make network settings to ea
373. t appear in the interface If a battery does not reflect normal conditions and it is not currently under reconditioning run the Recondition function before you replace the battery See Reconditioning a Battery on page 139 Reconditioning fully discharges then fully recharges the battery During reconditioning if the Adaptive Writeback Cache function is enabled the controller cache is set to Write Thru After reconditioning the cache is reset to Write Back See Making Controller Settings on page 132 If a battery reaches the threshold temperature while charging or discharging the charge or discharge pauses and the blower runs at high speed until the battery temperature falls below the threshold If the battery does not maintain normal values after a Recondition replace the battery See Replacing the Cache Battery on page 304 VessRAID automatically reconditions the battery every two months To set the schedule see Scheduling an Activity on page 72 When you install a new battery the cycle count shows 0 VessRAID automatically runs a recondition on the battery to verify it If you restart the subsystem or controller before reconditioning is finished the battery is charged to 100 then reconditioning starts again 138 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Reconditioning a Battery A cache backup battery or Battery Backup Unit BBU is optional on VessRAID To recondition the battery Click the S
374. t point you specified when you created the logical drive See also Appendix A Setting up NAS Network Drives on page 397 Deleting a NAS File System Caution When you delete a share folder you delete all the data saved in the folder Back up any important data before you delete a folder To delete a NAS file system 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the File System Management W icon Click the Delete tab in Management View Click the Option button beside the file system you want to delete Click the Submit button In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided Click the OK button to acknowledge O BI NOT PS O NO Viewing the NAS Replication Configuration To view the NAS replication configuration 1 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the NAS F icon Click the NAS Replication 4 icon Po N The items displayed under the Information tab vary depending on the current configuration and activity e Role Standalone Primary source Server or Backup target Server Primary Server IP address of the primary server when this is the Backup 107 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual e Backup Server IP address of the backup server when this is the Primary e Host IP IP address of the iSCSI port used for replication e Schedule Frequ
375. t this point Deleting a Logical Drive Caution When you delete a logical drive you delete all the data it contains Back up all important data before deleting a logical drive To delete a logical drive from a disk array Ai 2 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array that contains the logical drive you want to delete and press Enter Highlight the logical drive you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing Highlight Delete Marked Logical Drives and press Enter Press Y to confirm the deletion 226 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Managing Spare Drives Spare Drive Management includes the following functions Viewing a list of Spare Drives page 227 Creating a Spare Drive page 227 Making Spare Drive Settings page 228 Running Spare Check page 228 Deleting a Spare Drive page 229 Viewing a list of Spare Drives To view a list of spare drives From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter A list of the current spare drives appears including the following parameters ID number e Operational Status Physical Drive ID number e Configured Capacity Revertible The spare drive returns to spare status after you replace the failed drive in the disk array See Transition on page 342 for more information e Type Global all disk arrays or
376. tatus 215 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Managing Disk Arrays Disk Array Management includes the following functions Creating a Disk Array page 216 Deleting a Disk Array page 220 Viewing Disk Array Information page 220 Setting an Alias for a Disk Array page 221 Enabling Media Patrol on a Disk Array page 222 Enabling PDM on a Disk Array page 222 Preparing the Disk Array for Transport page 222 Rebuilding a Disk Array page 222 Migrating a Disk Array page 223 Running PDM page 224 Running Transition on a Disk Array page 224 Locating a Disk Array page 224 Locating a Disk Array page 224 Creating a Logical Drive page 225 Deleting a Logical Drive page 226 Creating a Disk Array The CLU provides three methods of creating a disk array Automatic Creates a new disk array following a default set of parameters Makes one logical drive automatically Also makes a hot spare drive for all RAID levels except RAID 0 if at least five unconfigured physical drives are available If you have multiple enclosures multiple disk array and logical drive sets are created See Creating a Disk Array Automatic on page 217 Express You choose the parameters for a new disk array by specifying the characteristics you want You can create multiple logical drives at the same time however they will all be identical You can choose to make a hot spare drive for all RAID levels except RAID 0
377. te 206 replace 301 reported events 361 362 363 settings 132 205 controller cont statistics 132 status LED 348 unsaved data in cache 386 view 131 create disk array 150 216 link aggregation 82 234 logical drive 157 NAS groups 99 NAS user 98 spare drive 171 227 292 user 79 258 D date and time subsystem 67 204 dedicated spare drive 170 171 172 227 228 292 330 default IP address 42 382 default settings restore 126 268 definitions FC properties 86 238 delete backup schedule 191 disk array 155 220 286 group 186 group member 186 initiator 254 link aggregation 83 235 logical drive 159 226 289 NAS groups 100 NAS user 99 schedule background activities 73 spare drive 172 229 293 user 80 184 260 DHCP server changed IP address 384 diagnostic report 357 dirty cache LED 348 Discover button 65 406 Index disk array advanced creation 153 219 284 alias 153 157 219 225 automatic creation 151 217 283 create 150 216 critical 372 delete 155 220 286 expand 159 223 expansion 339 express creation 151 218 incomplete array 221 information 156 220 287 locate 224 288 manual rebuild 160 Media Patrol run 161 migrate 159 223 offline 372 operational status 156 220 287 PDM 162 224 225 288 physical drive selection 53 219 rebuild 160 222 374 reported events 361 settings 156 221 222 status critical 156 221 287 rebuilding 156 221 287 synchronizing 156 221 287
378. ted or network drive Un mounting a Share Folder Disconnecting a Network Drive To un mount a share folder Linux or disconnect a network drive Windows GOV NO e Click the Share Folder icon at the top of the window Click the Mount Share Folder icon at the bottom of the window Click the share folder you want to mount or make a network drive Click the share folder you want to un mount or delete as a network drive Click the Un Mount button Click the Yes button in the confirmation box The share folder is un mounted Linux or disconnected but the link remains Windows 196 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU This chapter covers the following topics e Initial Connection page 198 e Running Quick Setup page 202 e Managing the Subsystem page 203 Managing the Controller page 205 Managing the Enclosure page 208 e Managing Physical Drives page 213 e Managing Disk Arrays page 216 e Managing Spare Drives page 227 e Managing Logical Drives page 230 Managing the Network Connection page 233 e Managing Fibre Channel Connections page 236 Managing iSCSI Connections page 240 e Managing SAS Connections page 247 e Managing Background Activity page 249 e Working with the Event Viewer page 251 e Working with LUN Mapping page 253 e Managing UPS Units page 255 e Managing Users page 258 e Working with Software Management page 261 e Flashing through TFTP page 267 e
379. ter A warning message appears Press Y to continue The screen will display shutdown and startup functions When the Login prompt appears log into the CLU again 299 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Replacing a Power Supply VessRAID 1700 Series The power supply on the VessRAID 1700 Series is not replaceable onsite If you need to replace the power supply contact Technical Support and make arrangements to return the subsystem to Promise for service See page 389 VessRAID 1800 Series The redundant power supplies on the VessRAID 1800 Series are designed as field replaceable units You can replace a power supply without removing the VessRAID from the rack Figure 1 Replacing a Power Supply Power supply LEDs Retaining screw b Ni B Power supply LEDs A 1840 Series power supply is shown The 1830 Series is similar B Retaining screw Engo Removing the old power supply To remove the power supply 1 Verify that the power supply LED is amber or red See Figure 1 Switch off the power to the power supply you plan to replace Unplug the power cord Loosen and remove the retaining screw on the left side of the power supply nb ON Pull the power supply out of the VessRAID enclosure Installing the new power supply To install the power supply Carefully slide the power supply into the enclosure Install and tighten the retaining screw on the left side
380. ters A Z 0 9 and _ first character must be a letter No spaces Type a Password in the field provided Up to 16 characters A Z and 0 9 No spaces Retype the Password in the Confirm field Click the OK button In the confirmation box click the Yes button Note These users can access the share folders but not SmartNAVI or PASM Changing User Passwords To change a user s password 1 2 3 Click the User Management icon at the top of the screen Click the Modify User icon at the bottom of the screen Click the icon of the user whose password you want to change 183 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual PO Ola Administrator user only type the old password in the field provided Type the new password in the field provided Retype the password in the Confirm field Click the OK button Changing User Permissions The Administrator user always has read and write permission All other users have read only permission by default To change permissions 1 2 3 4 Click the Share Folder icon at the top of the screen Click the Share Folder Permission icon at the bottom of the screen Click the share folder whose permissions you want to change For each user in the list click one of the following options O Deny access Read only Read and Write Click the OK button The permission change happens immediately Viewing a List of Users To view a list of Users
381. the Enclosures 4 icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Physical Drives icon Click a Physical Drive icon Click the physical drive you want to locate on the WebPAM PROe screen The disk status LED for the physical drive blinks for one minute 145 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Figure 8 Disk Status LED Disk Status 146 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Managing UPS Units Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS Management includes the following functions e Viewing a List of UPS Units below e Making UPS Settings page 148 e Viewing UPS Information page 149 Viewing a List of UPS Units To view a list of UPS units supporting the VessRAID 1 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View 2 Click the UPS icon 3 Click the Information tab in Management View Information in the UPS List includes UPS ID Click the ID number to view the UPS Tab Operational Status OK means Normal On AC means the UPS is connected to a viable external AC power source On Battery means the external AC power source is offline and the UPS is running on battery power Model Name or Number Battery Capacity Backup capacity expressed as a percentage Loading Ratio Actual output of UPS as a percentage of the rated output See the Note below Remaining Backup Time Number of minutes the UPS is expected to power your system in the event of a power failure Note The maximum recommended
382. the current value Type a new interval value in degrees C ND OF BAN S Press Ctrl A to save your settings Checking the Batteries This feature enables you monitor and recondition the subsystem battery or batteries 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter 3 Highlight Batteries and press Enter 4 Highlight the battery you want to monitor and press Enter Battery Notes Each battery works with a controller If the battery is present in the subsystem but the corresponding controller is not present the battery will not appear in the interface If a battery does not reflect normal conditions and it is not currently under reconditioning run the Recondition function before you replace the battery See Reconditioning a Battery on page 211 Reconditioning fully discharges then fully recharges the battery During reconditioning if the Adaptive Writeback Cache function is enabled the controller cache is set to Write Thru After reconditioning the cache is reset to Write Back See Making Controller Settings on page 205 If a battery reaches the threshold temperature while charging or discharging the charge or discharge pauses and the blower runs at high speed until the battery temperature falls below the threshold If the battery does not maintain normal values after a Recondition replace the battery See Replacing the Cache
383. the event of a network failure you can still access the VessRAID Third some users prefer the Command Line Utility 387 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual WebPAM PROe connection was working OK But later on it timed out What do do now The network condition can time out for several reasons When an open connection has no action for a specific amount of time the Administrator can change it the connection times out automatically for security reasons When you attempt to use WebPAM it returns to the login screen Enter your user name and password and click Login and WebPAM will establish a new connection See Making Web Server Settings on page 92 I can access the VessRAID over my company s intranet But can t access it from an outside Internet connection How do make the Internet connection work This condition is not related to VessRAID but is due to your firewall and network connection protocol Contact your MIS Administrator With some Promise RAID subsystems used the Server s IP address in WebPAM PRO to connect with the RAID subsystem Why is this VessRAID different VessRAID has the server software embedded With VessRAID you point your browser directly to the VessRAID rather than a server Also with VessRAID you do not have to create a subsystem because the subsystem already exists Why can a RAID 1 logical drive on VessRAID consist of only two disk drives On VessRAID RAID
384. tializing the loop and enabling or disabling an L Port Invalid Word Sent Count Number of invalid words sent since last reset Invalid CRC Count Invalid Cyclical Redundancy Count Number of frames received with an invalid CRC since last reset Initiator IO Count I O Count on the initiator on the host side Clearing Statistics To clear statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 126 Viewing SFP Information SFPs small form factor pluggable transceivers connect the ports the VessRAID controllers to the Fibre Channel fabric To view SFP information 1 po NN Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 4 icon Click the Fibre Channel Management icon Click the SFP tab in Management View 87 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual The SFP information includes e Connector Type of connector Transceiver SFP e Transceiver Code Defines the method to interpret the transceiver type and compatibility options e Serial Encoding Serial encoding algorithm e Bit Rate In gigabits per second e Link Length The maximum link length depending the type of fiber Vendor Name Vendor name of the SFP transceiver e Vendor OUI Organizational Unique Identifier SFP vendor s IEEE company ID Manufacturing Date Code with 2 digits each for year month day and optional vendor specific lot number Viewing Fibre Channel Logged in Devices To view a list of t
385. time Events eee eae eaee 251 Viewing NVRAM Events 000 0 e eee eee ee 251 Clearing NVRAM Events 00000 cece eee eaee 252 xiii VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Chapter 6 Management with the CLU cont Working with LUN Mapping 0 2 253 Viewing a List of Initiators 2 0 0 0 eee ee eee 253 Enabling LUN Mapping 0 0 0 c eee eee eee 253 Creating an Initiator cee 253 Mapping a LUN to an Initiator 254 Deleting an Initiator 2 eee 254 Managing UPS Units 0 0 0 0 c eee 255 Viewing a List of UPS Units anaana aana 255 Making UPS Settings 0 00 e eee eee 256 Viewing UPS Information cece eee 257 Managing Users 27 3 BA ae da ate ee bas EA eee 258 Viewing User Information 00 cee eee eee 258 Greating a User 077 ekg pay babes eae Shae ka os bale 258 Changing a User s Password 00 cee aa 259 Changing a User s Display Name and Email Address 259 Changing a User s Privilege and Status 260 Deleting a USE GN APAKAN NA NS UNO NAAN 260 Working with Software Management aa 261 Making Email Settings cece eee eee 261 Making SLP Settings 0000 c cece eee eee 262 Making Web Server Settings aa 262 Making Telnet Settings a 263 Making SNMP Settings 0 0000 e cece eee eee 263 Managing SN
386. tion in the event of a hard drive failure Different types of logical drives use different organizational models and have varying benefits Also see Choosing a RAID Level on page 322 The following outline breaks down the properties for each type of RAID logical drive 309 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual RAID 0 Stripe When a logical drive is striped the read and write blocks of data are interleaved between the sectors of multiple physical drives Performance is increased since the workload is balanced between drives or members that form the logical drive Identical drives are recommended for performance as well as data storage efficiency Figure 1 RAID 0 Striping interleaves data across multiple drives Data Stripe Physical Drives The disk array s data capacity is equal to the number of disk drive members multiplied by the smallest drive s capacity For example one 100 GB and three 120 GB drives will form a 400 GB 4 x 100 GB disk array instead of 460 GB If physical drives of different capacities are used there will also be unused capacity on the larger drives RAID 0 logical drives on VessRAID consist of one or more physical drives 310 Chapter 9 Technology Background RAID 1 Mirror When a logical drive is mirrored identical data is written to a pair of physical drives while reads are performed in parallel The reads are performed using elevator seek and load balanci
387. tion to the VessRAID When the Login prompt appears the start up is finished 129 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Restarting the Subsystem Note If you have a JBOD Expansion you are not required to restart the JBOD subsystems when you restart the RAID subsystem You can only do part of this function in WebPAM PROe Additional action is required as described below To restart the subsystem 1 2 3 00 mk O Ol XA Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools 8 icon Click the Shutdown link in Management View A Shutdown or Restart tab will appear On the Shutdown or Restart tab choose Restart from the dropdown menu Click the Submit button In the warning box click the OK button In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided Click the OK button When the controller shuts down your WebPAM PROe connection will be lost Wait for two to three minutes In your browser log into WebPAM PROe once again If you cannot log in wait for 30 seconds and try again Repeat until login is successful Monitoring the Restart To monitor a restart you must use the Command Line Interface CLI though a serial connection to the VessRAID When the Login prompt appears the restart is finished 130 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Managing the Controller The RAID controller is the heart of the VessRAID subsystem Control
388. tional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter 3 Highlight an existing Initiator and press Enter A list of logical drives displays 4 Inthe LUN field press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the LUN you want to assign to this initiator from 0 to 255 If you make a error press Ctrl R to restore the current LUN 5 Press Ctrl A to save the LUN map Deleting an Initiator To delete an initiator 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter 3 Highlight the initiator you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing 4 Highlight Delete Marked Initiators and press Enter 5 Press Y to confirm the deletion 254 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Managing UPS Units Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS Management includes the following functions Viewing a List of UPS Units below Making UPS Settings page 256 Viewing UPS Information page 257 Viewing a List of UPS Units To view a list of UPS units supporting the VessRAID 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight UPS Management and press Enter Information in the UPS List includes UPS ID Click the ID number to view the UPS Tab Operational Status OK means Normal On AC means the UPS is connected to a via
389. tions For this reason Initialization is recommended for all new logical 329 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual drives See Initializing a Logical Drive on page 166 WebPAM PROe or page 231 CLU Caution When you initialize a logical drive all the data on the logical drive will be lost Backup any important data before you initialize a logical drive Hot Spare Drive s A hot spare is a disk drive that is connected to the disk array system but is not assigned as a member of the disk array In the event of the failure of a drive within a functioning fault tolerant disk array the hot spare is activated as a member of the disk array to replace a drive that has failed VessRAID will replace a failing disk drive in a disk array with an unassigned drive if one is available The unassigned drive is not part of any disk array Such a drive is called a hot spare drive There are two types e Global An unassigned disk drive available to any disk array on the VessRAID e Dedicated An unassigned disk drive that can only be used by a specified disk array The hot spare policy function lets you choose whether a disk array will access any unassigned disk drive or a designated drive in the event of disk drive failure See Managing Spare Drives on page 170 WebPAM PROe or page 227 CLU for information on how to make this setting The spare drive effectively takes the place of the failed drive and the RAI
390. ts according to your rack system instructions 4 Place the VessRAID subsystem onto the rails 5 Secure the VessRAID subsystem to the rack One screw each side in the upper hole only Use the attaching screws and flange nuts from your rack system Tighten the screws and flange nuts according to your rack system instructions 15 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual Figure 4 Rack mount assembly diagram Rack front post Rack back post Locating pins 2 on each end Rail attaching screws not included Dai Flange PAWA Front rail Rear rail Rail adjustment screw Inside of post center outside of rail Inside of post This completes rack mounting Chapter 2 VessRAID Installation Installing Disk Drives You can populate the VessRAID with SAS or SATA hard disk drives For optimal performance install physical drives of the same model and capacity The drives matched performance allows the logical drive to function better as a single drive The table below shows the number of drives required for each RAID level Important For a list of supported physical drives download the latest compatibility list from the Promise support website Level Number of Drives Level Number of Drives RAID 0 1 or more RAID 6 4 to 32 RAID 1 2 only RAID 10 4 or more RAID 1E 2 or more RAID 30 6 or more RAID 3 3 to 32 RAID 50 6 or more RAID 5 3 to 32
391. tton to choose a physical drive for your spare drive To create a dedicated or revertible spare drive see Creating a Spare Drive on page 171 WebPAM PROe or page 227 CLU Deleting a Spare Drive Caution If the spare drive you delete is the only spare the controller will not rebuild a critical array until you provide a new spare drive To delete a spare drive 1 O N D Od Ah wD Press the a or W button until the display says Array Configure Press the button and the display says Auto Configure Press the a or W button until the display says Advanced Configure Press the a or W button until the display says Spare Drive Delete Press the button again to display a list of spare drives Press the 4 or W button to choose the spare drive to delete Press the button and the display says Are you sure NO Press the w button to change the answer to YES then press the button Press the 4 button again to confirm The chosen spare drive is deleted Locating a Spare Drive This feature helps you identify the physical drive assigned as a spare drive To locate a spare drive 1 2 3 Press the or W button until the display says Spare Drive Management Press the button and the display a list of spare drives by ID number Press the or W button to scroll through the list of spare drives 293 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Press the button choose a spare drive Press the
392. u have both Hard Disk Drives HDD and Solid State Drives SSD separate disk array and logical drive sets will be created for your HDDs and for your SSDs These two drive types cannot be mixed in the same disk array If you accept these parameters click the Submit button The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List on the Information tab If you do NOT accept these parameters use the Express page 52 or Advanced page 53 option to create your disk array Express When you choose the Express option a set of characteristics and options appears on the screen 1 Check the boxes to select any one or a combination of e Redundancy The array will remain available if a physical drive fails e Capacity The greatest possible amount of data capacity e Performance The highest possible read write speed e Spare Drive A hot spare drive e Mixing SATA SAS Drive Check this box if you want to use both SATA and SAS drives in the same disk array If the box is unchecked and you have both SATA and SAS drives different arrays will be created for each type of drive 2 In the Number of Logical Drives field enter the number of logical drives you want to make from this disk array 52 Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup The maximum possible number of logical drives appears to the right of this field 3 From the Application Type menu select an application that best describes your intended use for this disk array e File Server e Tra
393. ubsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures 4 icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Battery tab in Management View From the Battery tab dropdown menu choose Recondition Click the Submit button Reconditioning fully discharges then fully recharges the battery During reconditioning if the Adaptive Writeback Cache function is enabled the controller cache is set to Write Thru After reconditioning the cache is reset to Write Back See Making Controller Settings on page 132 O Or O NG VessRAID automatically reconditions the battery every two months To set the recondition schedule see Scheduling an Activity on page 72 Silencing the Buzzer The buzzer sounds to inform you that the VessRAID needs attention See VessRAID is Beeping on page 345 for more information To silence the buzzer for the current trigger event Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Enclosures 4 icon Click the Enclosure icon Click the Buzzer tab in Management View Click the Mute button The buzzer goes silent If another trigger event occurs the buzzer will sound again ABO Nn To silence the buzzer for all trigger events disable it under Making Buzzer Settings Making Buzzer Settings To make buzzer settings 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View 2 Click the Enclosures 4 icon 3 Click the Enclosure icon 139 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 4 6
394. ubsystems 1 In Tree View click the Subsystem amp icon of the subsystem you want to see If your user name and password do not match the subsystem you are logging into the log in screen will appear 2 Log into the new subsystem as needed Hiding the Other Subsystems To hide the other VessRAID subsystems the Storage Network 1 Click Storage Network in the Header 2 Click the Hide Network Subsystems popup option 65 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Working with Subsystems A VessRAID subsystem is identified by its Management Port IP address Subsystem functions include Viewing Subsystem Information page 66 Saving System Service Report page 66 Setting an Alias for the Subsystem page 67 Setting Subsystem Date and Time page 67 Viewing the Runtime Event Log page 67 Saving the Runtime Event Log page 68 Clearing the Runtime Event Log page 68 Viewing NVRAM Events page 68 Saving NVRAM Events page 69 Clearing NVRAM Events page 69 Viewing Current Background Activities page 70 Making Background Activity Settings page 70 Running Background Activities page 71 Running Media Patrol page 71 Running PDM page 72 Viewing Scheduled Activities page 72 Scheduling an Activity page 72 Deleting a Scheduled Activity page 73 Viewing Lock Status page 74 Setting the Lock page 74 Renewing the Lock page 74 Releasing the Lock page 75 Viewing Subsystem Information To view in
395. ue or any lesser amount For NAS the logical drive must be 10 GB or larger From the Stripe dropdown menu choose a Stripe size for this logical drive The choices are 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB and 1 MB 64 KB is the default See Choosing Stripe Size on page 326 From the Sector dropdown menu choose a Sector size for this logical drive The choices are 512 B 1 KB 2 KB and 4 KB 512 B is the default See Choosing Sector Size on page 326 From the Read Policy dropdown menu choose a Read Cache policy for this logical drive The choices are Read Cache Read Ahead and No read Cache Read Ahead is the default See Cache Policy on page 327 54 Chapter 3 VessRAID Setup 9 From the Write Policy dropdown menu choose a Write Cache policy for this logical drive The choices are Write Through thru and Write Back Write Back is the default If you selected No Cache under Read Cache this setting will be Write Through See Cache Policy on page 327 10 Click the Update button A new logical drive is displayed under New Logical Drives If there is free Capacity remaining you can specify another logical drive now or wait until later 11 When you are done specifying logical drives click the Next button Step 3 Summary The Summary lists the disk array and logical drive information you specified To proceed with disk array and logical drive creation click the Submit button Note This functi
396. uence applies only to the arbitrated loop topology It is transmitted by an L Port to initialize or re initialize the loop NOSCount Not Operational Primitive Sequence This primitive sequence is used during link initialization between two N Ports in the point to point topology or an N Port and an F Port in the fabric topology NOS is sent to indicate that the transmitting port has detected a link failure or is offline The expected response to a port sending NOS is the OLS primitive sequence ErrorFrames FC devices propagate handshake signals back and forth requesting and acknowledging each byte transferred FC transfers occur in one frame of data at a time In this case the value reflects the number of frames with errors DumpedFrames This field specifies the number of frames dumped due to a lack of host buffers LinkFailureCount Number of times the link has failed Can be caused by a disconnected link or a bad fiber element LossSyncCount Number of times a loss of sync has occurred since last reset PrimitiveSeqErrorCount An ordered set transmitted repeatedly and used to establish and maintain a link LR LRR NOS and OLS are primitive sequences used to establish an active link in a connection between two N Ports oran N Portandan F Port 238 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU LIP LPB and LPE are primitive sequences used in the Arbitrated Loop topology for initializing the loop and enabling or disabling
397. uilds your array to the revertible spare drive and the array becomes functional again e You replace the failed physical drive with a new physical drive of equal or greater capacity e VessRAID automatically transitions moves the data from the revertible spare to the new physical drive e The new physical drive becomes part of the array and the revertible spare drive returns to its original spare status Transition happens manually when you specify a different unconfigured physical drive to transition move the data from the revertible spare drive Caution VessRAID supports disk drive hot swapping To avoid hand contact with an electrical hazard do not remove more than one drive carrier a time See the example below 342 Chapter 9 Technology Background Example Following is an example to explain the Transition function Spare Array Drives 1 2 3 4 5 6 In the example above there is a four drive RAID 5 disk array and a global spare drive Physical drives 1 2 3 and 4 belong to the disk array Physical drive 5 remains unconfigured Physical drive 6 is a revertible spare drive Rebuild Failed Drive to Spare ern If a physical drive fails in a disk array and there is a spare drive of adequate capacity available the controller automatically rebuilds the array using the spare drive In this example physical drive 3 failed and the array is rebuilt using physical drive 6 the revertible
398. unning Quick Setup Quick Setup is discussed under Setting up with the CLU on page 45 202 Chapter 6 Management with the CLU Managing the Subsystem Subsystem Management includes the following functions Setting an Alias for the Subsystem page 203 Running Media Patrol page 203 Locking or Unlocking the Subsystem page 203 Setting Subsystem Date and Time page 204 Setting an Alias for the Subsystem An alias is optional To set an Alias for this subsystem 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Type and alias into the Alias field Maximum of 48 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Press Ctrl A to save your settings Running Media Patrol Media Patrol is a routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media on each disk drive Media Patrol checks all physical drives assigned to disk arrays and spare drives It does not check unconfigured drives To start stop pause or resume Media Patrol 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Media Patrol and press enter Highlight Start Stop Pause or Resume and press Enter If you chose Stop press Y to confirm Locking or Unlocking the Subsystem The lock prevents other sessions including by the same user from making a configuration change to the controller until the lock expires or a forced unlock is done When t
399. ure 18 Enclosure information in Management View 1 ENC_TYPE_VR1000Y_3U16BAY_S 2 00 0000 35 Controller Warning Temperature Threshold 40 C 104 F Controller Critical Temperature Threshold 48 C 1118 F Operational Status Healthy Threshold Blowers 1 Cooling Unit 1 Malfunction gt 4000 RPM Blowers 2 Cooling Unit 2 Functional gt 4000 RPM In this example one of the RAID Controller fans has failed The Enclosure Diagram displays color and motion changes to identify the failed fan In WebPAM PROe RAID Controller fans are called Blowers See Replacing a Cooling Fan on page 302 for instructions Note that the image above was shortened to fit on the page 378 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Enclosure Temperature Sensors Overheating 6 Too Warm H Normal Fan Condition OK Replace Now Overheat Overheating is a potentially serious condition because the excessively high temperatures can lead to disk drive failure and controller malfunction Overheating usually results from Fan failure Poor air circulation around the enclosure Fan Failure On VessRAID there are two kinds of fans e Power supply fan e RAID controller fan If a power supply fan fails you must replace the power supply If a RAID Controller fan fails you can replace it onsite See page 302 Air Circulation Air circulation around the VessRAID subsystem might be a more complex problem
400. urrent IP Address Type the new IP Address Follow the same procedure to specify the Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address and DNS Server IP Address If you do not have a DNS server skip the DNS Server IP address Highlight TCP Port Number to change the entry 3260 is the default and recommended for most applications Press Cirl A to save these settings and move to the RAID configuration screen Making Automatic IP Settings To make Management Port and iSCSI Port settings automatically 1 2 3 Press the arrow keys to highlight DHCP Press the spacebar to toggle to Enable Highlight TCP Port Number to change the entry 3260 is the default and recommended for most applications Press Cirl A to save these settings and move to the RAID configuration screen Configuring the RAID You can configure your RAID arrays and logical drives using the CLU at this time However those actions are described in Task 8 using WebPAM PROe The suggested action is to highlight Skip the Step and Finish and press Enter Viewing IP Address and Settings To view the current IP address and network settings when using DHCP 1 In the CLU Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the Management Port or iSCSI Port you want and press Enter 3 Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Disable The current Management or iSCSI Port settings are displayed 4 Press the spacebar to toggle DHCP back to Enable 5 Pr
401. urrently logged into WebPAM PROe 1 Under Test Email check the Send A Test Email box 2 Click the Submit button If you do not receive the Test Email message see your Network Administrator for assistance with the mail server setup email accounts and other issues 115 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Changing the Startup Setting 1 Under Startup Type e Click the Automatic option to start the service automatically during system startup Recommended e Click the Manual option to start the service manually the service does not start during system startup 2 Click the Submit button Stopping Email service To stop the Email service 1 Click the Stop button 2 Click OK in the confirmation box Starting or Restarting Email service To start or restart the Email service click the Start or Restart button Making SLP Settings VessRAID s SLP service discovers services available over the Internet To make SLP service settings 1 Click the Subsystem FF icon in Tree View Click the Administrative Tools icon Click the Software Management by icon Click the SLP link Choose the Startup Type mO TO e Click the Automatic option to start the service automatically during system startup Recommended e Click the Manual option to start the service manually the service does not start during system startup 6 Click the Submit button Stopping SLP service To stop the SLP servic
402. user sf Are you sure The VessRAID NAS system appears e At the top left of the SmartNAVI window e Inthe device drop down menu 180 Chapter 5 SmartNAVI Name and IP of the selected NAS device Setting KA Awlomatic DMCP a Manual Setting Computer Name Lj Product Version v1 7 0 12 PROMISE TECHNOLOGY ine You only need to log into a NAS device one time After the initial login SmartNAVI remembers your user name and password Changing NAS Device Settings You make initial network settings when you set up the VessRAID subsystem This feature makes network settings on a VessRAID NAS system currently running on the network Important See your network administrator for help in making these settings To make network settings Click the Setup Wizard icon at the top of the screen 2 Click the Network Setting icon at the bottom of the screen 3 Choose a setting method e Automatic Enables your DHCP server to make the settings e Manual You input all of the network settings yourself 4 Optional Type a new name in the Computer Name field 181 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual The computer name is the name of your VessRAID subsystem as it appears in the Device List 5 If you chose the Manual option make changes as required to e IP address of the VessRAID e Subnet Mask Gateway IP address e Primary DNS IP address Secondary DNS IP address 6 Click
403. uzzer provides the audible alarm See VessRAID is Beeping on page 345 274 Chapter 7 Management with the LCD Panel This chapter covers the following topics Using the LCD Panel below Perusing the Interface page 276 Managing the Network Connection page 278 Managing the Controller page 280 Managing Enclosures page 281 Managing Physical Drives page 282 Managing Disk Arrays page 283 Managing Spare Drives page 292 Using the LCD Panel The LCD panel is optional and typically installed during VessRAID installation See page 12 The LCD panel activates approximately 35 seconds after you switch on the VessRAID s power supply At first the LCD screen displays System is Initializing When the VessRAID is fully booted and running under normal conditions the LCD screen displays the VessRAID model number and IP address as shown in Figure 1 Figure 1 LCD default display VessRAID 1740s 192 168 18 85 If the LCD panel displays Check Event see Chapter 10 Troubleshooting on page 345 for more information on diagnosing the issue 275 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual Perusing the Interface Making Mode Settings page 276 Simple Mode page 276 Advanced Mode page 277 Limitations page 277 Viewing Events page 277 Making Mode Settings The LCD panel has two modes Simple and Advanced Simple is the default setting The setting function toggles between Simple
404. vailable However the disk array has lost redundancy fault tolerance You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it See Critical amp Offline Disk Arrays on page 372 Rebuilding This condition is temporary When a physical drive has been replaced the disk array automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore redundancy fault tolerance Your data is still available However access will be slower until rebuilding is done Transport Ready The result of a successful Prepare for Transport operation You remove the physical drives of this disk array and move them to another enclosure or to different drive slots in the same enclosure After you relocate the physical drives the disk array status will show OK Setting an Alias for a Disk Array This function sets an alias for the disk array To set an alias 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter To set an alias for this disk array highlight Alias and type an alias into the field Maximum of 31 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional Press Ctrl A to save your settings Accepting an Incomplete Array This condition is the result of a missing physical drive See Incomplete Array on page 375 before you use this function To accept an incomplete array 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Di
405. ver WWW 178 firmware update from PC 296 from TFTP server 295 298 WebPAM PROe 295 298 firmware version 125 131 267 280 flash image information 125 267 flush interval controller cache 133 206 force offline online 144 215 forced unlock 74 FRU VPD information 137 208 FTP share folder settings 105 sharing 102 sharing settings 102 G GB Truncate 133 206 329 global RAID status LED 372 global spare drive 170 171 172 227 228 292 group delete 186 Group Rounding 133 206 329 H Head Unit 135 281 hot spare drive 330 373 l import configuration script 124 user database 123 incomplete array 221 375 inconsistent block table 169 information controller 131 205 280 disk array 156 220 287 enclosure 136 208 Fibre Channel node 84 236 flash image 125 267 FRU VPD 137 208 iSCSI node 90 240 logical drive 164 174 230 290 physical drive 142 214 282 SAS port 110 247 subsystem 66 UPS unit 149 257 Index initialization defined 329 logical drive 166 231 rate 70 250 initiator add 111 112 248 253 delete 112 254 Fibre Channel 88 239 Fibre Channel add 89 239 map LUN to 113 254 view 111 248 Internet access WebPAM PROe 55 intranet access to WebPAM PROe 388 IP address default 42 382 DHCP or static 42 DHCP server changed 384 DNS server 46 81 finding 275 385 gateway 46 iSNS server 94 244 management port 43 47 233 234 278 Netsend recipient 121 266 VessRAID NAS 178 iSCSI
406. write performance could be slower than normal 158 Chapter 4 Management with WebPAM PROe Deleting a Logical Drive Caution All data the logical drive will be lost Back up any valuable data before deleting the logical drive To delete a logical drive 1 D Or gt O 7 Click the Subsystem icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays EB icon Click the Disk Array amp icon Click the Delete LD tab in Management View Check the box to the left of the logical drive you want to delete Click the Submit button In the confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided Click the OK button The selected logical disappears from the Logical Drive List the Information tab Migrating a Disk Array The action of migrating a disk array means either or both Change the RAID Level Expand the storage capacity For a list of Migration options and other important information see RAID Level Migration on page 331 Notes e You can add physical drives to a RAID 50 or RAID 60 array but you cannot change the number of axles If you add an odd number of physical drives to a RAID 10 array it will become a RAID 1E array by default To Migrate an existing disk array 1 2 3 Click the Subsystem E icon in Tree View Click the Disk Arrays EB icon Click the Disk Array amp icon 159 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Product Manual 4 From the dropdown menu the Background Activit
407. ws See page 303 Figure 4 Reinstall the RAID controller See Replacing a RAID Controller on page 301 This completes the cache battery replacement procedure Replacing the Memory Module The memory module is a single inline memory module SIMM installed on the main board of the RAID controller You might replace the memory module as a capacity upgrade as well as a repair Cautions e Only a qualified technician should perform this procedure e You must shut down the VessRAID subsystem before you can perform this procedure e Installing the wrong SIMM results in boot failure To replace the memory module 1 Shut down the VessRAID and remove the RAID controller See Replacing a RAID Controller on page 301 Figure 9 Removing the RAID Controller Thumbscrew Latch A VessRAID 1740i is shown Other models are similar Lay the RAID controller on a non static surface and remove the cover attaching screws one on each side then remove the cover See page 303 Figure 4 Gently press the retainers outward until the memory module pops out of the memory slot 306 Chapter 8 Maintenance Figure 10 RAID controller memory module Retainer Memory Alignment Memory Retainer module groove slot 4 Align the new memory module with the memory slot so the groove lines up 5 Gently press the memory module into the slot until the retainers click into loc
408. x Support 886 3 578 2390 Attn Technical Support Phone Support 886 3 578 2395 ext 8822 or 8823 If you wish to write us for support Promise Technology Inc 2F No 30 Industry E Rd IX Science based Industrial Park Hsin Chu 30075 Taiwan R O C 391 VessRAID 1000f 1000i 1000s Series Product Manual China E mail Support e Support On Line Fax Support 86 10 8857 8015 Attn Technical Support Phone Support 86 10 8857 8085 or 8095 If you wish to write us for Promise Technology China Beijing support Room 1108 West Wing Shi Chuang Plaza Shangdi IT Park 22 Information Road Haidian District Beijing 100085 China E mail Support e Support On Line Fax Support 86 21 6249 4627 Attn Technical Support Phone Support 86 21 6249 4192 4193 or 4199 If you wish to write us for Promise Technology China Shanghai support Room 508 Leader Tower 1189 West Wu Ding Road Jing An District Shanghai 200042 China 392 Chapter 11 Support Limited Warranty Promise Technology Inc Promise warrants that this product from the time of the delivery of the product to the original end user all components except the cache backup battery for a period of three 3 years the cache backup battery for a period of one 1 year will conform to Promise s specifications will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service This warranty
409. ysical disk has been inserted A disk drive has been inserted into the VessRAID subsystem Physical disk has been removed A disk drive has been removed from the VessRAID subsystem Bad sector is found on physical disk Disk drive has a bad sector The drive should remap around the bad sector If this message appears repeatedly replace the disk drive Error is detected in remap sectors Disk drive has a bad remap sectors If this message appears repeatedly replace the disk drive Command times out on physical drive Disk drive not responding to commands If this message appears repeatedly replace the disk drive 366 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Reported Event Corrective Action Physical disk negotiation speed is decreased Disk drive had to reduce its data rate If this message appears repeatedly replace the disk drive Previously configured disk is no longer found Disk drive may have failed or was removed from the enclosure Replace or reinstall the disk drive as needed A physical disk has encountered an unknown non ECC media error Disk drive experienced an unknown error If this message appears repeatedly replace the disk drive A physical disk has encountered PFA condition A potentially faulty address or bad sector was found A configured dead physical drive has been inserted The disk drive inserted into the VessRAID was marked as d
410. ystem See Running Media Patrol on page 71 WebPAM PROe or page 203 CLU You can also run Media Patrol on a disk array See Running Media Patrol on a Disk Array on page 161 WebPAM PROe only 340 Chapter 9 Technology Background Predictive Data Migration PDM Predictive Data Migration PDM is the migration of data from the suspect disk drive to a spare disk drive similar to Rebuilding a Logical Drive But unlike Rebuilding PDM constantly monitors your disk drives and automatically copies your data to a spare disk drive before the disk drive fails and your Logical Drive goes Critical See Running PDM on page 72 WebPAM PROe or page 224 CLU After the data is copied from the suspect disk drive the controller marks the suspect disk drive with a Stale configuration and a PFA error You can clear the Stale configuration and PFA error and put the disk drive back into service See Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions on page 144 WebPAM PROe or page 214 CLU In some cases however you might remove the disk drive for repair or replacement PDM Triggers The following actions trigger PDM e A disk drive with unhealthy status see below e Media Patrol finds a disk critical error e You initiate PDM manually PDM also counts the number of media errors reported by Media Patrol A disk drive becomes unhealthy when e ASMART error is reported e The bad sector remapping table fills to the specif
411. zed in multiple languages no host agent needed Command Line Interface CLI via RJ 11 serial port or Telnet Command Line Utility CLU via RJ 11 serial port or Telnet Protocols Ethernet RJ 11 serial port SNMP WBEM SSL Telnet Email OS support e Windows 2008 Server 2003 Server e Red Hat Linux SuSE Linux e FreeBSD VMware ESX 4 0 Background Activities e Bad Sector Mapping e Disk array rebuild e Media Patrol e Online Capacity Expansion OCE e Predictive Data Migration PDM replaces un healthy disk member in array and maintains I O activity during the transition e RAID Level Migration RLM e Redundancy Check e Synchronizing e SMART condition pooling e Watermarking per BGA in disk and NVRAM Task priority and rate control to balance I O activity and background tasks Foreground disk array initialization Specifications Power Supply 1840f i s 450W Dual hot swappable and redundant 100 240 VAC auto ranging 50 60 Hz with PFC 1830f i s 350W Dual hot swappable and redundant 100 240 VAC auto ranging 50 60 Hz with PFC 1740f i s 450W Single 100 240 VAC auto ranging 50 60 Hz with PFC and 80PLUS certification Chapter 1 Introduction to VessRAID 1730f i s and 1720f i s 350W Single 100 240 VAC auto ranging 50 60 Hz with PFC and 80PLUS certification Current maximum 1840f i s 8 A 100 VAC or 4 A 240 VAC current rating with two power cords 1830f i s 6A 100 VAC or 3 A 2

VessRAID - Promise Technology, Inc.

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents